THE NEW EARTH

Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth

Book II:
THE EARTH CHANGES
[First published on the Internet 1996 - 19th Edition]
Copyright 2021 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.

Introduction to the coming Earth Changes

Chapter 1: Ancient Prophecies

Chapter 2: A History of Upheaval
Chapter 3: Prophets of Our Time
Chapter 4: Cleansing Planet Earth
Chapter 5: The Higher Plan
Chapter 6: Time for Choice
Chapter 7: The Flying Saucers
Chapter 8: Home on a Mother Ship
Chapter 9: Planning a New World
Chapter10: Messages from the Galactic Federation
Chapter11: The Galactic Federation's Earth Ascension Plan
Chapter12: The Photon Belt and the "Stasis Plan"
(Click on each Chapter heading above to go directly to it)
Introduction to the coming Earth Changes
The end of a Cycle, cleansing, and rebirth.
Just as Nature has its familiar cycles of Autumn, Winter and
Spring, dying down, repose and rebirth, so too do Planets,
Planetary Systems, and with them, the Civilisations which
inhabit them. Here too the same cycle prevails, but on a much
longer time-scale, such as we are presently witnessing as a
twenty-six thousand year "End of a Major Cycle" when our
Solar System has completed a full orbit around our Galactic
Central Sun. Such an ending of a Major Age usually involves all
the Sentient Beings moving up a step to a higher Plane and
Vibrational level as part of their ongoing Evolutionary progress.
Our Planet Earth and its inhabitants have long been living at one
of the lowest of the Vibrational level Dimensions, namely the
Third Dimension, also known as the dense Physical level. About
a third of our population will thus be Ascending to the Fourth
Dimension, similar to the Etheric level of our Heavenly
"Summerlands" that most of us go up to at our time of Death.
Many of Earth's more evolved "Lightworkers" will either go up
to the already existing 5th Dimensional Earth which invisibly
surrounds our 3D Earth, or return to their former higher level
Home Planets in another part of the Universe. However, many
of Earth's inhabitants, possibly another third, will probably not
be able to move up to a higher Dimension at this point in their
evolutionary progress and will therefore have to be moved to
some other 3rd Dimensional Planet in another part of the
Universe. Otherwise, they would be painfully subjected to and
overcome by the higher vibrational energies which they are
totally unprepared for.
Planet Earth up to now on the Third Dimensional / Vibrational
Frequency, herself will need to undergo some major Planetary
Cleansing of land, sea, and atmosphere in order to move her
planetary body up to the higher 4th and 5th Dimensional levels.
At the time, some of Earth's population who are in those areas
where significant surface changes will need to be carried out
will be evacuated to safety by the Galactic Federation, a large
group of E.T. Motherships surrounding us at this time in order to
be ready to assist us at our time of Ascension.
Plans have long been in place by the Galactic Federation to
ensure that this major operation can be carried out smoothly and
safely. Those who might fear the prospect, and most of us
instinctively fear any kind of change, should be assured that they
will at once be encompassed by an all-pervading feeling of
peace and tranquillity, while at the same time discarding the fear
and uncertainty which is our constant Earthly companion,
together with our environment of poverty, uncertainty and dread.
Indeed, though incidental to the Major Cycle itself and its own
demands, the Human activities being acted out on our Planet's
surface have recently dragged our Civilisation down to new
depths of violence, terrorism and repression among individuals,
tribal minorities and nations. In addition, we have over a long
period polluted our Planet, its surface and especially its oceans,
to immeasurable and unsustainable levels of pollution and
degradation which cannot longer continue.
It is thus timely and appropriate that we take a wider view of
these forthcoming events in order to be informed and prepared,
as indeed we are warned and advised to do by many of the
Higher Celestial Masters and other sources communicating
through Earth-based intermediaries, Mediums and Visionaries.
As we are on the verge of a significant change of Universal Age,
it becomes therefore rather important at this time to now become
fully aware that we are surrounded by millions of other
inhabited Worlds within our Universe, all of them teeming with
intelligent life. Most of them are vastly more advanced than our
own world, living on higher Planes/Dimensions with a higher
vibration-rate than Earth's dense-physical Third Dimension. A
large group of these worlds have therefore been closely
watching over us since World War II with millions of their
Motherships surrounding us (although at present invisible to us
at their 5th Dimensional vibrational level), ready to assist us at
any moment to fulfil our Ascension up to a Fourth Dimensional
"New Earth". They also have had an important function in
shielding us from any unwarranted intrusions or attacks by those
Forces of Darkness that unfortunately still exist within our
Galaxy. However, they have never wished to directly interpose
themselves on our World, as any interference without our
express invitation would be wrong for them karmaically.
Many of Earth's Lightworkers, as members of our Creator's
"Explorer Race", have volunteered to come to Planet Earth at
this time to expressly partake in a major "Experiment" by our
Creator of this Grand Universe to overcome and resolve the
growing Duality which has developed within this part of His
Universe between the Forces of Light and Darkness - the
Positive versus the Negative - Good and Evil. This difficult
immersion process within our Earth Planet has been enacted
through our Creator placing our Planet within a "Veil of
Quarantine" from contact with all the teeming Higher Worlds
surrounding us. This "Veil" or barrier, has been placed around
Earth to shroud us from contact with other Worlds so that we
could pursue this experiment on behalf of our Cosmic Creator
without distraction or undue outside interference so that we
could "Reinvent the Wheel" of Societal development from
scratch. This "Veil" nonetheless has unfortunately had the effect
of cutting all of us off from the vast stores of hard-won
evolutionary knowledge developed by all the other Worlds
around us. It was meant to be a unique "Experiment" designed to
concentrate us, un-influenced by outsiders, in finding new ways
to overcome the natural growth of "Negativity" in Society and
its consequent development of the many "Forces of Evil" that
have grown up in other parts of our Creator's Universe.
Those many of us who volunteered to join in this Experiment
did so in order to hopefully develop new and better permanent
solutions, not only for our own World, but also for the benefit of
all the many other Worlds in our Universe. Unfortunately, this
whole experiment has subsequently turned out to have not been
a very great success, allowing Negativity and the Forces of Evil
to develop out of control to new heights, not only within this
Planet, but in many other parts of our Milky Way Galaxy.
Therefore, it has been decided at the Higher Spiritual
Administrative levels, to coincide with the Major Galactic End
of Age, for it to be finally closed down, this being done mainly
with the help of the Galactic Federation of all the other Galaxies
of Light.
Our Space Brothers from more advanced worlds, have up to
recently therefore been instructed to not interfere with our Earth
"Experiment", and thus limited their direct contact except to
occasionally communicate to us through their carefully chosen
Channellers. Nonetheless, our Extraterrestrial visitors have at
times tried to communicate directly with either our Governments
or our Media, especially so in a wish to warn them of the
extreme dangers of our development and use of Atomic
weapons, and particularly the Hydrogen Bomb. They have also
taken the opportunity to warn the Governments of the coming
"End of Age Earth Changes". However, Governments fearing
the loss of their control over us, have conducted a major "Cover
Up" of U.F.O.s and Extraterrestrial visitors since World War II,
and at the same time intimidated the World's Media into
ignoring any reports of UFO sightings in our skies. Meanwhile,
many of the major Governments have quietly created their own
secret files of all the numerous UFO sightings supplied by their
Military Forces and filed them away in Top-Secret Archives,
although at the same time even secretly interacting with some of
those extraterrestrial visitors.
As an example of the US Government's cover-up of UFOs and
the existence of extraterrestrials over the years, only recently
have the true secrets of the well-known Roswell flying saucer
crash in 1947 been revealed, this by a non-governmental source.
When a "Flying Saucer" was reported on the 8th of July 1947 to
have crashed near Roswell, New Mexico, a US Air Force
retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash.
Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse,
Matilda MacElroy, who was given the task of attending to the
sole survivor E.T. in the crashed craft out of the two other crew
members. She turned out to be the only person on their return to
the Military Base who was able to communicate with the E.T.
survivor through telepathy, which nobody else was able to do.
She was given the task of communicating with the small E.T.
female Being, whom she was to name as "Airl", who had
refused to answer any questions other than through her. After
being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the
use of many books borrowed from the Base's Library on all sorts
of Earth subjects over a remarkably short 16 day period, Airl
was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, and only
through Nurse MacElroy, which was transcribed by a
Government stenographer. This gave many details of the
workings of what Airl describes as the "Dark Reptilian-
Draconian Old Empire" which still has a powerful presence
within our Milky Way Galaxy and which also has up until
recently had a strong control over our "Secret Government" on
Earth working secretly behind major Governments and the
Banking Sector, also known as the "Dark Cabal".
Following the E.T.'s death 6 weeks later, brought on by electric
shock treatment by US Government operatives to force
revelations out of her, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent
into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the
confusion to retain her own copy of the transcripts of the
interviews. These were duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts
also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they
have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs.
MacElroy sent her own copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R.
Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" not long before her
death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as
the book "Alien Interview"(this can be read free from the Link
at the end of Book II).
After the Roswell crash in 1947, helped by President Truman
signing new Secrecy and Security Laws, a Secret inner
Government Group, calling themselves MJ-12 or Majestic 12,
took over the UFO and E.T. issue and took it underground. They
made it a Law in 1947, to be above even the knowledge of the
President, that the entire subject and knowledge of UFOs and
their Occupants was to remain the Highest Guarded Government
Secret only above Atomic Weapons.
On the night and early hours of February 20-21,1954, while on a
'vacation' in Palm Springs, California, President Dwight
Eisenhower 'went missing' and was taken to Edwards Air Force
Base (previously Muroc Airfield) for a secret meeting. This was
to be a 'First Contact' meeting with Extraterrestrials by the US
Government and was the beginning of a series of later meetings
with other Extraterrestrial Races. The Extraterrestrials of this
visit were described as being of a "Nordic" appearance and were
here on behalf of the "Galactic Federation" to to make a request
for President Eisenhower to stop pursuing the Nuclear Arms
Race and not to continue to develop the highly dangerous
Hydrogen Bomb. They offered in return to not only protect
Planet Earth from any Dark E.T. Races within the Milky Way
Galaxy wishing to invade Earth, but they would be able to give
us many beneficial technologies in exchange, such as "Free
Energy" and many other advanced Technologies leading to
greater health and well-being.
It was during this initial Extraterrestrial Meeting that various
other Government personnel took the unique opportunity to
investigate the varied collection of the five different spacecraft
belonging to the visiting Galactic Federation E.T. Race
Members which had landed on the Airfield.
Later on in 1954, there was to be another meeting between the
Eisenhower Administration and some quite different
Extraterrestrials. These were a somewhat renegade section of the
Zeta Reticulian Race, better known as the "Dark Greys",
because of their grey coloured skin. They have hairless bodies
and a large head with big round dark eyes, the result of having to
live many thousands of years underground on their Planet after
contaminating the surface with a nuclear war with their more
advanced Zeta Reticuli compatriots. They said they were no
longer able to reproduce themselves through normal physical
means and had to rely on 'cloning' their bodies to continue life
and therefore they were gradually dying out. They were
requesting the opportunity to do some experiments involving
Earth Humans' DNA. They were hoping to engineer a
transference of Human Earthling DNA genetics to enhance their
own DNA to enable them to once again physically reproduce
themselves. They appeared to be of highly developed Mental
abilities, but were later found to be lacking in any qualities of
emotion or empathy.
It was in the latter part of 1954 that they again landed at
Hollman Air Force Base and requested the making a of Treaty
with the U.S. Government in exchange for some of their more
advanced technology. A Treaty was soon after secretly signed
between the Zeta Reticulian Dark Greys and the secret MJ-12
Military Group within the U.S. Government, but this was done
behind President Eisenhower's back. When President
Eisenhower later found out about this, he was not only furious,
but also found that he in fact had no power to stop it. When
Eisenhower contacted the MJ-12 Group, they replied that they
were outside the jurisdiction of the White House and that their
actions were classified on a "need-to-know" basis, which went
above the Presidency.
This MJ-12 Military Group were so seduced by a promise of
being given Advanced E.T. Weapon Technology, particularly to
give them an advantage over the Soviet Union at the then height
of the Cold War, that they agreed in exchange to provide for
some secret underground Bases under the "Four Corners" area
of Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado to do DNA
experiments to re-engineer their failing DNA, but only to be
done on an agreed limited number of Earth Humans, mainly
convicts and mentally challenged persons.
It was further agreed in the Treaty that these Aliens would not
interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We
would keep their presence on Earth a secret and they were not to
make any further Treaties with any other Earth Nation. They
would only be allowed to make abductions of Humans on a
limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical
examination and monitoring of our development, along with the
agreed requirement that the Humans not be harmed, and be
returned to their point of abduction with no memory of the
event. They were also required to furnish a list of all Human
contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis.
As it turned out, not only did they not keep to their agreements
on limited experiments on Earth Humans, but they gradually
escalated them in numbers and extent. They slowly put in place
mind-control Centres, enlarged the area of their underground
Bases, and created a vast network of tunnels connecting with the
main Military Bases. They abducted more and more Humans
from the surface for medical experimentation, or as slaves to be
traded with other Dark E.T. Races, and also great numbers of
mind-controlled Earth Abductees to become their military
Forces. Eventually, they built up a total underground population
of over 5 million - a powerful Force aided by Dark E.T. supplied
Technology from the Dark Reptilian Empire. The US
Government was no longer able to control them, or stop their
further occupation of the underground facilities, as a result of
their very serious threats.
But in fact the Reticulian Greys were only a "Front" for the real
power and force controlling them - the Reptilian-Draconian
Empire in alliance with the Dark Nebu Orion Race, two of the
most powerful Dark Forces in the Galaxy. They had made an
uncomfortable Dark Alliance between themselves not only to
take over Planet Earth, but eventually the entire Galaxy! This
operation was their normal pattern of invading other Worlds - to
send out in front of them a seemingly needful and less powerful
Race such as the Dark Greys, to get them installed and then
come in and take over the whole operation.
A High Level Emissary from the Galactic Federation was
installed by Eisenhower for several years in the Pentagon to
argue the case to give up the Treaty, but the US Military were
dazzled and reluctant to give up the hope of obtaining high-level
advanced E.T. weapon technology. Promises by the Galactic
Federation to provide advanced benevolent technology, such as
Free Energy, were of no interest to them, and certainly not
supported by the Oil Corporations and their supporting Congress
Members. As time went on, more and more of the US
Government was deeply controlled by the powerful Dark ET-led
Cabal/Illuminati, especially through the Financial and Banking
Sectors and their virtual ownership of the Federal Reserve,
where they were able to siphon off massive amounts of funds
into secret Accounts for their dark and underground uses.
J.F. Kennedy was informed about E.T.s and also some of their
agenda, and was about to give a major speech on the day he was
assassinated (by an Agent of Earth's "Secret Government") in
which he would have revealed the existence of the
Extraterrestrials (click on this following link to his intended
speech: JFKennedy's Speech he was to give on the Day he was
Assassinated). As we know, this speech was unfortunately never
given. In fact the Galactic Federation had planned to make a first
major appearance with their space craft within a short period
following Kennedy's Speech, and this plan also had to be
abandoned. It would no doubt have ushered in a major change of
direction in Earth's future development.
Apart from all those secret contacts with the U.S.Government,
there have also been many thousands of unofficial reported
"Flying-Saucer" or UFO sightings as well as quite a few direct
contacts made to individuals. Although they became well-known
to limited circles of Earth's "Lightworkers", they have
nevertheless always been totally ignored by the mainstream
Media through behind-the-scenes Secret Government control.
However, one of the first major "Contactees" was George
Adamski, who wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing
his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian
Space visitors and of his journeys up in their Scout-ships to their
large Motherships overhead. In his second book "Inside the
Space Ships", he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of
these Motherships and his many conversations with their
Commanders and other onboard personnel. A few years later,
Dino Kraspedon, a Brazilian, also published a book describing
his unexpected meeting with the Captain of a large Flying
Saucer Scout, who gave him much useful scientific information
about space travel and their methods of propulsion. Among
other things, the Captain explained how they can move at
enormous speeds through our atmosphere by creating a vacuum
around the Scouts by ionizing the air surrounding the craft to
prevent atmospheric friction. He was also one of the first to give
us information on the approaching "Earth Changes". (For
extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by
Dino Kraspedon and the George Adamski books, see the Links
at the end of this Book II)
Over more than 20 years there have been a growing number of
Channeled E.T. Messages published in various books and
specialist magazines, particularly those coming from the
Galactic Federation (see the "Updates Archives" at the end of
Book II).
Another extraterrestrial phenomenon that has become well-
known during the last twenty years have been the thousands of
perfectly formed "Crop Circles" which mysteriously appear
overnight in fields of cereal crops, especially so in Britain,
giving us many beautiful and highly complex patterns.
Photographs of them have been well documented in various
books and on the Internet. Likewise, there are also the many
photographs on the Internet and books of "flying saucers" or
Scoutships. These are ones that the Space Visitors have
permitted us to see through lowering their higher vibration rates
down to our 3D level. There are thousands of huge Motherships
stationed invisibly overhead, many of them over hundreds of
miles in diameter, and as they mostly operate on the 4th and 5th
Dimensional vibrational levels which is invisible to our 3D
physical sight.
Although our Space Visitors have up to now been limited to few
Earth contacts, they promise that they will soon be making their
first major appearance as part of a "First Contact" Mission, once
Earth's major Governments have made their long awaited
"Disclosure" announcement of the existence of Extraterrestrials.
This "First Contact Event" will probably be made through
providing a mass sighting of their spacecraft over several of
Earth's major cities. They would then follow this up with a
series of actual Earth landings in order to give us detailed
information about themselves and to provide us with various
useful technologies, such as the use of "Free Energy". However,
they have in the meantime made contact with over 160 Earth
Governments requesting them to make a full "Disclosure"
announcement before they will make an appearance. Of course
the various Governments have "dragged their heels", as they not
only fear the loss of their power to rule over their citizens, but
even more so from the dire effects of any revelations of their
past massive cover up of E.T. and UFO contacts.
However, at least a few Governments, under considerable public
pressure, are beginning to open up some of their Secret UFO
files to the general public. The French Government has recently
promised to now open some of its secret UFO files to
researchers, as well as the British Government, who announced
in March 2008 they will start making its UFO documents
available through the Ministry of Defense, and which would
feature hundreds of documented UFO sightings gathered over
the previous 10 year period across the UK.
On the 12th of February 2008 the United Nations convened a
secret gathering at the United Nations Headquarters in New
York with Delegates of some of the Members of 28 major
Countries to discuss the increasing and unprecedented numbers
of UFO sightings during 2007 and 2008. Security around the
meeting was intense: everyone was searched at the entrance;
pens, pins, key chain items were collected and even Member's
UN Security Cards were temporarily taken into custody. This
meeting was attended by over 40 Representatives of the 28
Member Countries. A document from the Galactic Federation
was circulated in the meeting in which a request was made that
all the countries represented should make a full disclosure of
their knowledge of the existence of Extraterrestrials. The
Galactic Federation were offering to provide in return such
useful technologies as new forms of "Free Energy". A debate
then followed amongst the Delegates on how the UN might
respond to this offer, if at all - we presume the answer was
indeed negative. A similar document was later sent by the
Galactic Federation directly to the relevant Ministries of all the
attending 28 Member States.
Ever since World War II, the Galactic Federation of Light has
been trying to give a warning to our major Governments, as well
as to Earth's Scientific Community, on the extreme dangers of
developing nuclear weapons. They also expressed an especial
concern about our developing the Hydrogen Bomb and they
informed us that Hydrogen is a basic "living" element
permeating all our surrounding Ether. A large scale use of
Hydrogen bombs could set off a massive chain-reaction
conflagration throughout the Ethers of Space in addition to
destroying our Planet. In fact the Galactic Federation has been
forced to intervene countless times to disrupt our setting off
nuclear devices in particularly dangerous situations. This they
can do by simply neutralizing them at their point of use.
Another important part of their mission was to alert us of the
impending "Earth Changes" as part of the ending of a Major
Universal Age. They have told us that the present ending of the
two-hundred million year-long Grand Universal Age, is a time
when all our Universes, Galaxies and Solar Systems must
collectively move up a step to higher dimensional planes. This
also coincides with our own Solar Ring and Milky Way Galaxy
having just completed a long 26,000 years orbit around the
Great Central Sun of the Universe, as well as the Zodiacal
ending of Earth's 2000 year-long Piscean Age. The Piscean Age
commenced around the time of the Birth of Christ, and ends on
the 21st of December 2012 (as foretold in the ancient Mayan
Calendar). That will then be the start of the new "Aquarian
Age", having long been prophesied as bringing in a "Golden
Age of Peace" on Earth.
There have been many other prophesies concerning these
coming "End-Times", such as in the Bible's "Book of
Revelations". These are referred to in the Christian Bible as the
"Final Day of Judgement" and also the promised "Second
Coming of Christ". The same message has also been given in
more recent times by the growing number of "New Age"
Esoteric Schools of Higher Spiritual Knowledge.
Humanity at this time on Planet Earth, along with the many
other inhabited worlds of our Solar System, is thus about to
make an "Ascension" up to a higher "Dimension" or vibrational
plane. We on Earth are already moving up from our past dense
physical "Third Dimension" vibrational level to rising degrees
towards the 4th Dimension. We and all living things have
gradually been upgraded, through an inflow of powerful higher
Celestial energies to now over the 3.52 Dimensional vibration
rate and will soon be moving seamlessly further up into the
Fourth Dimension. After a fairly long period as a Fourth
Dimensional Planet Earth following Earth Humanity's
Ascension, we shall then be moving further on up to the already
existing 5th Dimensional Earth. Those of Earth's inhabitants
who are now ready to move up to the 5th Dimensional Earth will
be soon following all those who have already moved from our
present Earth's after-death Fourth Dimensional "Summerlands"
Spiritual Plane to the higher vibrational 5D Planet Earth.
Most of the advanced "Lightworkers" working and teaching
down here on Earth have themselves come down as "Starseeds"
from other Planets and Star Systems. Having already
experienced living on higher Dimensions and more advanced
worlds, such an Ascension will therefore not be such a big move
upwards for them. On the other hand, many of the younger
Souls starting out on their long evolutionary Ascension on this
"Seed Planet" for new Human Souls, may not yet be ready to
make a move up to the Fourth Dimensional level, and will
therefore be relocated by the Galactic Federation to other worlds
capable of supporting a Third Dimension vibrational level.
However, Planet Earth now badly needs to go through a
vibrational reformulation as well as a major surface cleansing of
the worst of the environmental detritus and destructive effects
made by its present inhabitants, as this also has a negative effect
on the higher dimensional levels, which are all based on the
fundamental make-up of the core physical 3D Earth. This
"Cleansing" will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation's
Forces, whose technology can undertake this within at least a
couple of years or more.
During this Planetary "Cleansing Period" certain 3D surface
areas may need to go through some fairly major upheavals.
Those who happen to be in areas of severe physical disruptions
will be lifted off by the Galactic Federation's Scout Craft and
taken up for a temporary period to the overhead Motherships.
Others in areas of danger may alternatively choose to be taken
down into the interior "Hollow Inner Earth", the home of an
existing Fifth-dimensional civilisation named "Aghartha", which
will barely be affected by the 3D surface cleansing. This
Ancient Civilisation derives from the Ancient Civilisation of
Lemuria which sank beneath the Pacific Ocean even before the
demise of Atlantis and whose more evolved survivors escaped
into the Inner Earth at the time. This Fifth Dimensional
Civilisation has up to now not wished to reveal itself to us
turbulent 3D surface dwellers. They live an almost perfect life
within the hollow interior which is inside Earth's 800 mile thick
outer planetary crust. They have a pristine environment of
verdant landscapes, rivers, lakes, even mountains, as well as
their beautiful crystal cities. All of which is illuminated by its
own central interior Sun which also is the high-density
crystalline magnetic core at the very centre of Planet
Earth. [More information on the Inner Earth is available at the
link to "The Inner Earth & Realm of Aghartha" at the end of this
Book II]
There have in fact been many previous major surface changes
and "Cleansings" to Planet Earth through realignments to her
magnetic axis as a result of outside Galactic and Solar System
changes and upheavals. This has been well-documented in
geological studies of her past surface history, which includes
entire continental landmasses either being submerged beneath
the oceans, or raised up to become some of today's highest
mountain ranges. Seashells and skeletons of fish have been
found high up in the Himalayas and the Andes. The great plains
of the USA from Mexico to Alaska are known to have been
under the sea, and today's Eastern coast of America was once
the 'shore-line' of what are now the Appalachian Mountains. The
North and South Poles have also been shown to have moved
rapidly to new positions with the evidence of dramatic surface
and climatic changes left behind. An aspect of this was first
discovered in 1799, when frozen bodies of mammoths were
unearthed in the tundra of Siberia, their stomachs containing
freshly eaten grasses and leaves normally belonging to tropical
regions thousands of miles to the South. Former tropical coral
reefs have also been discovered as far north as Spitzbergen,
within what is now the Polar Circle. Coal deposits found in
Antarctica indicate that the area was once covered by equatorial
forests.
We need to also become aware that Mother Earth/Gaia is herself
a highly evolved Spirit ensouling the Planet. She now awaits
impatiently for the long-desired Ascension of Herself and her
surface dwellers up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. She has
up to now had to maintain a long and painful duty of supporting
a lowly evolved combative and turbulent Humanity as part of
her Celestial service "Contract". However, she also needs to
cleanse her Third Dimensional Earth Sphere (the lowest of Her
4-7D surrounding higher vibrational Earth Spheres) of all the
past pollution, damage and detritus that Humanity has
accumulated on her surface. The many areas of interior blasting
within her surface Crust and Humanity's increasing extraction of
oil has also caused her much 3D physical distress. Oil is in fact
the very "Life-blood" of her Planetary Body, part of the system
that helps her to lubricate Earth's Tectonic Plates and thus help
keep them properly locked together. An insufficient quantity of
this substance at the intersection of two major Continental Plates
resulted in the massive underwater Sumatra Earthquake and
Tsunami of December 2004.
Humanity itself has to now undertake a process of erasing all
past negative "Karma" before we can Ascend to the Fourth or
Fifth Dimensional Earth Spheres. We therefore at this "End of
Age" time need to balance out all our past Karmaic debts with
those that we have previously harmed and at the same time give
forgiveness to those that we consider may have wronged us in
the past. Many of those long repressed emotional hurts and
historical grievances which have accumulated over thousands of
incarnations held as deep scars within our DNA and our Soul's
memory, now need to be brought to the surface, resolved and
finally transmuted before we proceed upwards with our
Ascension.
At this time we can indeed see much of this resolving of past
Karma going on as a world-wide activity within the many
settlings of past historical grievances. This is particularly visible
in the present day conflicts within the Middle East, where we
see the re-surfacing of the old Christian-Muslim conflict which
was first generated, and never properly resolved, during the time
of the Crusades.
In conjunction with the ending of the present Major Universal
Age, there is at this time being enacted by the Celestial
Hierarchy a final major removal within our Galaxy of all the
remaining Forces of Darkness. Much of this darkness was
allowed to develop through our Creator of this Universe not
fully appreciating how much it was all getting so out of hand,
with His claiming that as a "Loving Creator" he did not have any
previous experience of such high levels of Darkness and
Negativity or the right tools to deal with it. Thus out of control
Negativity and Darkness was over time allowed to grow without
the necessary restraint throughout the outer regions of our own
Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon, for over 500
million years until it was almost impossible to easily eradicate.
Thus the Galactic Federation surrounding us in their millions to
assist our Ascension, have had terrible delays and set-backs in
trying to winkle-out all the Darkness and the secretly entrenched
Dark Ones on Earth, known to many as the "Secret
Government" or the "Dark Cabal".
Our Creator of this Universe, known as a great "Lover of
Variety", had long ago made plans to eventually Ascend up to
new areas of Higher Creation and joining with His Prime
Creator awaiting Him up there when his Universe had fully
matured. As part of this Plan, He planned to provide a special
"School of Creators" down on Planet Earth with a special body
of highly evolved "Explorer Race" Beings. These were
Volunteers who came from far away areas of the Cosmos as
Volunteers to join in with His Creation in order to learn to
qualify as "Creators" in training, and to eventually to take over
from him as a joint Cooperative Creator Body responsible for
maintaining His Grand Universe when He finally makes his
further Ascension. Unfortunately, his higher "Prime Creator"
had given Him an "Inspirational Idea" suggesting He should try
to introduce a small degree of 2% Negativity (equivalent to
"stubbing your toe" or "poking someone half asleep with a stick"
- but no more) to spur all his Creation's evolving Beings, many
of which had become stagnated with self-satisfaction in their
Worlds and in their evolutionary progress, into moving faster in
their evolution and thus to more rapidly allow Him to Ascend.
This was the Inspirational Idea that our Creator took up in the
latter part of his Creation, only for it to eventually "backfire"
badly. The resulting ill effects that allowed Darkness to grow
unrestrained have left behind scenes of much destruction, not
only on Earth, but throughout much of our Galaxy, not to
mention its many Galactic Wars. As it is, the spreading tide of
Darkness is only now being thoroughly cleansed and removed
by the Galactic Forces of Light.
Since Planet Earth itself was put into its part-protective
"Quarantine" over 200,000 years ago after the Lucifer Rebellion,
it has also had to undertake the function as a virtual "Prison
Planet/Remand Centre" for many of the most negative and
destructive Beings who have been brought here for reform, all as
part of our experience and lesson in overcoming and reforming
Negativity. Also, Planet Earth has been given a role, as part of
the same learning experience in overcoming negativity, as a
"Seed Planet" for very young Souls starting out on their long
Ascension and evolutionary path up from lower evolutionary
levels such as the Animal Kingdom. They have had to come
here as young Souls in order to learn how to control their natural
animalistic emotional responses, which tends to descend into
violent conflict when conditions become difficult. They need to
learn a deeper respect for the "Sanctity of Life", which will then
eventually allow them to move on up to a Higher Dimension, as
well as providing us older Souls with the learning experience of
bringing this about.
At its very Creation as a Planetary Body within this Galaxy,
Planet Earth was also originally given a special role as an
"Experimental Ecology Planet", in which new Life Forms and
varieties of plant and insect life were to be developed. All the
diversity of Biological Life found throughout the Universe has
at some time been brought here by the Universe's Scientific
"Life Carriers" given the job of physically creating new and
improved Life Forms on this new Experimental Ecology Planet.
Among them were many of the original Extraterrestrial Human
settlers who were brought to Planet Earth millions of year ago in
the Motherships of the Galactic Federation as a specially
selected team of volunteer "Celestial Gardeners". They came
having made a solemn pledge to help in the development of new
and better varieties of plant and animal life for this new
"Galactic Museum of Ecology" under a long-term "Contract" to
remain here as the "Stewards of Earth" until a virtual "Garden of
Eden" was finally established. Although they would eventually
be dragged down into lower and lower levels of dense 3rd
Dimensional physicality caused by the various invasions by the
Dark Forces within our Galaxy, they nevertheless maintained a
Sacred Pledge to return here repeatedly until their job was
finally done. Millions of years later, many have returned as the
highly evolved Ecologists who continue to carry on the work of
developing a yet more beautiful and diverse Planet.
This special Planetary role as a unique Biological Showcase for
the Galaxy, explains the amazingly rich variety of plant and
animal life which we now enjoy. Our Planet is even now,
despite Man's past destructive activities, considered by the other
Inhabited Worlds as being one of the most beautiful and green
Water-Planets within our Galaxy. The future levels of Earth are
destined to develop this great wealth and variety of life to even
greater heights, into a true Celestial "Garden of Eden", not only
for our own enjoyment, but for the education and enjoyment of
all the other Worlds who will be eagerly visiting us.
Apart from co-creating with our Galactic friends a beautiful
Green New World, we will also be developing new and
improved Social Systems. Learning from all our past and painful
experiences in trying to resolve the Universal problem of self-
centered "Negativity", we will also be resolving to identify and
control any tendency towards negative or destructive behaviour.
This can also infect the other "Benevolent Worlds" which
themselves make up the majority of our Grand Universe. We
hope eventually to become an exemplary "Showcase World" for
the rest of the Galaxy and our whole Grand Universe in finally
resolving this difficult problem. By then, Earth's inhabitants will
have moved up from their present overall focus on pure "Self-
Interest", to a more cooperative one of "Serving Others" for the
benefit of the whole. We shall have hopefully become a Loving
and Cooperative society which incorporates a deeper Respect for
the Integrity and Rights of Others, governed by a central
Constitutional Principle which mandates "That we take all
possible steps to avoid intruding into, or causing harm, to
another Being". This governing "Principle of Liberty" can also
be encapsulated as: "Do unto Others only as you would have
them Do unto You".

Chapter 1:
ANCIENT PROPHECIES
Many Biblical predictions have for long told us clearly and
graphically of the coming "Final Day of Judgment", the "Second
Coming of The Christ" and of our final reward of an Ascension
up to the Heavenly Realms.
The old Biblical "Final Day of Judgment" was traditionally
divided into several different sequences, starting with
the "Rapture", in which those who are "Just and Faithful to the
Ways of the Lord" are lifted up to the Heavens to avoid
the "Tribulation"which follows. Then will the "Wrath of the
Lord"descend upon those who have failed their Final Judgment
followed by a great Cleansing of Earth. A small "Remnant" who
repent and learn to change their ways would possibly survive the
Tribulation and emerge from their hiding places underground
and in caves to commence a glorious new Millennium, a
prophesied 1,000-year Golden Age of Peace, to be started off
with the Second Coming of The Christ to Earth as the "Prince of
Peace, King of Kings and Lord of Lords".
Isaiah describes the Tribulation graphically in the Old
Testament:
"Behold the Day of the Lord cometh cruel both with wrath and
fierce anger to lay the Land desolate: and He shall destroy the
sinners thereof out of it. For the Stars of Heaven and the
Constellations thereof shall not give their Light: the Sun shall
be darkened in his going forth, and the Moon shall not cause
her Light to shine. And I will punish the World for their evil and
the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of
the Proud to cease, and will lay low the Haughtiness of the
Terrible. I will make a Man more precious than fine gold; even
a Man the Golden Wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the
Heavens, and the Earth shall remove out of her place". [Isaiah
13: 9-13]
The New Testament gives four major prophecies of the Final
Day of Judgment and the Second Coming of The Christ: from
the Apostles Mark, Luke and Matthew, and the Book of
Revelations by St. John of the Island of Patmos.
In the Gospel according to St Luke, Jesus speaks of the "Signs
before the End" and the "Second Coming":
"The Days will come, in which there shall not be left one stone
upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Nation shall rise
against Nation and Kingdom against Kingdom: and great
earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and
pestilences; and fearful sights and great Signs shall there be
from Heaven.
And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the
Stars; and upon the Earth distress of Nations, with perplexity;
the sea and waves roaring; Men's hearts failing them for fear,
and for looking after those things which are coming on the
Earth: for the powers of Heaven shall be shaken.
And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a Cloud with
Power and Great Glory. And when these things begin to come to
pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your Redemption
draweth nigh". [Luke 21: 6, 10, 25-28]
Likewise from St Matthew:
"For then shall be Great Tribulation, such as was not since the
Beginning of the World to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And
unless those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be
saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.
Immediately after the Tribulation of those Days shall the Sun be
darkened, and the Moon shall not give her Light, and the Stars
shall fall from Heaven, and the Powers of the Heavens shall be
shaken. But of that day and hour knoweth no Man, no, not the
Angels of Heaven, but my Father only". [Matthew 24: 21-22;
29, 36]
In the Book of Revelations, St John the Divine was given a
Vision in which a High Angel broke Seven Seals, each
containing a Revelation, a Future Vision:
"And I beheld when he had opened the Sixth Seal, and, lo, there
was a great earthquake; and the Sun became black as sackcloth
of hair, and the Moon became as blood; and the Stars of
Heaven fell unto the Earth, even as a fig tree casteth her
untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.
And the Heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together;
and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
And when he had opened the Seventh Seal, there was silence in
Heaven. And I saw the Seven Angels which stood before God;
and to them were given Seven Trumpets.
The first Angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire
mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the Earth: and the
third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt
up.
And the second Angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain
burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the
sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which
were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the
ships were destroyed.
And the third Angel sounded, and there fell a Great Star from
Heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third
part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; and the
name of the star is called Wormwood; and many men died of the
waters, because they were made bitter.
And the Seventh Angel sounded; and there were great voices in
Heaven, saying, "The Kingdoms of this World are become the
Kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for
ever and ever". [Revelation 6:12-14; 8:1-2 & 7-11; 11:15]
The Buddhist tradition also foretells the end of the present
civilization 2,500 years after the birth of the Buddha, at which
time Mankind will be redeemed by Maitreya, the future Buddha.
The exact birth year of the original Buddha is not known, but the
earliest of several dates is 566 BC, thus confirming the timing of
the predicted changes to occur after the end of the 20th Century.
In the early 1830s the Church of the Latter Day Saints was
founded on the prophecies given to Joseph Smith by an Angelic
Being, named Moroni, and on Smith's subsequent discovery,
under Moroni's direction, of buried golden tablets of great
antiquity inscribed with much Ancient Wisdom which was to
become "The Book of Mormon".
The Mormon Teachings repeat the Biblical warnings of Great
Judgments which were coming upon the Earth, with great
desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence...
"And when that Day shall come they shall be visited of the Lord
of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great
noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of
devouring fire".
One of the best known of more recent Psychics and
Clairvoyants, Edgar Cayce, gave between 1901 and 1945
thousands of trance 'Readings'. Cayce became well known for
his trance diagnoses of illnesses and 'miracle' cures, later to be
documented and confirmed by medical science. He also gave
many predictions of future events which were to be proved
unusually accurate. For the end of the Twentieth Century he
predicted earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and catastrophic
changes to the Earth's surface:
"The Earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion
will see a change in the physical aspect of the West Coast of
America. There will be open waters appearing in the Northern
portions of Greenland. There will be New Lands seen off the
Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear. South America shall
be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the
Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego Land, and a strait with rushing
waters..." [3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]
"The Earth will be broken up in the Western portion of America.
The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper
portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye.
Land will appear off the East coast of America..."[3976-15, Jan
19, 1934]
"There will be upheavals in the Arctic and the Antarctic that will
make for the eruptions of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and
there will then be the shifting of the Poles - so that where there
have been frigid or semi-tropical areas, these will become the
more tropical, and moss and fern will grow..." (3976-15, Jan 19,
1934)
"In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic as well
as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline now of many a land
will be the bed of the ocean... Portions of the now East coast of
New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear...
while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will
disappear". [1152-11, Aug 13, 1941]
Cayce also refers to Ancient Records of Atlantis hidden
underground in a secret chamber near the Pyramid of Giza in
Egypt, covering the entire History of Mankind from pre-Egypt
to the end of the 20th Century - which is, said Cayce, "...that
period when there is to be the change in the Earth's position, and
the return of the Great Initiate to that and other Lands for the
folding up of those Prophecies that are depicted there". [5748-5]
[From the "Life Readings" by EDGAR CAYCE. Copyright 1971, 1993, 1995 by the Edgar
Cayce Foundation, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451, U.S.A. and used by permission.]
As we consider the possibility and the implications of these
predicted Earth Changes, we can be quite certain that physical
changes of enormous magnitude have already occurred many
times during Planet Earth's long History.

Chapter 2:
A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL
We tend quite naturally to regard "our Earth" as a stable and
unchanging home, a "sure stronghold" which could never be
substantially disrupted. Our confidence may from time to time
be shaken by major earthquakes and typhoons, but these soon
pass over, and we prefer to regard them as minor temporary
upsets in an otherwise comfortable and predictable environment.
There is however much geological evidence of sudden and
major structural changes having taken place on Planet Earth in
the past; and it is not unreasonable to consider the possibility
that what has happened in the past may well be repeated.
Historical accounts written many centuries ago bear witness to
previous planetary disruptions. Immanuel Velikovsky has made
a major contribution to research in this area; his "Worlds in
Collision", written in 1950, assembles numerous Biblical and
ancient historical references to such events, drawing
substantially on contemporary accounts from the Middle East
and lower Mexico.
He quotes, for example, a long inscription in hieroglyphics on a
shrine of black granite found at El-Arish on the border of Egypt
and Palestine. It reads: "The Land was in great affliction. Evil
fell on this Earth. There was a great upheaval in the Residence.
Nobody could leave the Palace during nine days, and during
these nine days of upheaval there was such a tempest that
neither Men nor Gods could see the faces of those beside them".
This inscription corresponds with the Bible, Exodus 10,22: "And
there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days.
They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for
three days".
East of Egypt, in Babylonia, the Eleventh Tablet of the 'Epic of
Gilgamesh' refers to the same events:
"From out of the horizon rose a dark cloud and it rushed
against the Earth; the land was shriveled by the heat of flames.
Desolation stretched to Heaven; all that was bright was turned
into darkness. Nor could a Brother distinguish his Brother.
(For) six days the hurricane, deluge, and tempest continued
sweeping the land, and all Humans back to their clay were
returned".
The Ancient Egyptian Historian Ipuwer witnessed and survived
this earthquake, recounting that:"The towns are destroyed,
Upper Egypt has become a waste. All is ruin. The residence is
overturned in a minute". [Papyrus Ipuwer 2:11, 3:13]
From his research into Ancient Documents, Velikovsky
concludes that the Earth was forced out of its regular motion by
the close approach of the body of a Comet: a major shock
convulsed the Lithosphere, and the area of the Earthquake was
the entire Globe. Terrific hurricanes swept the Earth because of
the change or reversal of the angular velocity of rotation and
because of the sweeping gases, dust, and cinders of the Comet.
He supports this contention of worldwide disruptions with
similar quotations from historical records of Mexican tradition.
The Mexican sacred book "Popol-Vuh", the "Manuscript
Cakchiquel", and the "Manuscript Troano" all record how the
mountains in every part of the Western Hemisphere
simultaneously gushed lava. The volcanoes that opened along
the entire chain of the Cordilleras and in other mountain ranges
and on flat land vomited fire, vapour, and torrents of lava.
Velikovsky quotes "Manuscript Troano" and other documents
of the Mayas which describe a cosmic catastrophe during which
the ocean fell upon the continent and a terrible hurricane swept
the Earth. These records provide graphic accounts of hurricanes
which broke up and carried away all towns and forests.
Exploding volcanoes, tides sweeping over mountains, and
raging winds threatened to annihilate Humankind, and actually
did annihilate many species of animals. The face of the Earth
changed, mountains collapsed, other mountains grew and rose
over the onrushing cataract of water driven from oceanic spaces,
numberless rivers lost their beds, and a wild tornado moved
through the debris descending from the sky.
The ancients referred to the physical agent that brought darkness
and swept away houses and trees and even rocks and mounds of
earth as "Hurakan", from which our present word 'Hurricane' is
derived. Hurakan, it is recorded, destroyed the major part of the
Human Race. In the darkness swept by wind, resinous stuff fell
from the sky and participated with fire on water in the
destruction of the World. For five days, save for the burning
naphtha and burning volcanoes, the World was dark, since the
Sun did not appear.
In a later book,"Earth in Upheaval", Velikovsky supports
Biblical and other historical references with currently visible
geological evidence of past upheavals.
He describes, for example, an area in Alaska to the North of
Mount McKinley which has a frozen layer of "muck" composed
of a jumble of trees and extinct animals, such as the mammoth,
mastodon and super-bison. This was analyzed by Professor F.C.
Hibben of the University of New Mexico, who concluded:
"There is ample evidence that at least portions of this material
were deposited under catastrophic conditions. Mammal remains
are for the most part dismembered and dis-articulated, even
though some fragments yet retain, in their frozen state, portions
of ligaments, skin, hair, and flesh. Twisted and torn trees are
piled in splintered masses. At least four considerable layers of
volcanic ash may be traced in these deposits, although they are
extremely warped and distorted.
"The presence of volcanic ash indicates that a volcanic eruption
did take place, and repeatedly, in four consecutive stages of the
same epoch; but it is also apparent that the trees could have been
uprooted and splintered only by hurricane or flood or a
combination of both agencies. The animals could have been
dismembered only by a stupendous wave that lifted and carried
and smashed and tore and buried millions of bodies and millions
of trees. Also, the area of the catastrophe was much greater than
the action of a few volcanoes could have covered."
During the late 1830s Hugh Miller made a special study of the
Old Red Sandstone in Scotland in which an abundant aquatic
fauna is embedded. The animals embedded within it are seen in
very 'disturbed' positions. Miller writes: "Some terrible
catastrophe involved in sudden destruction the fish of an area at
least a hundred miles from boundary to boundary, perhaps more.
The same platform in Orkney, as at Cromarty, is strewn thick
with remains, which exhibit unequivocally the marks of violent
death. The figures are contorted, contracted, curved; the tail in
many instances is bent around to the head; the spines stick out;
the fins are spread to the full, as in fish that die in convulsions."
In 1901 a quick-frozen mammoth was found in Beresovka,
Siberia, so well preserved that its eyeballs were fully intact. It
still had buttercups in its mouth and the content of its stomach
indicated that it had been eating temperate-zone plants, no
longer growing in that area. R.S. Lull, Director of the Peabody
Museum at Yale, reports the discovery in his book "Organic
Evolution", confirming that: "...a fractured hip and fore limb, a
great mass of clotted blood in the chest, and unswallowed grass
between the clenched teeth, all point to the violence and
suddenness of its passing."
Rock geology shows that there have been major uplifts of land-
masses around the globe. The great massif of the Himalayas is
estimated to have risen to its present height since the last Ice
Age of over 11,000 years ago. Likewise the Andes in South
America also show evidence of having been thrust upwards
eleven thousand years ago.
Many other researchers have identified evidence of major
geological changes during our Planet's long history; indeed,
there are many areas in which even a casual observer can see
such evidence for him or herself, as for example when erosion
shows cross-sections of hillsides miles from the present
coastline displaying deposits of seashells.
An interesting example, quoted in "Doomsday 1999 A.D.", by
Charles Berlitz, can be found in Bolivia. The stone city of
Tiahuanaco is so old that its broken pottery shows pictures of
Pleistocene animals. Although Tiahuanaco is now at an altitude
of 13,500 feet, too high for a population to live, its docks and
quays indicate that it was once a seaport and that it rose with the
Andes when they were created 11,000 years ago.
Immanuel Velikovsky summarizes these sudden geological
changes:
"Wherever we investigate the geological records of this Earth,
we find signs of catastrophes and upheavals, old and recent.
"Mountains sprang from plains, and other mountains were
levelled; strata of the terrestrial crust were folded and pressed
together and overturned and moved and put on top of other
formations. Igneous rock melted and flooded enormous areas of
land with miles-thick sheets, and the ocean bed flowed with
molten rock. Ashes were showered down and built layers many
yards thick on the ground and on the bottom of the oceans in
their vast expanse. The shores of ancient lakes were tilted and
are no longer horizontal and the seacoasts show subsidence or
emergence, in some places, of over one thousand feet.
"Rocks of the Earth are filled with remains of life extinguished
in a state of agony. Sedimentary rocks are one vast graveyard,
and the granite and basalt, too, have embedded in them
numberless living organisms. Shells have closed valves as they
do in a living state, so unexpectedly came the entombment. Vast
forests were burned and washed away and covered with the
waters of the seas and with sand and turned to coal. Animals
were swept to the far north and thrown into heaps and were
soaked by bituminous outpourings. Broken bones and torn
ligaments and the skins of animals, both of living species and of
extinct species, were smashed together with splintered forests
into huge piles.
"The evidence is overwhelming that the great global
catastrophes were either accompanied or caused by the shifting
of the terrestrial axis, or by a disturbance in the diurnal and
annual motions of the Earth. The shifting of the axis could not
have been brought about by internal causes, but only under the
impact of external forces. The state of lavas with reversed
magnetization, hundreds of times more intense than the inverted
terrestrial magnetic field could impart, reveals the nature of the
forces that were in action".
['Earth in Upheaval', by Immanuel Velikovsky - 1955 - Buccaneer Books Inc., Cutchogue, NY,
USA.]

Set against the wider time-frame of the many dramatic surface

changes which have already occurred, current predictions of
major physical 'Earth Changes' may now perhaps seem less
extreme. There is plenty of evidence that the Planet's very
geography has in fact been dramatically changed many times
before, and likewise, there is no scientific evidence to support
the contention that such changes will not happen yet again.
Human Earth civilizations have also come and gone. Most
people today look at the story of Humanity and assume that it
has lasted for only six thousand years or so, but there have in
fact been many much older civilizations, such as Lemuria (or
Mu) in the Pacific Ocean and the legendary Atlantis in the
Atlantic Ocean.

Chapter 3:
PROPHETS OF OUR TIME
In March 1994, NBC television network broadcast a program
entitled "Ancient Prophecies", covering both ancient and
contemporary predictions of Earth Changes. It was seen by
millions of American and Canadian viewers and prompted over
24,000 enquiries. A major feature was the prediction
by Gordon-Michael Scallion of violent and significant
geological changes coming to Earth by the end of the
Millennium. Although these events have not yet manifested,
they still remain a potential possibility for the near future, and
therefore their details are worth taking into consideration.
Mr. Scallion had worked in the field of communications and
education until 1979, when he experienced a health crisis which
left him with the 'gift of prophecy'. Some of his more notable
prophecies were the 1992 Californian earthquakes on April 22
and June 28, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, and the Mississippi
floods of 1993.
Viewers of the March 1994 program were shown a Future Map
of the United States: 1998-2001 which Mr Scallion had
visualized through his inner sight. Published by his company
Matrix Institute, the map showed major geological changes in
the United States occurring in two distinct phases:
A first super-mega California earthquake in the 10-15 magnitude
range causes a fracture along a line from Eureka to Bakersfield
and southwest to the Gulf of California-Baja. Gaps and fissures
occur running the length of the San Joaquin and Sacramento
Valleys. Flooding inundates much of the coastal area of
California, causing some of the existing land mass to become
islands.
In a second major Californian earthquake the Central North
American Plate is thrust violently upward on a tilt, causing
much of California to go under the sea. Higher elevations
remain as islands and become known as the Isles of California.
A large part of the land mass west of a line running from
Newport Oregon to Tucson Arizona breaks away and sinks
within minutes. This line forms the new West Coast of the
United States, and with Phoenix, Arizona, becoming a major
seaport.
Along the Eastern seaboard, coastlines from Maine to Florida
are also pushed inland for many miles. Atlanta Georgia becomes
a new seaport. Florida is reduced in size by more than half and
all the Florida Keys disappear beneath the sea.
In the center of the American continent, a wide belt of water
floods the Mississippi basin, connecting up with the Great
Lakes, which themselves rise and expand, cutting off the Eastern
part of the United States from the West and effectively creating
two separate landmasses.
Mr. Scallion envisaged the Earth's magnetic pole shifting twice
to the west: seven degrees at first, and then a further six degrees
as a result of magna displacement through a shifting of the
Earth's core. As a contributory element he saw a large heavenly
body entering our solar system, the "Blue Star", causing a
realignment of Earth's position within the system.
We should always bear in mind that although these events have
not yet manifested themselves, they are all potentialities that can
be seen from higher spiritual planes. Although they have in fact
been delayed and greatly modified by the relatively good
progress made by Humanity since that time, elements of them
will nonetheless still manifest, although probably to a lesser
degree, and at the appropriately set Divine time for our final
Ascension.
Another 'Future Map' of America was channeled through Lori
Adaile Toye, between 1988 and 1991, transmitted jointly by the
Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Kuthumi, El Morya, Mother
Mary, Sanat Kumara, Sananda, and other Masters of Earth's
Spiritual Hierarchy. It was published as the 'New World
Atlas' by Seventh Ray Publishing of Payson Arizona.
This material demonstrated remarkable similarities with the map
produced by Mr Scallion. Much of the American West Coast
was to be inundated, from Washington State down to southern
Oregon, with the ocean covering most of California, Nevada and
Utah. This created a new coastline extending from the Rocky
Mountains, near Denver, down to Phoenix, Arizona. Similarly
the Mississippi River on this map expands into a wide inlet,
running up to an enlarged Great Lakes area, with the East Coast
partially flooded, and the bottom tip of Florida sinking under the
ocean.
Again much of the same outline was prophesied from yet
another source:
Hypnotic past-life regression is an established technique in
which the patient under hypnosis is able to recall specific
episodes from his or her past life or lives. The pioneering past-
life and prenatal work of Dr Helen Wambach PhD is reviewed
in her two published books Recalling Past Lives (Harper & Row
1978) and Life Before Life (Bantam Books 1979). Having
demonstrated this technique to her satisfaction during a series of
group workshops, Dr Wambach wondered how it would work
when applied to the future. She therefore began giving similar
workshops offering participants a chance to look ahead at their
possible future lives through hypnotic progression, projection
not into the past, but into the future.
Dr Wambach was at that time being assisted in her research and
experiments by Dr Chet Snow PhD, who also then himself
became her subject for a series of future life projections in 1983.
Dr Snow was at that time an historian/archivist working as a
civilian employee of the United States Air Force, subsequently
obtaining a Hypno-therapy certification and now practising
regression therapy. The fascinating record of these future
projections under hypnosis is related in Dr Snow's book "Mass
Dreams of the Future".
Under hypnosis, Dr Snow described, aloud, visions of his future
life at the end of the 20th Century. Here he sees himself living
on a remote ranch north of Phoenix Arizona, in a small
community which had been set up both as a school for the
development of psychic communication skills (mental telepathy)
and as a survival base for the foreseen coming 'Earth Changes'.
He recounts that their small community was then busy laying-in
stocks of food and other supplies, which were now becoming
both expensive and scarce through changing weather patterns. In
the world news, the weather was becoming increasingly
unpredictable, with freak storms, record heat and cold periods,
drought and exceptional rainfall around the globe. The world
stock markets and financial systems were also collapsing.
In a time period of a year later, Dr Snow was made aware that a
major earthquake had just hit the Pacific Rim area. The coastline
areas of southern California had sunk, submerging the once
densely built-up coastal areas under the sea. Mount Fuji had
erupted, causing much of Japan to sink and triggering a chain of
earthquakes and eruptions all around the Pacific 'Ring of Fire',
including the West Coast of America right up into Alaska.
By the end of two weeks, television and radio were now telling
everyone that "the worst is over". As Dr Snow, still under
hypnosis, recounted: "The water is receding slowly and we'll
just have to adjust to the new situation. The Federal
Government is already setting up temporary relocation centers
farther inland and everyone is talking of rebuilding. A lot of
cropland has been permanently lost however, not to mention so
much of the Southern California coastline."
Moving forward a couple of months, he reports that there
followed in Southern California a far more devastating
earthquake than the previous one: "It accelerated the sinking of
major areas along the West Coast so that the coastline moved
up to within a couple of hundred miles of Phoenix Arizona, and
only the mountain areas remained above water all the way up to
Oregon. In the south, the Gulf of Mexico surged inward over
Texas; our part of Arizona was more or less cut off to both the
east and west by water."
Moving yet further ahead in time, Dr Snow continues: "At first
everything appeared totally black around me. Then I realized
that the sky was completely dark now. The weather had also
worsened as tons of dust and volcanic ash were thrown into the
atmosphere by this second series of eruptions. Although the
worst occurred during the first few weeks of havoc, the Sun
simply did not return. Most green vegetation in a wide belt of
the temperate zone withered and died."
['Mass Dreams of the Future', by Chet B. Snow and Helen Wambach - Deep Forest Press,
Crest Park, CA - 1993]

One must bear in mind when considering such predictions, that

all timings and sequences of future events can never be entirely
accurate, as projection forward in time can only be made up
of potential future. In all evolutionary progress, a sequence of
real-life "cause-and-effect" events must always first of all take
place, constantly being subjected to the changing modifications
of individual "free will". Although a fairly accurate view
projected forward is possible from higher planes, Humanity's
inherent gift of "free will" causes unexpected modifications in
any future sequence of events. Also, any future direction these
take is always subject to the total progress of
Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" during that period. This
explains why we our now being informed by "Higher Sources"
that much of the severity of the previously predicted "Earth
Changes" has since been greatly modified, thanks to the fairly
rapid spiritual and evolutionary progress of Humanity in recent
years.
And now, approaching predictions of future Earth Changes from
a totally different source, there have been since World War II an
enormous quantity of channeled communications from Higher
Spiritual Realms on the coming Earth Changes. A few selected
examples follow:
The Master Hilarion, an Ascended Member of Earth's Spiritual
Hierarchy:
"The cities will become piles of rubble. The beautiful woodland
scenes will be flattened by the might of terrible storms. Great
earthquakes will rip the mantle of the Planet apart in a
patchwork of destruction never before seen on the Planet in the
entire History of the Race.
"Continents sunk thousands of years ago will rear up out of the
ocean to show man that his civilization is not the first, and that
this is not the first time that his efforts have been crushed by
catastrophe.
"The atmospheric storms, which will roar across the surface,
will tear down forests of trees at a single swipe, and raise water
out of the natural reservoirs of lake and ocean to spread
destruction and inundation far inland from the shore. Nothing
will remain of the once-vaunted civilization that men have built
for themselves.
"During the last portion of the Tribulation, the light of the Sun
and the Moon will be shrouded out completely for long periods,
and the very air that is breathed will turn to a foul miasma in the
lungs."
[HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". Published 1979.
Marcus Books, Bradford , Ontario, Canada]

The Master Jesus-Sananda:

"And there shall be a mighty earthquake and it shall split in
twain the country of North America, and it shall be as nothing
the World has known before, for it shall be that there shall be a
great part of the Great Land of the North Continent go down,
and a great sea shall form within her center part from Canada
into the Gulf of Mexico.
"And the waters of the Mediterranean shall wash over the land
to the North, unto the Polar Zone, and it shall return unto its
place, and the Black Sea and the Mediterranean shall become
one sea. And there shall be great changes within the borders of
Asia.
"Africa shall be changed - her shoreline shall be broken to the
West, and great rivers shall flow within the desert.
"Ye have been told time and time again that the Earth shall shift
upon her axis, and so shall she. There shall be a change of
climate. That which is now the barren North shall become semi-
tropical. Trees shall bear semi-tropical fruit and the fauna shall
be that of a new species. And that which is the impassable
barrier of the South Pole shall be penetrated and Man shall
discover a new continent within."
[JESUS-SANANDA, channeled by Sister Thedra in 'The Prophecies From Other Planets
Concerning Our Earth' - The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona]

Brother Philip, of the Abbey of the Brotherhood of the Seven

Rays in the Peruvian Andes near Lake Titicaca, gives us
transcripts channeled from the 'Great White Brotherhood' in his
book "Secret of the Andes". He quotes Sanat Kumara, a highly
evolved Master from Venus who assumed the role of 'Planetary
Logos of Earth' over 18 million years ago:
"And now we enter this great period of Initiation. The skies of
Earth will become fantastic. I say verily that pen has not
recorded nor voice uttered that which shall become a great sign
and display in the skies of the Earth, for the Elements
themselves will have control for a short period of time. There
will be great rainstorms and floods. You have heard how it
rained forty days and nights. That is nothing compared to what it
will rain. Perhaps it would be forty months. The entire face of
the Earth shall change. It will become unrecognizable.
"Very soon the winds shall howl, sooner than we can realize. It
is already upon us, for I have witnessed it on the plane which is
just above that of physical expression upon the Earth, and that
means that if it descends one more plane it shall find reality."
[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" -
Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California.]

Another source of channeled information originates from the 7

Star Systems of the Pleiades. The Pleiadians are a planetary
Race which has been closely connected with Earth and the
Human Race since our early arrival on this Planet; they
themselves come from the same Human evolutionary roots in
distant pre-Earth times on other Planets. They have developed a
prosperous and peaceful society within their own 7-Star System,
and have always maintained a close watch over Earth's
development down through the ages. In the book "The Pleiadian
Workbook", channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, the 'Pleiadian
Emissaries of Light', speaking through their spokesperson, Ra,
give an important insight into the wider context of the coming
Earth Changes:
"You and your Planet are undergoing a unique and wondrous
transition in your spiritual evolution at this time. You are
preparing for a quantum leap unlike any that has ever occurred
before. In order to help you understand this more fully, I must
first tell you about the orbit of the entire Galaxy around the
Great Central Sun of All That Is. Just like your 'Solar Ring' (our
term for a 'Solar System') orbits around the Galactic Center, the
Galaxy itself moves through space in the form of continual,
connecting circles, like a great Cosmic Spiral.
"At the completion point of a multi billion-year single circular
orbit around the Great Central Sun, our Galaxy connects
diagonally to the next 'Ring' on the Great Cosmic Spiral. When
this diagonal move from one Ring of the Great Cosmic Spiral to
the next takes place, all of the Planets, Solar Systems, and their
inhabitants simultaneously take an 'Initiation' step into a new
evolutionary cycle. This is occurring now. You are not only at
the end of a 26,000-year Earth/Sun/Pleiadian cycle; the entire
Pleiadian system, which includes this Solar ring, is at the end of
a 230,000,000-year orbit around the Galactic Center, and the
entire Galaxy is at the completion of its infinitely longer orbit
around the Great Central Sun....
"Prior to the end of 2012, Earth will undergo a spiritual and
physical house-cleaning, corresponding to what have commonly
been called the 'Earth Changes'. These changes, which have
already begun, intensify both externally and internally as your
Solar Ring moves deeper into the Photon Band, a high-
frequency Cosmic emanation from the Galactic Center. You
have been in and out of the edges of this Photon Band for a few
years now, and, not long after the start of the new Millenium,
will be completely immersed in this Photonic Band for the next
2000 years.
"Floods, earthquakes, changes in land masses, volcanic
eruptions, and finally a complete Pole Shift, will all take place
within the following years, at which time the Galactic Solar
Initiation of Earth, as a Mystery School and a new Home for the
Cities of Light, will finally take place. You who now live on
Earth must choose whether or not you are ready to become
spiritually responsible Human Beings in order to remain on
Earth beyond that time. Those who do not wish to remain on
Earth will be taken to another Planet in a different part of the
Galaxy where karmic lessons and Third-dimensional evolution
will continue."
[Ra, spokesperson for the collective Pleiadians Emissaries of Light, channeled by Amorah Quan
Yin, in "The Pleiadian Workbook", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

A more detailed background on the nature of the Photon

Belt/Band is given to us from another Pleiadian Source, in this
case by Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the
Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone
not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but
also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of
the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.
"Your own Sun is spinning as the "Eighth" Star of the 7-Star
Pleiadian spiral, and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within
the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar
System travels through the Photon Belt and when Earth
precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit
through the "Galactic Night" during all the other zodiacal
polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn,
Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and
Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band
as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of
Aquarius.
"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that
emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin
around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness
of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [which is a central
Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-
Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes,
the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-
Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These
Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic
Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These beams, belts,
axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their
centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of
intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional
brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic
Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the
"information-highway" of Photon Bands. All Stars existing
permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals
that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such
as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation Libraries.
"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of
Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-
Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the
Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of
Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to
your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His
shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which
is located in the Photon Band eternally, travels through the 7th-
Dimensional Photon Band for 2000 years of Earth time. Each
Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for
varying lengths of Earth time.
"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in
the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic
Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in
the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in
the Light. What does this mean? Various members of the Solar
System become very dense while in the Galactic Night, and this
generates experiences called "Karma" - emotional feelings in
your 4th-Dimensional Astral Bodies at the Spiritual Plane level
that seek expression and then translate as actions down on the
Third Dimension physical worlds. Bodies traveling in the 7th-D
Photon Bands become less dense, more multidimensional. As a
result, their acquisition of the Photon Light cleanses their
emotional bodies and intensifies vibrations in physical bodies.
"The 7th-Dimensional "donuts" of Photonic Light coming from
the Galactic Center are information highways that stimulate the
nature of "curiosity". The desire for "Union", for "Twinning",
for new expressions of both sides of a Duality, derive from this
passion of seeking. This seeking is what causes the rods of 7th-
D Photonic Light to curl back on themselves to the Galactic
Center, forming them into "donuts". The Galaxy would
disintegrate into empty space without the nucleus of gravity in
the Central vortex, from which pulses of Photonic Light then
shoot out.
"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center
and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into
twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the
Planets move through these Zodiacal Zones, you can locate
where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these Zones with
astronomical Ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to
know that Earth first entered the Photon Belt during the Spring
Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further -
one week more each side of that entry point each year. The
border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of
your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from
March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The
Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each
year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed
when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun by the Winter Solstice
1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will probably be
engulfed in this tidal wave of Light some time after the Winter
Solstice of 2012. Eventually, your whole Solar System will be
totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be
travelling all the way through it."
[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by
Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

Our forthcoming LIGHT BODY through Mary Mageau

Humanity is experiencing a great awakening as we currently
enter this time of transformation. Many of us are searching for
deeper meaning in our lives as we change jobs, end old
relationships, begin new ones, relocate to new places and dream
bold, creative new dreams. All around us we witness to the fact
that ordinary people are now asking questions, demanding
answers and requesting greater accountability from our
governments, churches and large institutions that hold power
over us. And what is the driving force behind these world wide
events? This scenario for change that is occurring everywhere is
being driven by the waves of Light that are continually
bombarding our Solar System and the Earth plane. And in the
near future all who choose to fully participate in the new raising
of consciousness will be transmuted into higher dimensional
bodies of Light
Within a 2,000 year period our Solar System passes through a
band of extreme high energy. This band has been referred to as
the Menasic Radiation or the Photon Belt. It is a period of
intense "Light" that we have now entered and which will bring
all life forms within it into a new and higher vibration. This
Photon Light-energy has the capacity to lift all of life into a
higher frequency dimension. It carries the seeds for the potential
enlightenment of all Beings as the atomic structures within the
very cells of our bodies, are tuning themselves to match the
rising frequencies. We are shifting from a Third-
dimensional carbon based body (that is, from one that matches
the 3D vibratory rate and direction of atomic spin characterized
by the electrons that make up carbon) to a Fifth or higher
dimensional crystalline body (that is to one that matches the 5D
atomic spin and frequency of crystal). So too the bodies of
animals, plant life and all upon and within Earth are making this
transition with us, as is our entire Galaxy.
Our Light Bodies are also being activated as these new energies
recalibrate our dormant DNA strands that contain the blueprint
of ourselves as Divine and fully Conscious Beings. Currently
most of Humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA,
intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA
structure contains information pertaining to our biology - such
as our individual features and the genetic information passed on
through our family lines, e.g.: a paternal grandfather's tendency
toward arthritis, or a mother's genes for musical talent. These
two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical
evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that
has to do with the spiritual component of the Human Being, one
that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded
that the Human Being consists of a Soul embedded within a
biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic
links within each individual would also contain spiritual
information. And if this is so what has become of it?
Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in
our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this
aspect of a Human Being. Very Dark-energy Extraterrestrial
forces, who were also Genetic Engineers, desired to keep the
development of Humankind firmly under their control. They
achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce
fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over
13,000 years ago, when the Human DNA molecule was
breached. When these Dark Forces unravelled and
reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and
isolate many of its strands and Human DNA was reduced to
only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA
manipulation resulted in a 'Veil' being placed between our five
physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was
a promise given from the Higher Realms. At some time in our
future we would be allowed to develop again according to the
Divine blueprint of the Original Plan. In the meantime Humanity
had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual
development. Those guiding our spiritual heritage have sent
Representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires,
so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These
Advanced Souls include the Prophets, Jesus Christ, Muhammed,
the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others.
[Mary Mageau White (Sestriel)]

Chapter 4:
CLEANSING PLANET EARTH
Just as many of us may prefer to view our Planet as timelessly
stable and unchanging, closing our minds to past and possible
future disruptions, many also have a parallel view of Planet
Earth as an inanimate object which we may exploit and abuse at
our pleasure.
The 'Higher Wisdom' however gives us a view which is now
gaining increasingly wide acceptance on Earth: that Mother
Earth/Gaia is a living sentient Being, to whom we owe not just
our respect, but the privilege of being permitted to reside and
evolve upon Her surface.
Goddess Mother Earth, or Gaia, as she is also known, is a very
High Being belonging to an earlier wave of Creative Light
Beings. She is correctly referred to in the "female" as she has
retained a certain predominantly female characteristic. Having
already completed her own first Great Cycle of Evolution and
returned to the Godhead in a past Great Universal Age, she was
then given further 'Higher Service', a chance to become a
"Planetary Being" through "ensouling" the body of Planet Earth.
She was later given the assistance of a 'Planetary Logos', usually
a highly evolved soul who maintains contact between all the
evolving sentient lifeforms within and on the surface of a Planet
and its ensouling Being. Up to now this has been the role of
Lord Sanat Kumara, who was originally trained for this service
on Planet Venus and to where he has now returned. It is he who
has provided the vital link between Mother Earth and the
Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human Kingdoms. However, at this
time of the great Changes of Age, he himself will be shortly
moving up to even higher service in another area of the
Universe.
The Master ZEN TAO: "That Being whom you know as
Mother Earth, the Goddess Gaia, is a very powerful Being,
possessing profound wisdom and power. By the invocation of a
single word she can transform the whole nature of her Being.
Although she has released partial dominion on her surface to
Humanity as Planetary Guardians of the mineral, plant and
animal life so that Humanity may learn therefrom, ultimately
Gaia controls the Planet and the nature of what manifests on its
surface. Nature is her nature.
"This Planet is now approaching a time in its evolutionary cycle
when it will change dramatically, rather like a snake throwing
off its old skin. Every so many thousands of years, no matter
whether Humanity is incarnated on Earth or not, this Planet goes
through a metamorphic change as part of its natural cycle. As
our physical bodies replace themselves every seven years, so
does the Planet's body. This is essential for the Planet in order to
preserve the creative, the reproductive nature of its Being. So at
its appointed time the Planet goes through a cycle of
transformation. This necessarily involves major movement of
the Planet's landmasses, movement of the waters, and the
restructuring of the matter of the Earth."
[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

We should recognise, however, that the need for a thorough

cleansing of Planet Earth at this time is more than a matter of
regular end-of-cycle procedure.
Planet Earth has up to now served as Host to many Souls of
younger evolution and also of many more aggressive and
destructive Souls from other parts of the Universe for a period of
over twenty six million years. Earth is well-known within our
Milky Way Galaxy as being a "School of Hard Lessons" for
resolving all the aggressive and destructive tendencies that have
arisen out of yet undeveloped emotional Heart-centers which yet
lack the qualities of caring and love. Many throughout the
Universe have chosen, whilst resting on the Higher Spiritual
Planes between physical incarnations, to come here in order to
work out their naturally aggressive and destructive tendencies.
This they eventually achieve through the outworkings of the
Law of Karma when living within a relatively harsh and
backward physical World filled with conflict.
There are also many millions of young "Ascendant Souls",
commencing out on their long evolutionary path of eventually
becoming fully Conscious Human Beings, who have been
placed on Planet Earth to learn their first elementary lessons
after moving up from the Animal Kingdom. Here they have to
first learn the social arts of containing conflict between
themselves, developing their environment and creating a
functioning economic system. And here they have their first
chance to learn to discriminate between "Good" and "Evil", and
over time develop a more fundamental respect for the "Sanctity
of Life". By living through much painful conflict generated
amongst themselves, they will gradually begin to see the
advantages of not always resorting to pursuing their own self-
interest at the expense of others and thus possibly harming them.
They are forced to learn when life becomes particularly difficult,
to overcome their initial natural reaction to kill and maim each
other in order to get what they want, especially when these
actions are rapidly turned back upon themselves by those they
have attacked. The poor economic and environmental
difficulties they often find themselves in are usually the result of
their own inability to properly organize themselves socially and
economically. Thus they soon need to become aware of
developing, or to be instructed in, the social arts of politics and
economics for their future well-being.
From the Higher Spiritual Planes there can be seen over Planet
Earth a surrounding great black cloud of negative thought that
has been developing over a long period within the Ethers
surrounding Earth. This great cloud of black negativity is now at
last being finally cleansed at this time of the "Ending" of a long
Universal Age. This largely being done through Humanity at last
now resolving and cleansing all of its past Karma. However,
there still remains a major physical "Cleansing of the Planet" to
be done to all the massive damage, pollution and detritus left on
Earth's surface done by Humanity:
SANAT KUMARA: "Before the New Age can begin on Earth,
our Planet will be rewarded for its years of service at the lowest
level, by undergoing a thorough cleansing of its surface,
removing and neutralizing our cumulative environmental
damage and the dark cloud of accumulated negative
thought which now surrounds us.
"The physical manifestation of this Great Cleansing will be
precipitated by a tilting of the Earth's axis, resulting in the Planet
being literally 'shaken up'. This will cause an expansion of her
molecules to a more tenuous, less dense aggregation, thus
allowing a higher vibration rate.
"The cause of the destruction that shall come upon the Earth is
from Man's own thinking. And Nature's Elements! They are
intelligent life! They are part of the Infinite One, and because
they are part of the Infinite One they will not respond to Man's
negative thinking any longer. And they will rebel, causing great
tidal waves and great winds."
[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" -
Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California]
The Master ZEN TAO: "The Mineral Kingdom is under the
control of Humanity. Humanity influences the Mineral Kingdom
by its own thought-forms, by its own patterns of behaviour.
Humanity can, and must, co-operate with that Kingdom if it is to
continue on its evolutionary path on the Planet Earth, but for so
long has the Mineral Kingdom been abused and vandalized by
Humanity in order to serve its own ends, no matter what the cost
to the Mineral Kingdom, that this co-operation has broken
down. It is because of this that Humanity now approaches a time
of Planetary Transformation, when the minerals of the Planet
will move, will vibrate to a different note. If Humanity does not
change to that note, does not recognize it, then it will perish.
"So be aware that this moment of Rebirth is coming. The timing
and the nature of the Changes are known only to the Creator.
Whilst Humanity can, and will influence these Changes, it can
not and will not prevent their happening. The test for Humanity
lies in its acceptance of the Earth Changes as a natural and
necessary happening, as an event which it has chosen to
experience."
[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Because Planet Earth has largely performed a role as a

'Sacrificial Host' to the less evolved and the more
aggressive/destructive types of Humanity, she has suffered
considerable physical abuse and pollution to her Planetary Body.
Further evidence of Planet Earth's great sacrifice is offered in
this beautiful testimony by the Angelic Being, ELOUAI:
"Greetings to you, my Beloveds. I am Elouai and I am a
"Builder" of manifested Matter. I am not upon your Human line
of evolution, but I am not one of what you call the Nature
Forces. I stand with a company of others outside your Planet. I
am not a space Being from another Planet. My home is within
the higher dimensional vibrations of space. I want to
communicate to you what we feel about your Earth and your
work. My companions and I are among those who dwelt in
space and were brought here long ages ago as companions of the
Solar Logos who created this particular Solar System.
"We are the Builders within his Solar Realm. Every Planet that
is formed is in a dynamic state of life and of growth, drawing to
itself the substances of nourishment and releasing that which it
cannot assimilate. Thus, there are those forms and
manifestations of energy in creation which are the unused,
unintegrated, unresolved and untransmuted results of the
creative process.
"As in all Living Systems, until perfection and complete
wholeness are achieved, there are in the Body of the Solar
Logos, which is the Solar System and all its Planets on all their
levels of being, those forces and energies which correspond
to waste material. These must be transmuted and reintegrated
into the cycle of life as raw material for future creativity. In the
evolutionary movement forward through time, this residue
which is left behind must be gathered up and purified, and then
returned to the Creative Cycle; it cannot be allowed to
accumulate or to express itself within the evolving body as
centres of unintegrated and separate energies existing out of
timing and out of place, hence becoming sources of evil.
"Please understand that for various reasons, Earth was set aside
for the special task of being the 'Purifier' for your Solar System
for a period of time. Hence, there were attracted to your World
those elements which I have mentioned of unresolved,
unintegrated matter, energy and life to be harnessed into the
denser nature of material form. Left in their exposed state, these
energies had the power to impact harmfully upon the sensitive
fabric of the Solar Being and upon the other Planets and their
life-forms, being like a toxin within the systems of your own
bodies.
"However, by being encapsulated into dense matter within the
body of Earth, their vibrations could be slowed down and
shielded from the body of the whole until these energies could
be purified and reintegrated harmoniously and in Love into the
whole. As this was done, the Purifiers and Redeemers came to
Earth as well as those who will yet be Purifiers and Redeemers
in destinies yet unperceived and perhaps undreamed of by you.
Earth became a schoolhouse in the experiences of confronting
and resolving the challenges of primitive creativity and
evolution.
"Your Planet became an arena for the interplay of the forces of
Evolution on many levels and the forces of Non-integrated Life
and Energy from many sources, some quite primitive and others
more evolved, but all within a sidetrack of evolution that placed
these energies outside the communion of the whole. Thus, Earth
became analogous to a kidney in the body of the Solar System,
regulating and transmuting the energies throughout the System,
removing impurities and returning to the body of the whole only
what is harmonious and integrated with the progressive
evolution of the whole. Beings who had become tainted with
energies of retrogressive evolution or devolution would come to
Earth to be cleansed and reunited with the whole.
"In this fashion, your Planet has performed a
tremendous service to all Lifestreams and all Planetary Systems
within the Solar family, enabling them to continue their patterns
of development with greater ease.
"No Planet or Being is asked to perform such a transmutative
and sacrificial task endlessly, nor is it allowed to do so. The time
must come when it takes up its own pattern of growth, new
service and development. Now Earth seeks and is given Her
redemption in a vast initiatory process occurring throughout the
total body and life of the Solar Father. We who have associated
with Earth since Her inception, now look upon this time as one
of beauty without measure, joy without comparison.
"Those forms which still remain within unregenerated aspects of
primitive and separative expression will be lovingly removed,
with respect for their essential Divine nature, to other areas
which have newly taken on the transmutative function. Now a
vast work of purification is upon us to cleanse and beautify
Earth as one would beautify and enrobe a bride before her
marriage; in this fashion we greet Earth in Her time of great joy
and accomplishment. This event seeks its expression through
your hearts and minds and your dedication.
"Earth will always remain a place of special strength and
contribution. Now she must progress with Her own evolution
more rapidly than she could do if she remained within the
service of transmutation. Because of this, you now see a great
flood of population incarnating in order to take this opportunity
for purification that they may maintain their link with Solar
evolution; otherwise they must sleep the Long Sleep to be
reawakened in a future time in a future land."
[ELOUAI, an Angelic Being channeled in "Links With Space", published 1970 by Findhorn
Press, Findhorn, Forres, Scotland]

Those who continue to fear the possibility of the coming "Earth

Changes", should perhaps consider whether in fact our present
civilization, with its sprawling Human development and
pollution across the surface, as well as with so much poverty and
starvation and constant wars is in fact really so worthy of
continuance. On higher levels, the Ascension of Humanity and
the rejuvenation of Planet Earth, regarded as one of the most
naturally beautiful Planets within our Galaxy, is in fact seen as a
coming event of great joy.
SANAT KUMARA: "The Earth is a beautiful World, vastly
more beautiful than some of its neighbours. I have always loved
the Earth beyond all other creations, for I see within it a melody
that has not yet escaped into the Ethers. I see it crying as one
bound! But it shall not be deprived its Celestial Song much
longer."
THE COUNCIL OF NINE (A high level circle of Great
Beings whose role is to maintain the energy-balances within the
Universe):
"May we explain to you that your Planet Earth is the most
beautiful that exists in the Universe. It has a physical variety that
no other Planet has. It has a varied climate that no other Planet
has. In all the Universe there is no Planet in existence that has
the physical characteristics of Planet Earth. It is the rarest of
beauties, and it does attract Souls which, once they have come,
would like to come back again.
"It is of a different nature from any other Planet. It has aspects
of all the Planets: it is like a composite of the Universe, with all
the positive and all the negative aspects, and all in between, and
this is what attracts Souls. It has with it a gravitational pull that
is different from other Planets, and because of this a Soul begins
to feel – for the first time – a physicalness. Souls become
adapted to their physical bodies, and they forget the freedom and
pleasures they have without it... The Planet is a dense Planet,
and it in turn then gives a different feeling to the body, but it is
actually experienced within the Soul of the individual. It feels
pain, it feels pleasure, it feels sorrow, it feels happiness. The
physical body has different feelings than in all the other Planets
and in all the other Souls that exist. In other Systems, other
Galaxies, there are other physical Beings that do not have the
density of this Planet. Here on Earth the Soul begins to feel in a
different way than it had before, and it has the emotional feel
of desire. It is pleasure and pain. Yet this has become very
important for the evolutionary growth of the Planet, because it
was originally the "Planet of Balance".
"The Earth was created to be a Paradise. When Souls achieve
harmony it will become a Paradise again. But when we say a
Paradise we speak of a Paradise of Creativity, one that brings
knowledge, one that brings joy and Love; a Paradise in which
people may heal themselves or may even experience pain, if
they wish. It is not a Paradise where all challenge, all growth, or
all pain will be removed. It will be a Paradise where people,
through their own experience, may evolve their own
understanding of their connection with the Universe, accept their
own responsibility for themselves, for their fellows, for Planet
Earth, and therefore for the Universe, and may bring all of that,
including themselves, into perfection."
"This your Planet is a Planet of Balance , for you to learn to
balance between the Physical and Spiritual Worlds. Planet
Earth is the only one of its kind, the only Planet of total Free
Choice/Free Will in the entire Universe, the only Planet created
for the balancing of the spiritual with the physical, in other
words, the creating of Paradise.
"Humanity has created corruption within, which came about
because people became more involved in physicalness than in
attempting to balance and understand. But now your Planet
Earth is at a point where it may move out of balance quicker
than at any other point. This is time for Humanity to begin to
understand this, to live on this Planet of great beauty with a true
balance of spiritual and physical, and to live in unity with the
Creator. Your purpose is to live in true balance, in manifestation
of Love, in connection with the Creator, in that which was
created..."
"It is a Time of Awakening. It is a time to understand that within
the self, people hold the key for bringing Planet Earth to its
fulfillment; and that free will is never interfered with; and the
destruction of Planet Earth is not necessary. This must be
understood clearly, for the free will of Humankind can bring
fulfillment to Planet Earth.
"Planet Earth is on the threshold of transformation. It is on the
threshold of releasing Souls and Beings from bondage, so they
may continue to elevate, and purify Planet Earth so the Universe
may continue its path… When the Souls on Earth have finally
recognized their reality and understood, they can then be
released, and they can provide teachings and understandings for
others in other Galaxies and Solar Systems in the Universe… It
is a glorious time right now to live on your Planet Earth in
physical form."
[The Council of Nine channeled by Tom - "The Only Planet of Choice" compiled by Phyllis
V. Schlemmer & Palden Jenkins, published 1993 by Gateway Books, Wellow, BATH, Britain.
ISBN 1 85860 004 9]

Chapter 5:
THE HIGHER PLAN
The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Mother Earth, having
reached a certain point of major change in her development,
now awaits her initiation to the Fifth Dimensional Plane. She is
held back only by the slowness of her surface Humanity to raise
its own vibration rate and consciousness and thereby undertake a
joint 'Ascension'. The resolution of negative conflict between the
various members of Humanity is still a matter in progress.
The Ascended Master, KUT HUMI (Koothumi), a member of
Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:
"To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, we must
flash back in time to the great civilization of Atlantis. Oh Yes;
Atlantis really existed! Not as a figment of science fiction, but as
a tangible civilization in Earth's past history.
"Man's purpose in experiencing life anywhere in the Universe is
to grow in evolutionary experience and to master each phase in
his eternal life. And how do we master the Third-dimensional
environment of Earth? First, by getting to truly 'know ourselves'
- who we are, what we are, why we are here. Second, by
learning to control all aspects of this environment. Third, by
understanding Earth and its relationship to what lies beyond the
Third-dimensional environment.
"In Atlantis, Man had advanced to a remarkable degree of
control and understanding of this Third-dimensional
environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth
and its inhabitants into the Fourth-dimensional experience of
physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed
advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge
by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual powers
in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power
became too widespread, it set into motion certain karmic forces
which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of
the civilization. This destruction did not occur just in one giant
cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred
as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years.
"During this period of degeneration, the continent of Atlantis
gradually broke apart and yielded its major portions to the
Atlantic ocean. Over a period of time, the inhabitants of this
once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking
with them the remembered skills and technologies, resulting in
the archeological wonders that fascinate us today. Modern
archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such
evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England
and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. Eventually the memory
of the glorious civilization that once existed faded entirely,
except in the awareness of the Adepts who possessed the
Arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans.
"What has all of this to do with the unfolding Divine Plan? Just
this: Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved
on Earth. There have been others lost to antiquity, such as
Lemuria. Each time that Mankind has advanced to the level of a
Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the
opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to Fourth-
Dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to
the misuse of spiritual powers.
"In the past, this could be condoned because there was still
another chance. Now, however, we have reached a point in
Earth's history and in Galactic evolution where the transition
into Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional consciousness must be made.
"Man is now being made aware of certain galactic facts of
universal, immortal life. As you know, our Solar System is a
part of the Milky Way Galaxy. Our Solar System revolves
around the Great Central Sun of the Milky Way Galaxy in an
orbit that takes 206 million years, as you calculate time. Let us
refer to this revolution of our Solar System around the Galaxy as
the Great Cycle Orbit. Our Solar System was created over four
and a half billion years ago. This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle
Orbits of our Solar System around the Great Central Sun of the
Galaxy. In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the
Spiritual Hierarchy of our Solar System, this completes the time
cycle in which our entire Solar System is to remain in its present
state of evolution. As the new Aquarian Age dawns, we begin to
move into a new orbit around the Great Central Sun, and to
eventually move into a new vibration where no expression
below the Fifth Dimension can continue to exist on Earth.
"Man first began to experience life in our Solar System 206
million years ago, at the beginning of the present Great Cycle
Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all Human life within our Solar
System to achieve at least the awareness of Cosmic
Consciousness by the end of this orbit, which is reaching its
conclusion now with the end of the Piscean Age. This means
that Man of Earth must immediately become aware of what
Cosmic Consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise
his individual level of consciousness to that state of awareness.
Failure to do so will result in temporary self destruction! Man of
Earth, in his present state, simply cannot tolerate the new
incoming higher vibration.
"Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of
lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its
development potential, this left only the 26,000 year cycle of the
Zodiac to complete the Plan. As the present Piscean Age draws
to a close, this 26,000 year cycle, concurrently with the Great
Cycle Orbit, comes to an end.
"At this moment, Planet Earth is the only Planet in our Solar
System where Man has not yet reached the Cosmic level of
awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly
attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan."
[The Ascended Master KUT HUMI, channeled by Joseph Whitfield in 'The Treasure of El
Dorado', published 1977 by Treasure Publications, Roanoke, Virginia, USA. ISBN 0-912119-02-
0. ]
[Kuthumi is Earth Chohan (Director) of the Second Ray of the Seven Rays of Service. The
Second Ray is the Yellow Ray of Intellect and Science, concerned with Mind and Intelligence in
the intellectual understanding of Divine Laws. His previous Earth incarnations were as:
Aristotle; John the Beloved; Lao-Tze (China, 6th century B.C.); Theodosius (Emperor of Rome,
4th Century A.D.); St. Columba (known as the Apostle of Caledonia, who helped to convert
Scotland to Christianity, 5th century A.D.); St. Francis of Assisi (Italy 12-13th century A.D.,
founder of the Franciscan Order) and Leonardo da Vinci (Italian painter, sculptor, architect,
engineer and scientist, 15-16th century A.D.]

More former Earth Change Prophesies: Although most of

these were made well over twenty years ago and at that time
represented only a future potential, we continue to include them
as some may yet become a future reality.
The Master SANAT KUMARA:
"Our entire Solar System is now coming into the Great
Initiation....The Earth shall be surrounded by a golden corona. It
is stepping into a higher rate of vibration. You are going from a
Third Density, through the Fourth to a Fifth Density world. This
must necessarily take place as you pass through the heart of the
great 'Cosmic Cloud' [Photon Belt]. And then shall the
prophecies, as recorded by Joel and many of the others come
true; when the Sun shall turn blood red and the Moon shall be
red as the ruby, and the day shall be gone and it shall be dark
upon the Earth for a period of two weeks. There shall be much
confusion. And the oxygen will be reduced upon the Earth for a
short period, followed by periods of great moisture, baking heat
and parched areas alternating with great moisture. Almost
everything upon the face of the Earth will be destroyed.
"We are now on the border of this Great Initiation, we are
heading closer and closer to its centre and fulfilment. That is
why Christ returns to the Earth: because always the great Master
of a Solar System incarnates and gives aid to the Planet which is
lowest in progression in that System.
"Yes, those who say catastrophe comes are true; they speak with
truth; but the Earth will not end. It shall become new, as it is
written. It does not say the world will end. It says there shall be
a New Heaven and a New Earth; not a new Earth through the
destruction of the old, but a new Earth - the old made new."
[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves
of Grass Press, Novato, California]

The incarnation of the Master SANANDA as Jesus of Palestine

marked a two-thousand year lead up to the Biblical 'Final Day of
Judgment' and the 'Second Coming of The Christ'. Jesus-
SANANDA presently holds Office for the Earth planes
as World Teacher. Here is part of his 'Second Coming
Announcement' , channeled by Nada-Yolanda on August 17th
1966. Nada during her life channeled the Spiritual Hierarchy as
the Founder of the Mark-Age Center, now situated at Elk
Valley, Northeastern Tennessee.
"I speak in the name of Jesus, Lord of this World and of all
which concerns this Earth sphere. I am he who is known as the
Christ, and through this Channel announce my coming unto
Earth once more. It is my intention that all who know and
believe in this shall see and shall welcome it in the flesh. I have
not come again before this present time, for Man was not ready
to receive his Lord...
"Our Lord and Master of this Universe, known as Lord Michael
[Christ Michael, Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon],
and he who is my Master Teacher, Lord Maitreya, are
conversant with and in command over all Universal Laws and
Material Laws physical to those particular Dimensions...
"You have been alerted to these days and these times in the last
two thousand years, since the resurrection of my body and my
personality. In that time and in that consequence I never have
ceased to work continuously in the efforts to bring forth this
Second-Coming announcement. In the days ahead we prepare all
for it; one here and another there, many, crying out the word and
the announcement...
"I now enact the role given unto me throughout the Ages: to be
your Way-shower, to be your Prince, to be the Lord of the
World and all that involves the Earth Planet..."
[Channeled by Nada-Yolanda in "MAPP* to Aquarius: Mark Age Period & Program" - Mark-
Age, Inc., P.O. Box 10, Pioneer, Tennessee 37847, USA]

Planet Earth is destined, following the "Great Ascension Event"

of the 21st of December 2012, also the start of Aquarian 'New
Age', to commence its initial step up in vibration levels to the
Fourth Dimension. At that time, the great Spiritual Being
ensouling our Planet, Gaia will Ascend up to the Fifth
Dimension, along with many other Earth's inhabitants that are
ready to Ascend up to this higher Dimension. However the vast
majority of Earth Humans will need to experience a possible
further 1300 years at least on the Fourth Dimension, which they
will do on a totally cleansed and reformulated 4D New Earth.
The existing Fourth Dimension Earth, which we know as the
"Heavenly Realms" or "The Summerlands", a beautiful world of
Peace, Love and enhanced 4D surroundings which most of us go
up to after our 3D "Death Experience", will be itself moving up
at the Ascension time to the Fifth Dimension. Likewise, the
existing 5th Dimension Earth will similarly be stepping up to the
Sixth Dimension, and the existing Sixth Dimensional Earth up to
the Seventh Dimension.
Following the initial Ascension Event (21 December 2012) of
those who are ready to move up to the Fifth Dimension, our
existing 3D World will soon be untertaking its final "Cleansing
& Earth Changes", which could take the Galactic Federation
Teams and Earth Lightworker volunteers up to four years to
complete. During this period, most of Humanity (other than the
Lightworkers already taken up to the Motherships) may well go
into "Stasis" (a form of suspended animation), from which they
will finally wake up within the same apparent calendar period in
an experience of "No Time", to a thoroughly cleansed and
refreshed and beautiful Fourth Dimensional New Earth. Once
within the 4th Dimension they shall regain their original full
"Spiritual Consciousness", able to once again communicate with
our neighbouring Planets and other Higher Spiritual Worlds.
As the Master RAMALA outlined in the early 1990s: "The
great Beings who govern matter through their knowledge of
Infinite Law are trying to quicken the vibration of the Earth, to
bring into operation a quicker and a higher frequency. In so
doing there is what appears to Man to be confusion and
disruption, for he is held between the sluggishness of his own
body, caused by his past behaviour, and the attempt by the Lords
of the Planet to bring him into a higher frequency of
consciousness.
"These Great Beings are intervening so that Man shall not be
destroyed, for within his body there is the great atomic structure
of the Cosmos, and in his sluggishness, when that moment
arrives, and it will, when the Earth uprights on its axis, if this
outer quickening had not been put into motion, then the atomic
structure of which Man is built would explode, because the force
of the uprighting will bring into operation a great atomic
expansion of the Planet.
"I will not go into the molecular structure and describe the
behaviour of the atoms at that moment of change, but due to
changes in pressure there will be a great transformation of the
Earth's structure. There could be great devastation all over the
Earth. It has, of course, happened before. You may read in the
literature of ancient Man, and in the Bible, of similar
occurrences.
"The cataclysm, which you would call a catastrophe, is really
not a catastrophe: it is a step forward in the evolution of the
Earth. Remember, that to die is not a finality, and that those who
do die in the cataclysm to come will experience an increase in
their consciousness, for in that moment of death they will learn.
"To you, perhaps, the concept of Armageddon is frightening. It
signifies the release of energies beyond the control of Humanity,
but if Humanity did but know it, it rarely controls its own
environment. Because of its great intellectual progress Humanity
has been led into believing that it is the master of its fate, that it
is the master of the physical World, that Humanity alone decides
the path on which it walks. But those of you who are aware of
the God in all things, who recognize that the Divine Plan alone
manifests on this Earth, know in your heart that the Cycle which
is now beginning was planned aeons of time ago. It has been
seen on other levels and has been prophesied by many Beings. It
is a necessary path of evolution for this Earth. You are here,
therefore, as witnesses to that path of evolution. Within your
innermost Being is the knowledge of what is to come. It may not
be with you on a conscious level, on a level which you can pull
down into everyday physical reality, but within your heart is the
knowledge of what is to come and the part that you must play in
it."
[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Chapter 6:
TIME FOR CHOICE
The 'Day of Judgment' is traditionally a time at the end of a
particular phase of planetary evolution when an assessment of
each and every Soul's attainment is made to determine those
who are able to join the move up to a higher plane, and those
who must start again elsewhere at the beginning of that phase in
order to re-attempt the lessons they have failed to master.
There are practical reasons for this assessment. Those whose
vibration rates are below a certain level, reflecting a lack of
evolutionary progress, will not be able to make the transition to
the higher vibrational dimensions; they would find the intense
vibrational light-energy of the Higher Spheres too painful. They
would also no longer have the opportunity to express the many
lower instincts and emotions which they have not as yet fully
mastered, nor would they feel at all at home in such an elevated
world of refined sensibilities.
All the Masters and Guides communicating at this time therefore
stress the present urgency for us to resolve all our past hates and
hurts as soon as possible. This we must do whilst we still have
the opportunity left within the remaining testing environment of
the dense Earth physical plane. This dense physical plane will
soon no longer be a part of Planet Earth, and it is only at this
very basic level that we can make rapid progress in resolving
and transmuting past karma. By contrast, when we reside on the
higher spiritual planes, we live in such a relatively perfect and
peaceful environment that many of the more backward
characteristics within our Soul do not surface or show up,
making it much more difficult to reform or resolve them. If on
the other hand, we do manage to tackle and master those tests
we set ourselves down on Earth within the short time-frame left
before the Earth Changes, we shall have thus made one of the
greatest advances in our millions of years of our evolutionary
development.
For those whose destiny unfortunately hangs in the balance,
between Ascension and starting over again on the bottom rung
of the ladder of Evolution, an eleventh-hour special effort to
reform our inherent faults may yet turn the scales. This time of
Tribulation is the traditional 'Dividing of the Ways', the 'sorting
of the wheat from the chaff'. Especially on this Planet, endowed
as we are with a full expression of free will, every individual has
the opportunity to make those significant choices moment by
moment. Indeed in this present period of final resolution, the
many opportunities will be multiplied and magnified by the
increased Light-force energies now being beamed down to Earth
by the Spiritual Hierarchy.
The Master HILARION, an Ascended Master from Planet
Earth and a member of Earth's Planetary Hierarchy, made this
comment some time past on the 'Tribulation' and the
opportunities for Mankind:
"The Tribulation that has been planned for many thousands of
years is descending upon the Earth. It will be recognized early
by some who have remained aware of the Higher Truths, but
most will fail to see that the Last Days are upon them until near
the end of the time of trial.
"We have previously spoken of the arrangement for Humanity
by which rebirth and karma were to allow individual Souls to
learn the main spiritual lessons and to settle the debts incurred
when that learning process led to the harming of others. It was
thought at first that this great Plan would permit virtually all of
Mankind to achieve the basic goal, which was to escape by its
own efforts from the wheel of rebirth and the karmic necessity.
"But this hope was not realized. The temptation of Man's own
base nature and the whisperings of the forces dedicated to his
destruction proved, again and again, too strong for many Souls
whose resolve and whose spiritual sight were not sufficiently
developed.
"For this reason a New Plan was devised in order to allow for all
those whose steps had faltered, a final chance to gain the goal
that had been set for Man. This Plan was laid some twelve
thousand years before the present, at about the time that the
great continent of Atlantis sank to its final destruction beneath
the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. All of the details of the New
Plan were carefully worked out at its inception and have not
been changed in any important degree since that time.
"One of the most important components of the 'Tribulation' was
the necessity that all those who appeared unlikely to have
reached the required level by the end of the rebirth arrangement
were to be given the chance to make the right choice during the
period in question. At the inception of the plan for the
Tribulation, it was not known and could not be foreseen exactly
how many Souls this necessity would apply to. But as the
millennia passed and the time draws near, it became clear that a
number in excess of four billion Souls would require this last
desperate chance to succeed where before they had failed.
"Prior to the passage of the Earth through the 'Cloud' [the
Photon Band] in space, a sign will appear in the sky, to indicate
to those who have realized the truth, that the Last Days have
come. This is the sign of the Son of Man spoken of in the
Scriptures. Those who fail to understand and heed the meaning
of the signs in the Heavens will not be able to escape the final,
dreadful weeks and months of the Tribulation by a subsequent
change of heart. All of those who earnestly and with the whole
heart change their old sinful ways and take up the cross of
service and dedication to their fellow Man will become entitled
to what the Scriptures call the 'Rapture'.
"The Rapture is essentially an escape from the horrors of the
Tribulation, to a place of safety where those who have
assembled there can work and learn in order to prepare
themselves for the great task of reconstruction which will begin
literally minutes after the Day of Wrath has terminated."
[The Master HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". First
published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford, Ontario, Canada ]

This theme was also commented upon in the recent past by

the Master EFI of Mars:
"Now for this day are they being prepared, when each and every
one shall be put into another place, that which is prepared for
them. Some shall be freed from all darkness; these shall be free
to go and come throughout the Galaxy, and they shall know no
barrier. Others shall be put into a place wherein they shall till the
soil with their bare hands; they shall have no implements, they
shall have no tools, no machines. They shall have no memory of
their past, of their science or of their fortune of the past. Such
shall be the destiny of them which betray themselves."
[The Master EFI of Mars, channeled by Sister Thedra in "Prophecies for Tiahunaco" -The
Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

Those who fail to reach a point of being able to Ascend to a

higher plane at this "End Cycle " of Resolution and Self-
judgment, will themselves recognise the need to start over again
on another Third-Dimensional Planet in some other Solar
System which will still have facilities for such living.
Particularly heartless and destructive Souls may even find that
their Soul/Spirit requires a return to a yet lower level, to start
again in a Second-Dimensional world within the Mineral
Kingdom. This is not a punishment, it is simply an objective
reflection by your Higher Spirit/Soul of the fact that your lower
personality-self would not be able to function at the new higher
vibration rates. These Souls would find that they need once
again to start over again and learn to become less ego-centered,
to rise above the narrow view of self-interest and the unbalance
of taking from others of that which has not been earned or is
rightfully theirs. They have to learn to keep a karmaic balance
by giving the same in return as they have received from others.
Through keeping a proper balance between giving and
receiving, they will come to learn all the joys of living in a
peaceful and cooperative world, the great benefits derived from
the respecting and caring for others, of learning to express
unconditional love to all other life forms.
The CHRIST:
"Whatever form the healing of the Human world takes during
these next few years, know that it is for the good of all. Do not
be concerned with the fate of those who reject my Spirit. Their
story is far from over. I am caring for each one in the manner of
his or her greatest need. The Human world is in good hands.
When you and much of Earth's present biological life have been
sprinkled throughout the stars, and the oceans have changed
places with the land, after the poles have shifted and new
mountains have come to look over the plains, then will the truly
slow-learners be recalled from the Mineral Realms where they
shall slumber, to learn of intelligence again, and to come again
to choose between love and fear."
[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco ]

The End Age time of Ascension is a Parting of the Ways. Those

who choose to do so should make a personal assessment of their
conduct towards others. The temptations of pursuing a course of
exclusive self-interest have been magnified over the ages by the
Forces of Darkness who have constantly wished to delay or
prevent our spiritual progress.
The Master ZEN TAO: "It is inevitable, at such a critical time
in the Earth's evolution, that the Forces of Darkness should be
present just as much as the Forces of Light. The Forces of
Darkness would like nothing better at this time than to subvert
the path of the Aquarian Cycle, for this Cycle is destined to be
the greatest Cycle in Humanity's evolutionary path.
"For every side or opinion that is present there will be another
side or opinion to oppose it. This therefore requires that you
exercise the great gift of discrimination. It is how you choose,
and your motivation for choosing, that in essence represents the
sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. There will be many who
will follow the path of evil, but remember that you can walk to
the gates of Hell and still turn back. You follow a path only for
as long as you wish to. There will be much suffering in the
World but no more than Humanity can bear and understand.
Many, for instance, will not be touched by the plagues that are
predicted to come."
Clearly one of the predicted 'Plagues' testing Humanity at this
time is the disease now known as 'Aids'. It is almost unique in
that, with few and rare exceptions, it can either be contracted or
avoided by one's own 'conscious' action:
The Master ZEN TAO: "Aids is the first of the Seven Plagues
from which Humanity will suffer. Now you must understand
that the purpose of disease is not to punish: it is to bring about
transformation. Disease is a great tool of evolution and all
disease should be seen in this way. Aids, of course, is a disease
which is usually transmitted sexually. The greatest disease of the
Human Race today is its abuse of sexuality. With Aids,
therefore, you have a disease which demands sexual
responsibility. Aids can be likened to a genetic time bomb,
because ultimately only the pure in body, mind and spirit will
survive it.
"The sexual act should not be regarded as an act of self-centered
pleasure, but rather as an act of Cosmic creation. If you live a
life of sexual purity you will not be touched by Aids. If you are
pure in body, mind and spirit you will not be touched by much
of what is to walk the face of this Earth. This is indeed the
beginning of the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. It would
be true to say that in the New Age it will only be the pure of
spirit, the pure of mind and the pure of body that will inherit the
Earth."
[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

It often seems at this present time that discipline in personal

conduct is frowned upon. Yet it is perhaps now, as never before,
that we should once again be guided by, and make every attempt
to follow, the traditional old-fashioned ideals of 'Right Conduct',
not only in treating our own bodies correctly, but of respecting
the rights of others and the environment.
"And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be so
overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this
life, and that day comes upon you unawares. For as a snare
shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole
Earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that you may be
accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to
pass, and to stand before the Son of Man." Luke 21: 34-36
While 'surfeiting and drunkenness' are clearly to be avoided by
those genuinely seeking to follow higher principles of conduct,
there are more subtle ways in which we should seek self-
improvement. In our 'civilized' world during recent times, the
aggression used by those who are self-seekers has become
subtler; but it remains aggression nonetheless:
The CHRIST: "Survival into the Third Millennium is reserved
for the spiritually fit. The key to survival is not competition, but
cooperation. Spiritual fitness is not aggression, it is fitting in
with the purposes of the Earth and with the purposes of her
Creator as these larger purposes blend in human exchange."
[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco]

At this important time of self-examination, the Ascended

Master St. GERMAIN, a member of Earth's Spiritual
Hierarchy, recommends the practice of meditation (or
communing within yourself), through which one can develop a
mental calm and an openness to communication from one's
Higher Self:
"I would like to suggest that meditation is very important for
you at this time. Meditation is how you will gain mastery, the
self-mastery and the focus that is required to go into your next
phase. Meditation is how you will create the space between your
limited Ego-Self and your deeper expression. You will put a
little bit of distance between you and the Ego so that your
reactions will not be so automatic with regard to responding to
negativity. All of you are experiencing much of the density of
the Earth in your daily life. But, if you can meditate you will not
feel the effect of it in the same way. You will have more of an
overview, so that when those emanations or impressions come to
you, you can choose consciously and wisely in each moment
how to respond."
Meditation, however, is not necessarily something that requires
a lot of intense training, or sitting for hours in the 'Lotus
Position'. The Masters have stressed that there are over a
thousand different 'paths' to meditation, and that one can just as
easily 'meditate' by simply walking and thinking within the quiet
surroundings of Nature. Essentially, one is looking 'inward' in
order to contact the inner voice or Higher Self, wherein, it is
said, all the wisdom of the Universe is available.
The Master SAINT GERMAIN also stresses the importance
of forgiveness. The significance of forgiveness is that in
forgiving an insult or an act of aggression, the momentum of the
act is thereby nullified; when we fail to forgive we perpetuate
the act through a continuing stream of vengeance, so its evil
effects are 'passed on', propagated and nurtured.
Through forgiveness the totality of evil in the world can be
progressively diminished.
"By forgiveness you can avoid the creation of any more
negativity. You can 'let the buck stop' where it is, instead of
passing it on as so many have done for so long in this world.
"When someone expresses anger towards you, the tendency of
the Ego is to respond in the same way. And even if your Ego is
not at that moment responding in the same way to that particular
person, perhaps it will await a perfect opportunity to respond
that way to another, in an attempt to clear itself of these
impressions. This is why the negativity on the Earth has become
so dense. Humanity has continued to pass it around, to propagate
it, so to speak. And the goal of Mastery is, of course, to master
this. Master your own creations and emanations so that what
comes through you is Love, so that what comes through you is
that Divine Presence that you are. And that clarity which gives
you wisdom to deal with situations, to defuse the reactionary
elements of Human life."
[The Master St. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in "The Inner Door", Vol.2 - Oughten
House Publications]

An underlying theme pervading all the warnings of the coming

'Day of Judgment' and the accompanying messages of counsel,
emphasizes the need to seek a return to a balance and harmony
in our lives, particularly in our relationships with other Humans,
with animals, plants and the natural environment as a whole. We
must also develop an intunement and sense of balance and
harmony in the relationships between our 'two' Selves, our
Earthly Self and our Higher Self. We have to live in a manner
which causes no conflict with the 'ideal' as seen by our Higher
Spiritual Self. This will help us to by-pass the 'Tribulations' to
come.
The Master RAMALA: "If you yourself are living in balance
and harmony, you can survive any physical challenge. Though
you work in a room full of diseased people, you will not be
touched by any disease. Though you are shot at by many guns,
you will not be hit. Though you are thrown into the sea when a
ship sinks and many drown, you will be saved. For those who
live in peace, that is, obeying God's Natural Order, there is total
protection. Those who follow God's Natural Order will find their
own lives in order. For those who trust in their Creator, there can
be no fear."
The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades: "You see, Dear One, if
you are not in fear of what is to come, and know that you live in
a perfectly safe universe, it is merely to live constantly in the
'moment of joy'. To know that you will, of course, be safe, that
you will survive. It is your reality. You create it. If you are
living in an area, for instance, which may be subject to a very
sudden Earth change, and you are living in joy, and not in fear,
then on that day, Beloved, you will be away visiting your
Mother. You see, it is you who create the reality."
[The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades, channeled by Jani King in The P'taah Tapes:
Transformation of the Species - Triad Publishers Pty. Ltd., Cairns, Queensland, Australia

Chapter 7: THE FLYING SAUCER

CONNECTION
Many unfamiliar with the predictions of Earth Changes may
nonetheless be aware of the much reported UFO/'Flying Saucer'
activity around Earth. Even though many Governments continue
to cover-up and deny the existence of UFOs, opinion surveys
report that in the USA over half the population believe they do
exist, and over 10,000 UFO sightings are reported annually
around other parts of the world. In addition, in recent decades
over 10,000 "Crop Circles" of amazingly intricate designs have
mysteriously appeared overnight in fields of cereal crops and
been recorded on film.
All of this UFO activity has three main purposes. One is an on-
going program by our Space Brothers of monitoring and taking
action where necessary to preserve peace and stability within
our Solar System. The second is related to the nuclear threat of
the post World War II period. The third, and most important of
their ongoing programs, relates to preparations for the
Ascension of Humanity and the coming "Earth Changes" of the
New Age.
Most of these interplanetary visitors are Members of a "Galactic
Federation of Light" composed of the various Solar Systems
within our own Milky Way Galaxy [also known as the Local
Universe of Nebadon] that all follow the "Path of Light". These
followers of the Light have been in constant opposition over
millions of years with the "Anchara Alliance" within our
Galaxy. They are followers of the "Path of Darkness", non-
loving, negative and destructive Beings dedicated to dominating
and controlling others for their own benefit of achieving
dominant power. As a result there have been many major
Galactic Wars between our Galactic Forces of Light and those of
the opposing Forces of Darkness. Now that we are approaching
the present Universal End-of-Age cycle this situation at last has
to be brought to a stop, as we are all being required to step up to
a higher Dimension and bring in a New Era of Galactic Peace.
Many of the existing Forces of Darkness, having now begun to
realise that they are in fact on the losing side of evolution, and
are now starting to join up with the Galactic Forces of Light.
They see this as their last chance of "Redemption", instead of
being forced to start evolution all over again at the most
primitive of levels. Thus membership of the Galactic Federation
of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over a
total of 200,000 participating worlds, most of them coming from
the previously dark "Anchara Alliance".
Beyond our own Galaxy, there is also a large organization of
worlds who follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic
Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to
coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various
Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold
the Universal Law throughout those Galaxies. The Galactic
Federation is locally represented within our own Solar System
by a a local group called "The Interplanetary Federation of
Planets". This local Solar System Interplanetary Council
convenes on the Planet Saturn with Representatives drawn from
the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now,
Planet Earth has not up to now had its own native-born Third-
dimensional Representative, and so until Earth has made its
Ascension to the Fifth Dimension, Commander Monka of the
Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to
represent us at their Council Meetings.
As a protective force for us during the Earth Changes and our
Ascension, there is an enormous Fleet of interplanetary space
craft within our Solar System on station known as the Ashtar
Command. They are answerable directly to the Galactic
Federation and to our own Earth Spiritual Hierarchy and are
made up of a Fleet personnel of participants from many other
Solar Systems within our Galaxy and Universe. The Ashtar
Command's foremost responsibility is to protect us from any
outside interference or intrusion by Alien spacecraft belonging
to the remaining Forces of Darkness within our Galaxy. They
will also have the further task of assisting the inhabitants of
Earth when the great planetary "Changes" finally begin.
This great Interplanetary Fleet is composed of over 100,000
Mother Ships stationed within our Solar System along with
millions of Cosmic personnel keeping a watch over us. They
themselves mostly function on the Fifth-dimensional level and
are therefore at present not visible to our physical Third-
Dimension sight. This Force is led by Commander Ashtar, a
highly evolved Soul who is well-known throughout the Universe
as a staunch protector of freedom. He is described as having a
strict and upright military bearing and is an important member
of many Universal, Galactic and Intergalactic Councils. His own
directly led personnel number about 20 million, and there are
also over 4 million Space Beings working down on Earth's
surface unobtrusively assisting us.
The Ashtar Command has its Headquarters on one of the large
'City' Motherships, the "Shan Chea/New Jerusalem". This
Mothership is described as being over 100 miles/160km in
diameter and 5 miles/8km high, with 12 major deck areas, with
further Mezzanines each of 40ft/12m height. One of the middle
deck areas is high enough to have its own artificial "sky" and
miniature "Sun", with green countryside, lakes and gardens
below for relaxation and recreational use. The Mothership is too
large to approach us closely, as its great size could adversely
affect the magnetic balance of Earth's orbit. This Ship, like the
hundreds of other large Motherships (some of up to several
thousands of miles in diameter) within the Ashtar Fleet,
therefore has many smaller shuttle or "Scout Craft" on board
which are able to approach us more closely or land. These are
regularly used to monitor our surface and atmospheric
conditions, correct geological imbalances such as potential
earthquakes, or else be used, when and where necessary, to
evacuate us during any major physical Earth disruptions. They
can make themselves fully visible to our physical eyesight when
needed by temporarily lowering their own vibration rate down to
our own Third-dimensional level. Up to now, they have not been
permitted to openly reveal themselves in large numers, as they
do not want to overly "interefere" in our lives or cause mass
panic. They have recently resolved to making any mass landings
until Earth's own Governments (who themselves know of their
existence) announce that they do in fact exist. Then they would
joyfully make a "First Contact" Mass-landing, that is if we have
not already been all taken up or put into "Stasis" as part of our
Ascension Plan.
Commander ASHTAR gives us this 'overview' of the Ashtar
Command and its work:
"There are millions of craft operating in this Solar System at all
times and many, many of these belong to the Ashtar Command.
Some are stationed far above your Planet and are more or less
stationary for long periods of time, keeping track of the Earth on
their monitoring systems. Others move about, discharging their
various duties. We have small Scout Craft doing surveying
activities and we have larger craft with extended range that are
capable of operating in space and which visit Planets in other
Solar Systems.
"We also have what you know as 'Motherships' or 'Mother
Craft', with many smaller craft coming and going from the
Mothership. There is thus a great deal of activity in what
Earthlings think of as empty space.
"Our purpose is Service to Others, and we go where we are
needed anywhere in this Sector of the Galaxy. Our Headquarters
is on one of the largest of the Mother Craft, and orders and
instructions come from this enormous Craft. It is a city in itself.
Most of our people are natives of one or another of the Planets
within this Solar System, but also we do have those working
with us from other Solar Systems. Our workers do visit their
Home Planets at various times on what you might call R&R
vacations. Most of us have worked together for a very long time;
we are a well-knit Confederation and feel that we are an
effective one."
[Commander ASHTAR, channeled by Gladys Rodehaver and quoted in "Ashtar: A Tribute" -
compiled by Tuella, Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be
read from the link at the end of Book II]

We also have to be aware, however, that not all 'Space Ships'

making contact with Earth come as Representatives of the
Galactic Federation of Light. Commander KORTON of the
Ashtar Command, explains:
"There are those who do come, who are not from this Allegiance
and who have no part in it. They come as observers and for their
own ends. They are often highly scientific geniuses, and their
material to their contacts can be highly impressive - indeed,
almost always is. But they have come for the purpose of
collecting data for their personal ends and not to give of
themselves for the good of the Planet. These are not necessarily
what you would call the "Dark Forces", which is yet of another
deeper allegiance.
"Now the so-called "Dark Forces" (hitherto allowed as a
Balancing and Duality-learning agent in our Galaxy/Local
Universe) are those, albeit in very dimished numbers, who are
still openly opposed to the Brotherhood of Light, its principles
and standards and goals for Mankind and the Planet Earth. They
would seize the Planet if that were possible, to control it for their
own purposes, which would destroy the freedom of Man.
Commander Ashtar has been one of the most staunch defenders
of the freedom of Man and his inherent right to choose, to
decide to fashion his own embodiment, without outside
pressures put upon him.
"The bands of Renegades that patrol the terrestrial realms are
immediately dispatched to their proper level when overtaken in
trespassing activities within this Solar System. The Fleets of the
Heavenly Commands are prompt to transport such intruders in
masterly fashion."
As a further and important example of its work, the Galactic
Federation has since the end of World War II been greatly
concerned for the safety of Planet Earth, more so from our own
internally created threats than an outside one. The development
of Earth's experimentation and use of Nuclear/Hydrogen energy
after World War II caused grave concern throughout the Galaxy.
This nuclear danger was a major reason why our Planet began to
experience so many UFO visitations during the early 1950s. The
inhabitants of other Solar Systems were greatly concerned at this
new and dangerous development by Planet Earth and came into
our orbit to monitor results of our newly acquired destructive
capability. If Planet Earth had destroyed itself, at one time a
distinct possibility, it would have had grave repercussions not
only on all the orbits of our neighboring Planets, but on all of the
other nearby Solar Systems and even threatened the stability of
the whole Galaxy.
The Galactic Federation was therefore called upon to counteract
our numerous experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions,
both underground and in the atmosphere, with special devices to
restore the orbital stability of our planetary orbit. They were also
particularly concerned at our use of the Hydrogen Bomb. They
consider Hydrogen as a sacred and living Element, the
destructive use of which could have set alight the Ethers of our
entire Solar System, spreading to adjacent Solar Systems and
possibly to the Ethers of a large part of the Galaxy. Already, as a
result of our past experimental Atomic and Hydrogen
explosions, Earth has experienced some minor deviations from
her axis and is in constant danger of prematurely tilting her axis.
Space Commander ALIZANTIL:
"In the days when men were testing all their Nuclear devices in
the atmosphere and oceans, underground and on the surface,
throwing caution to the wild winds, throwing Nature into chaos,
very few who walk the Earth-plane at this hour, and at this
moment, would have lived to read this message, had the
Brotherhood not acted without fear or hesitation, with no
recognition for the work that was secretly accomplished. Know
that billions of your atoms which were thrown into violent
discord in the atmosphere around each of the points of
explosion/repulsion, caused an activated build-up of great
danger to your peoples, to your animals and plant life.
"From strategic places many small controlled devices (in the
form of small remote-controlled discs and spheres) were
dispatched upon their mission to the swirling clouds of discord
billowing outwards as the atoms fought and jostled, each
repelling the other in the great release of power uncontrolled by
Man, whose folly exceeded all expectations.
"These small controlled implosion devices drew unto themselves
the atoms now discordant to your System and to the harmony of
Nature; drew them inward, as a magnet from the atmosphere
around them, to the point of saturation, whence they were
withdrawn and treated, then to be decontaminated."
[Space Commander Alizantil, channeled by Frank Howard in "Journey in Space with
Alizantil" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA]

However it is only recently being confirmed from the Higher

Sources that the need for the intense protection against the
dangers both of Earth nuclear activity and from the "Forces of
Darkness" is now greatly reduced, since both these dangers have
now been substantially neutralized by our Space Brethren.
Currently the main focus of spacecraft activity is on assisting
and participating with us in Humanity's Ascension to the Fifth
Dimension. From the end of the Second World War and up to
twenty years ago, they were here mainly considered as a
possible "Evacuation Force" if and when major surface changes
commenced on Planet Earth. However, over thirty years ago the
original Plan for a major Pole shift and total evacuation of
Humanity for Planet Earth was changed. The Mass
Consciousness of Man was now demanding to go through the
Ascension process with full aware consciouness alongside
Mother Earth travails. Nevertheless, they largely remained in
that function in case of emergencies, as well as to lift off certain
Lightworkers as well as larger quatities if and when needed
during the various changeover processes. In this respect, several
Commanders of the Ashtar Space Command have clarified the
emergency lift-off procedure that would be needed in those
areas affected (through channeling by Tuella):
Commander ANDROMEDA REX:
"A major evacuation could possibly come upon the Planet very
suddenly. The flash of emergency events would be as the
lightening that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its
happening that it is over almost before you are aware of its
presence. And so it could be if the events that warrant this action
come to the Planet. It at this time is not possible to describe what
these events might be, but it is possible to instill at this time into
the hearts of Humanity the hope and the knowledge of our
vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf.
"Our rescue ships will be able to come in close enough in the
twinkling of an eye to set the lifting beams in operation in a
moment. And all over the globe where events warrant it, this
would be the method of evacuation. Mankind will be lifted,
levitated shall we say, by the beams from our smaller ships, due
to possible planetary turbulence at the time with only limited
surface landings. These smaller craft would in turn transport the
persons to the larger Motherships overhead, higher in the
atmosphere, where there is ample space and quarters and
supplies for millions of people.
"It has been explained to you in the past that there is a certain
amount of preparedness necessary because of exposure to this
powerful levitation beam which will be operating in these
circumstances. The frequency of it will be higher than most of
your known electrical Earthly exposures.
"Those of extreme density and extreme selfish dispositions,
especially at the expense of others or causing suffering to others,
would find great physical difficulty in surviving in the frequency
of our lifting beams.
"This is why our messages have been broadcast to Mankind over
the centuries to uplift his own emanations and vibrations to a
status of Love and Selflessness so that in so doing, a
compatibility of vibrational forcefields will make his rescue
possible.
"Those who have lived closely aligned to the Father's Will in
their lives and have let the Love of the Father flow through
them, would have no problem with the frequency of the
Evacuation Beam. For a high state of Love in the Human heart
reacts upon the Human forcefield surrounding the physical form,
giving it an electrical sheath of protection and a blending with
the incoming vibrations between now and that time. Indeed, if
enough Souls could experience perfect Love, there could very
well be no need for a removal of Humanity.
"There is nothing to be feared in coming into our midst. We are
Loving, normal persons, as yourselves, with the attitude of good
neighbours and helpers in a time of crisis. We are prepared with
clothing, and your foods, and the needs to which you have
accustomed yourselves. We would not be guards, but friends,
and you will enjoy your time with us.
"There could be a period of time to be spent with us, for your
beautiful Earth must be healed in its cleansing, and given time to
return to its true glory. Then those who have been lifted in the
body will be returned to reconstruct a New World and a New
Order of things. As you tarry with us, you will be given the
opportunity to attend classes and training for the work which
will need to be done. You will be given our constant help in
doing this; our advice and our technology will be at the disposal
of these Returning Ones. Many others who have been lifted
through the natural transition of death will be returned in new
bodies to participate in the new awakening.
"Those who could not participate in a lifting-off rescue will be
transported, following their natural transition, to locations with a
vibration and frequency equal to their own, where they may
grow and learn at a pace slower than the new vibration of Planet
Earth. For the Earth will be in an accelerated and very high
frequency as it finds expression in the Aquarian Age."
[ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World
Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the Ashtar Command "Project:
World Evacuation" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

Also, on the same theme, another view, this time

from Commander YEORGOS:
"We of Space have millions of Space Ships stationed in the skies
above your Planet, ready to instantly lift you off at the first
warning of a Planetary tilting on its axis. If this happens, we
would have only a very short period of time in which to lift you
from the surface before such as great tidal waves lashing your
coastlines - possibly five miles or more high!
"Such tidal waves could unleash great earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions and cause some of your continents to split and sink in
places and cause others to rise.
"We are very experienced in the evacuation of populations of
planets! This is nothing new for the Galactic Fleet! We could
expect to complete the evacuation on Earth of the Souls of Light
in fifteen minutes - even when they are of a tremendous number.
"We should rescue the Souls of Light first. On our great Galactic
Computers we have stored every thought, every act you have
done in this and previous lifetimes. At the first indication of the
need to evacuate, our Computers would lock onto the location of
the Souls of Light wherever they are at that instant!
"After the Souls of Light have been evacuated, then all the
Children would be lifted off. Since children are not old enough
to be accountable for their Earth actions, so they will all be
evacuated to special Motherships to be cared for until they can
be reunited with their Parents. There will be people specially
trained to handle their trauma. Many may be put to sleep
temporarily, to help them overcome their fear and anxiety. Our
computers are so sophisticated - far beyond anything on Earth in
this Age - and can locate Mothers and Fathers of children
wherever they are and notify them of their safety. Make no
mistake – your Children shall be lifted to safety during any
evacuation.
"After the evacuation of the Children from the area in question,
the invitation will be extended to all remaining Souls in that
location to join us. However, this will be for many only a short
time although there is no question of not having enough space
on board the Ships for you. The atmosphere, by this time, could
possibly be full of fire, flying debris, poisonous smoke, and
because the magnetic field of your Planet may be disturbed, we
might have to leave your atmosphere very quickly or we, along
with our spacecraft, could perish.
"Therefore, he who steps into our Levitation Beams first will be
lifted first. Any hesitation on your part would mean the end of
your Third-dimensional existence you call the physical body.
"Which brings us to the most serious and difficult part of an
evacuation: As mentioned earlier, Souls of Light have a higher
vibration frequency than those who are more closely 'tied' to the
Earth and its ways.
"Since our Levitation Beams, which will be lifting you off the
surface of the Planet, are very close to the same thing as your
electrical charges, those of low vibrational frequency may not be
able to withstand the high frequency of the Levitation Beams
without departing their Third-dimensional bodies. If this
happens, then your Soul will be released to join our God, the
Father. "In His House are many Mansions."
"If you do not decide to step into the Levitation Beams to be
lifted up, you might be one of those who survive a cleansing of
your area of the Planet for the New Golden Age. However,
during this period of cleansing, there could be great changes in
climate, changes in land-masses, as the Poles of the Planet may
have a new orientation.
"The most important point for you to remember is this: Any
show of fear lowers your frequency of vibration, thus making
you less compatible with our Levitation Beams!! Therefore:
Above all else, remain calm and do not panic. Know that you are
in expert hands, hands which have extensive experience in
evacuation of entire Planets! We cannot overemphasize this:
remain calm! Relax! Do not panic when you step into our
Levitation Beams. Above all else, maintain your faith!
"What is to happen to you if you survive the lift off? First you
will be taxied to our 'Motherships' anchored high above the
Planet where you will be taken care of during your great trauma.
Some of you may need medical attention. Our expert Medical
Staff will be there to treat you with our highly advanced medical
equipment. You will be fed and housed until such time as
transfer elsewhere is advisable.
"Some of you may be taken to cities on other Planets to be
trained in our advanced technology before being returned to the
Planet Earth to start the New Age.
"Your beautiful Planet Earth is destined to be the most beautiful
Star in the Universe. A Planet of Light! Here, you will rejoin the
remainder of the Universe in brotherly Love and fellowship with
God the Father."
[Channeled through Glenda Stocks, 1994, in "Sipapu Odyssey", Phoenix Source Distributors ,
Las Vegas, Nevada]

Commander ALEVA of the Spaceship Rrmada, part of the

Ashtar Space Command:
"All of you have been encoded. We have monitored many of
you so that we would be familiar with your patterns and life
styles to be of help where possible. We are sending our Love to
you for we understand and know what you may be going
through. Most of the coded Light Servers have already been
temporarily brought aboard our Motherships in their sleep-state.
When you finally arrive through our Lifting Beams, you will be
awakened to this knowledge that you possess and then you will
not feel so strange in these new surroundings.
"There will be changes in your lives as you all have Missions,
and according to these Missions your training will continue so
that you can carry them out with a minimum of adjustment.
There are even facilities for your special pets. Yes, we care for
pets just as you do. They are helping us to harmonize with all
life forms and as you have discovered, I am sure, that
harmonizing with nature is such a pleasure, and to attune to
other life forms is so rewarding.
"There are many of us from distant Planets that have
volunteered for this service, and I am sure you might be curious
to know where we are all from. We volunteered to help those of
you on the Earth plane in your time of crisis. We have studied to
be able to communicate with you, studied your Earth life and
hope to be of some help. Many of us have come from far distant
Galaxies. As the word went out for volunteers, you would be
astonished at the response. There were very few who, for
reasons of family commitments and such, did not respond.
Mostly all were anxious to be of service.
"You will not need any garments other than what we provide.
We will probably not be able to give you much warning when
the time comes for 'Beaming'. As you know, Love is the Key in
the Beam and everywhere else, so keep it flowing."
[Commander ALEVA of The Ashtar Command, channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic
Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA.]

A further viewpoint is given by Commander HATONN, [Later

to be revealed as Christ Michael ATON] on the Pleiadian
"Phoenix" Mothership within the Ashtar Command Fleet:
"Each one of your names is written down on the records held in
our great data banks. Your Sectors are carefully assigned to
certain Fleets and Commanders who oversee the needs of your
Sector. We know you are there and exactly where you are. Each
one of you will without fail receive definite instructions at the
crisis moment so that you will know where to be at a given time.
No one will be missed or overlooked, and your participation is
sure. Units of families, separated in the possible exodus, will be
brought together again on our Ships as soon as events make this
possible. Do not harbour fear of any kind, but think only in an
attitude of thankfulness to our Father.
"There will be some you know and whom you Love who will be
remaining behind for reasons built into their own Being. You
must release them into the hands of the Father, who will receive
their Spiritual Being into His House where there are many
Mansions. They will be escorted to a place their inner thoughts
and life patterns have created for them, to begin again their
upward spiral. You must accept that their personal choices have
created their personal destiny.
"There will be a natural missing of accustomed environment, but
a brief time with us will bring a forgetfulness, as you settle into
the new routines and surrounding atmosphere. Our Ships are
beautiful places to be, and the atmosphere within them is joy and
love and concern for one another. There will be those of your
own people, already trained to assist you in your adjustment to
your new environment. We will have trained these beforehand
for the work they are to do.
"You will recognize and know these Earth Teachers as special
Representatives of our Mission, even before a crisis has come.
Follow them and heed their instructions, that all may go
smoothly for you at any time of great confusion.
"I am Hatonn, and I shall personally greet all of you when you
are lifted into our midst to remain with us for a little while.
When the area of your Planet has been healed, you will be
returned to it and all of your needs for reconstruction will be
given. Higher Intelligences shall walk with you to assist you in a
speedy reclaiming of the Earth in Universal Love. I am grateful
for your consideration of my words."
[HATONN, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of
the above book can be read from the link at the end of Book II.]

Further information on the Great Host of Motherships stationed

in our Solar System has been made available to us through a
group of Communicators on behalf of the Regional Galactic
Federation Council on Sirius B of the Sirius Solar System,
channelled through Sheldan Nidle: (see also further information
from the "Galactic Federation Archive" Link at the end of this
Book II)
February 21, 2006: Let us look at the various Space Ships that
compose our great First Contact Fleet. This Fleet is always
changing its Members. In fact, nearly ten percent of the Fleet is
changed over every two months. They are replaced with
Motherships from other member Star-Nations of this far-flung
Galactic Federation of Light. The section where rotation most
often takes place is in the Outer Ring of Ships. It is here that the
newer members of the Galactic Federation predominate.
Because of Humanity's present bias, the Inner Ring is reserved
mainly for the Human Member States. The Fleet's Motherships
are special ones, formerly consigned to the less stressful
missions of our Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleets. It is our
firm belief that the more technologically advanced vehicles,
which normally form the vanguard of our Fleets, are not
required for this First Contact Mission.
Most of these older Motherships are about 30 to 50,000 years
old. Many of them had retired to specially reserved places in the
Galaxy where they could peacefully live out their days. Our
Ships are "Living Beings", and we treat them throughout their
lives with the respect and honour that these Grand Ladies
deserve. In the interests of this operation, we asked them if they
would be willing to come out of retirement for one last mission.
These Grand Beings responded mostly in the affirmative and
soon became part of a complex rotation of Motherships
alternating between our Home Worlds and your beautiful shores.
As many of these Ships had never been even partially retrofitted,
we asked their permission to modify them slightly to enable
them to take on the more modern Scientific Scout Ships
assigned to this Inner Ring. Again, we received an affirmative
reply. With these changes complete, the Motherships were ready
for this First Contact assignment. Their Crews likewise were
given the time necessary to acquaint themselves with these well-
rested beauties.
Most of our Inner Fleet is made up of these older Motherships.
When you enter them, you immediately feel their great Love and
deep caring for you. Unlike the newer models, these
Motherships were constructed to remain in a specific
configuration. This consists of either a large cigar-shaped pod,
which can be many hundreds or even thousands of miles long, or
alternatively, a series of huge, interconnecting, lozenge-shaped
units. These two designs easily accommodated the primary
mission requirements. In general, the Ships with the single hull
were used for diplomatic, liaison, and defence operations, and
those with the multi-hull design, for a variety of scientific
responsibilities. It is to the latter that most of the newer Scout
Ships are assigned. And as these Scout Ships are larger and
more complex, these older Motherships were fitted with
enlarged access portals, modernised landing docks, and updated
service stations. These renovated docks have the ability to allow
the Scientific Scout Ships to reconfigure, or shape-shift,
according to the needs of each specific mission.
Upon entering these older Motherships, you will first notice the
different lighting and floor technology. The hallways are
illuminated using a special photochemical process which
produces a soft, full-spectrum light that reproduces the light of
the Sun without the harshness that your light is noted for. This
lighting is adjustable and is regulated according to individual
desires by the Ship's artificial intelligence computers. The
flooring embodies pressure-sensing material that reacts to the
way you walk, giving you the impression at first that you are
literally "walking on air." Both these technologies have been
updated, and these newer versions, now combined with
personalised holographic technology, can reproduce those
aspects of your Home World that give you the greatest pleasure.
Thus, you are always in an environment designed to support you
in every way to enable you to attain your highest level of
creative potential.
The various Lounges, Crew Quarters, and Workspaces are
likewise designed for optimum relaxation and functioning. The
main purpose of a Fleet Mothership is to aid her Crew in
carrying out its delegated mission. All workspaces are integrated
with a telepathically interlinked computer network and a variety
of Android Assistants. Each Android is at the service of any
fellow workers. These Assistants help in repairing and
maintaining needed equipment and in interpreting the data
collected during the day's many scientific expeditions. Each
Crew member is a highly trained individual. Since early
childhood, each one has known their area of expertise and has
developed it exquisitely. The Ship's Androids support this
expertise by helping to speed up the completion of any given
task. The resulting cooperative interaction leads to swift
problem solving.
Some areas on these Motherships are set aside for the use of
advanced holographic technology that can realistically
reproduce entire, specific environments in which you can
become an active participant in a drama of your choice. These
include Literary and Historic dramas, dearly loved tales,
episodes from your own life, or even plays of your own creation.
This entertainment is a vital and integral part of your life, to be
engaged in separately or with friends, family, or crew members.
Most Galactic Humans find the movies, plays, and novels on
your World to be very quaint. The amount of violence and
struggle found in them is seen as a reflection of the primitive
and limiting nature of your global societies. One of the purposes
of this First Contact Mission is to ameliorate these conditions so
that you can incorporate into your culture the proliferation and
greatly expanded vision that will result from first contact.
Aboard the Mothership, there are many sources of entertainment
and many ways to relax. Special Lounges on each deck of the
Ship interface with you, providing holographic destinations,
group interactive creations (similar to interactive movies) or
direct communications with your home-world family. These
Lounges are also the locations for parties, social gatherings and
group rituals. A huge number of meeting rooms are also
available, where educational events or introductory courses in
many different areas of learning can take place. Education will
be a large part of your life. Because your search for knowledge
did not end with your formal, specialized schooling, a vast,
interactive Library, encompassing every discipline, is available
for the pleasure of each Crew Member.
The Residential quarters on these Motherships are geared to
reflect your individual personality and taste. Food, clothing, and
furniture are provided, almost instantaneously, by an energy
processor; hence, no food preparation and no dirty dishes to
wash up! Even the decor and furniture can be changed on a
whim. At a moment's notice, this living space can be converted
from a workplace to a living/relaxation room or a bedroom.
Indeed, the possibilities for this residence are as endless as your
imagination. As with the rest of the Ship, the floors and lighting
are personalised to your own requirements. A common
indulgence for Crew members is to re-create their Home World
Residence even down to the view out of their windows!
Every area of the Mothership is organized accordingly.
Motherships are set up to be modular. Only the Cargo space and
Command sections are functionally specific. The rest are meant
to be arranged according to need. Another advantage of this
interactive capability is that each Crew Member can create his or
her own home compartment. Each compartment is spacious,
with a dining room, relaxation and entertainment room, study
room and bathroom. Each possesses a matter creation/disposal
device, where clothes, food or other necessaries can be produced
or disposed of. The Mothership's ability to redesign itself is
crucial to its ever-changing mission. Since each Science and
Exploration mission is unique, the Mothership can transfigure
herself, instantly, to any new assignment.
Storage areas on these Motherships include huge spaces for very
large replacement parts not easily created by the Ship's
holographic capabilities. These storage lockers are often up to
several miles in length. Here are stored large items used to repair
the propulsion system and maintain the various life support
networks. Also stored here are the special parts needed for the
Navigation System and for the main Artificial Intelligence
Computer Network. The cores of these enormous computer
systems are often tens of miles in length! Moving these parts
around is done by large robots attached to the various storage
facilities. These robots are controlled by Repair Androids whose
skill in completing these difficult tasks is quite remarkable.
Chapter 8:
HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP
Welcome aboard! These will be the words, and this the spirit,
which will greet those who have chosen to be 'beamed up' to the
Motherships if and when there are great upheavals.
The first task of our Space Brothers will be to repair the mental
and physical damage, to soothe and comfort those who are in
shock, to reassure, and as a matter of practicality, to bring
together those who have been separated.
Next comes the gentle process of healing, and of continually
raising our vibration rates. Indeed these two processes work
together, for as our vibratory rates are raised, so any injuries or
imperfections in our bodies will heal themselves to their perfect
Etheric pattern, though in a few cases specific treatments may be
necessary. This means that all our old disabilities, the damaged
foot from childhood, the results of an internal operation, the
scars of an accident, the internal wounds of some past sorrow...
all these will be healed, returning our bodies to their truly
'natural' state, their 'higher' perfect pattern as it exists on the
Etheric level.
ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command: "Those beamed
up in physical form will be accelerated and quickened within
that physical form to a more spiritual essence within the body,
into what has been termed 'Light Bodies'. The physical form will
remain the same in appearance to most, but that higher blending
of the Etheric with the Physical will bring about change, and
eliminate sickness and physical disharmony among you."
Our 'Collective Being' must also be healed, and there will be
time to review the past Akashic Records of our Planetary
History, much as individuals review their own history on the
Higher Planes following the process we know as physical
'death'. We will at this time have the opportunity to see the entire
span of Human Evolution on Earth, learning in the process from
our successes and our failures. We will see the wars and
devastation, the slavery, the inhuman treatment of Man by
fellow Man, the mass slaughter of animals. And we will be able
to review the true damage done to our Planet's environment as
we comprehend the full extent of Human pollution and the
havoc wrought by nuclear explosions, and as we also view for
the first time the dense 'black cloud of negative thought' which
has surrounded our world in the past.
But we will also see through looking into the Akashic Records,
all the positive aspect of the caring, the charity, the ideals of
reform, the service, the good we have done to one another. And
we will see "holographically" our former art, hear the music,
watch the great theatrical dramas, 'tour' the historic gardens of
great houses and castles of yesteryear. We will follow intrepid
Explorers of yore into uncharted territory as they withstand
extremes of climate and face great dangers in order to push
forward the frontiers of Human knowledge. And we will be able
to watch the past brainstorming of scientists as they explored the
sky and stars, the phenomena of time and gravity, as they
discovered and learnt to harness the power of electricity, as they
developed methods of capturing music then broadcasted it on
the airwaves or encapsulated it on magical silver discs, or as
they invented and perfected tiny electronic chips with memories
and calculating power far beyond our previous Human capacity.
We will be watching on the viewing screens, in 3D "virtual
reality", the entire History of our Planet: "This is Your
Life" spanning over thirty million years!
There will be time, too, set aside for individual personal
development, for learning new artistic and intellectual skills, for
studying ourselves so that we may know ourselves better.
Nor will we be denied entertainment and enjoyment! We will
share relaxation and games, drama and music with one another
and with our Space Friends; we will enjoy the extensive
recreational parks created within the Mother Ships in which to
walk, relax and meditate. There will be no shortage of
pleasurable activity.
Commander ALEVA of the Ashtar Command: "We have
recreation areas, great Lecture Halls and we have school-type
rooms where you will receive instruction in this new
environment and new life style so that you will feel right at
home in a very short time. We have entertainment and we have
tried to gather foods that would please you."
There must also be site orientation of course; conducted tours
around the Mother Ship which is to be 'home' for the time whilst
Earth is being cleansed and replanted.
When we think of 'Spaceships' we will probably visualize their
size as corresponding to perhaps one of our largest ocean-going
Cruise Ships. The actual reality, when we come to confront it,
will require a major effort of comprehension!
Tuella gives us her own personal description from one of her
Astral-body visits up to the Command Mothership of the
Intergalactic Fleet within this Solar System, the Shan
Chea, Headquarters of the Ashtar Command [also known to us
as "The New Jerusalem"], which even now stands ready to
receive its Earth guests:
"Make no mistake about it, the Inns of Heaven are ready,
awaiting their guests. Nothing is crowded in these self
contained, phenomenally organized, incredibly spacious floating
Etheric worlds. Ten of these great Pearly White Space Cities are
said to be in readiness, which vary in size from ten miles in
diameter to the Shan Chea, one of the largest ones at over 2,000
miles in diameter and which houses the Headquarters of the
Ashtar Command, Commander Ashtar and Jesus Sananda.
The Great Space Cities have twelve levels (in most cases) and it
has occurred to me that you would enjoy a tour to inspect one of
the largest, the Headquarters of The Ashtar Command, The
SHAN SHEA / The New Jerusalem.
Approaching, we first see the underneath level One, which is the
great entry and exit portal for trafficking craft. It consists of
disembarking platforms, parking docks, garages for incoming
visiting craft, maintenance departments, and storage areas for
the thousands of small Scout Ships cleverly stacked one over the
other.
The Second level might be termed a colossal Stockroom. This is
the Quartermaster Deck, containing all manner of supplies and
inventories for the varied needs of all levels. It is like a city of
warehouses, but immaculately clean of course.
The Third level is as a vast home for Animals. It is the level set
aside for animal husbandry and birdland. Every manner of
creature from many worlds has a habitat here. It is rather a noisy
level, but the air there is nevertheless pure and pleasant.
Above it, level Four is designated for Agricultural research. It is
like a vast farmland of well kept vegetable and botanical
gardens, fruit orchards and sample specimens brought on board
from various worlds for reseeding on new worlds, and activity
of that nature.
The Fifth level is a housing center for all those technicians and
persons who serve on the four levels beneath.
Directly above Five, at Level Six is the breathtakingly beautiful
Recreational level and lushly landscaped park areas, where a
relaxing stroll is sheer joy. All manner of recreational activities
are located here for access by all residents of all ages.
Strategically located, level Seven is the sprawling Medical
Complex. Awesome in size, many information centers are
needed to guide one. It contains all comprehensive patient
facilities and quarters for all medical personnel. Dental care
areas, biological research centers, and the Ship's laboratories; all
elaborated with the finest technology Space has to offer.
The Eighth level is the housing prepared for Earth's visiting
Lightworkers and Evacuees. It contains staterooms for
individuals and apartments for families as far as the eye can see.
These areas are dotted with countless joint dining areas, social
halls, nursery care sections, laundry facilities and of course
information offices. Gradually the ship's guests are introduced to
the technologies of these various areas, an exciting experience.
Level Nine is their prized University Compound. The Halls of
Wisdom: vast Libraries scattered everywhere, endless Concert
Halls and cultural interests from throughout the Galaxy. Halls of
Learning house classes with curricula for all ages. Very young
children's classrooms are filled with individualized computer
systems. Rooms are decorated with domed ceilings colorful in
their display of planets and worlds as they progress across the
pathless sky, each at a different pace. Elementary astronomy is
taught to the very young and they quickly learn to identify and
name the various planets and sections of the Universe. Vibrant
vitality shines in their faces as they have conversations with
their computers.
Musical talent blossoms in outer space because of the Music
Rooms in the great Craft. There one can play upon an
instrument, in a soundproof room, along with a full orchestration
background on a wide choice of selections by merely pressing
the correct buttons on a computer panel. Any category of music,
with thousands of selections, is available at the fingertips of the
lone but aspiring soloist.
On level Ten, these Innkeepers of the Galaxy, house their
visiting dignitaries from all Dimensions, in special apartments.
This tenth level is also primarily the living quarters for our
Space Brothers, containing staterooms and apartments with
multiple scattered conference rooms and beautiful sprawling
dining and lounge areas.
The home area for the Ashtar Command Headquarters is located
on level Eleven, also the Great Rotunda Meeting Hall.
Summoned by a soft electronic tone in their quarters, Earth
visitors are brought to this Great Hall for any necessary group
gatherings. Its striking circular wall displays many tremendous
viewing screens, where guests are permitted to view Cosmic
panorama as well as their own world and things to come as well
as things passed.
The Great Hall is also used for auspicious social occasions, like
welcoming and meeting with visiting dignitaries or other
festivities from any level. This level also houses the Viewing
Room, Map Room and Soul-Panel Boards, and finally the
enormous Command Communications Center, where all Earth
contacts are precipitated or monitored, recorded, or whatever, as
well as Inter-Command communication.
Level Twelve is the uppermost portion of the craft and is
referred to as "The Dome". It is the officers' Observation Deck
and Pilot Control Center. Earth visitors are permitted here in
groups, by appointment. The total surrounding circumference is
furnished with comfortable chairs for relaxing and observation.
Question-and-answer sessions with Crew Members are a part of
the experience there.
Directly down through the center of the great Mothership, all
levels share a circular shaft or center core, which is a power
reactor throughout the craft. However, one must remember that
the activating source of power comes from the Universe itself,
this is but its channel to proper sources. The power center core is
roughly 200 feet or so in diameter. Its outer shell contains
several primary elevators for inter-level transportation. A few
larger elevators are restricted for Quartermaster and
maintenance use. At each level, the power center is surrounded
by a spacious lounge area, beautifully furnished and shared by
all divisions of that level.
Generally speaking, the Mothership's furnishings are simple and
sharp in design. White is the predominant color, contrasted with
stirring tones of orange or reds or blues, and much yellow. The
colors are all pure, not muddied or muted. In Earth terms, the
decor would be described as ultra modern, with its gleaming use
of a glass-like substance.
Commander Lord Ashtar once described Shan Chea as one of
the largest of the Father's great orbiting cities that encircle this
Solar System (with the exception of the Adromedan Mothership
parked out of sight behind Planet Jupiter which itself is 3,000
miles in diameter). It remains fixed in certain holding patterns
when circumstances require [in more recent times it has taken up
a position in front of Planet Venus, providing the extra strong
source of light we see when viewing the Planet Venus]. It is one
of the slower moving bodies because of its size and thus has to
be very careful changing positions not to disrupt the magnetic
balance of the other orbiting Planets within our Solar System. It
has been here since long before the coming of the Christ Child.
The Shan Chea is the Great Pearly White City upon which
Commander Ashtar and Jesus-Sananda abide and from which
they jointly oversee the Command of the Galactic Federation
Fleets within this our Solar System. The Shan Chea also has
both a function of monitoring the overall area of our Solar
System and as well assisting Earth's inhabitants in the
forthcoming Great Earth Changes and the Ascension of Earth's
Humanity up to the 4th and 5th Dimensional "New Earth"
planetary bodies. At times the Shan Chea also hosts some of the
great Inter-Universal Councils of this Grand Universe.
["On Earth Assignment" by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of
the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the Links at the end of Book II]

A further description of our possible arrival and familiarization

with a Mothership is given by several other Members of the
Ashtar Command:
SARNA: "Greetings in the Light of the Radiant One. I am
Sarna, one that is in a Spaceship assigned to this channel…
"I will take you at this time, with your permission, on a mental
voyage. First I would ask you that you mentally visualize a
Scout-ship that has just landed in front of your dwelling place.
Know that ours will be of an oval shape. As it is seated on either
large balls or tripods, there is a stairway that automatically
descends to your level. You are invited to enter. All of you are
invited to enter.
"I stand at the top of the stairway and I greet each of you
individually. You will notice that this particular room is semi-
circular and there are comfortable seating arrangements for each
of you. I invite you to sit. Now, if you will excuse me, as I have
closed the door, I shall now take the controls.
"You will notice that the large screen panel that is before me is
one that appears to have a computer-like system with varying
monitors. Now, as you grow accustomed to where you are
seated within the Scoutship, you become aware that your seat
moves so that you may gaze out. Slowly our craft rises and you
see the Earth as we leave it.
"Within this particular vessel, you feel no movement, but it
would seem that the Earth is slipping away from you rather than
you are leaving its ethers. Then, as you continue to gaze about,
you see the night-time sky. One of you notices that we are
heading towards a very bright light that contains a strong
intensity, and indeed, the light grows brighter as we approach.
"As we get closer, you notice a form, a shape. It is much larger
than you had anticipated it being… One of you might ask of this
and I would assure you that this is one of the Motherships, if you
would care to use that term. For this particular voyage of
discovery we are taking you aboard this vessel.
"We dock in a portion underneath the Mothership. Slowly, again
as I press the button, our stairway descends, and I ask that you
would follow me out into the entry area. We then step upon
what you would call a moving sidewalk. One of you notices
immediately, the fragrance that is in the air. For indeed, the air is
clear and clean, and there is a sweet fragrance to it in its purity.
"As we reach the end of this particular moving sidewalk the
door slides open and we step into an entry foyer-like waiting
area. It is in a pale color and has indirect lighting. And one of
you is quite surprised to see that there is green foliage about.
"Here, I will leave you briefly, and another will continue some
of your experiences aboard the Mothership."
Aleva: "Hello, I am Aleva. I am coming in my capacity of the
Official Greeter, and I would greet each of you most humbly in
the Light of the Radiant One. I would bid you welcome, for it is
my joy and my pleasure to act as your official Hostess as you
would go about the ship.
"But now, before you go any farther, I know you must be weary
and you would be much more comfortable in some other more
suitable clothing. So I would suggest to you that perhaps you
might go to your designated rooms. There is no need to stand
uncertain and be concerned – simply go in the direction that
you feel is "right". Some of you will turn to the right and some
to the left and continue until you see a certain inscription upon a
door. A "knowing within" will tell you that this is your room. I
would suggest that you would enter. Now, please set off on your
visit, and I shall continue a telepathic description to you
individually, even as you have entered your room.
"You will notice going down the corridors, that as you approach
your room the door slides quietly open so that you might step
into that which is your particular space. Some of you are quite
surprised to see that you have a particular favorite green plant in
your room, or perhaps there is your favorite chair. Of course this
is a replica of that which you have had on Earth. For you see, we
have monitored you quite closely and it is our desire that this
space, this area you would call your own, would be an area that
would be quite comfortable for you, so we have brought in
various favourite articles for your convenience.
"Some of you notice that there is a clothes closet, that there are
chairs, and you notice that your bed does not have legs, but
rather it is a projection out from the wall. Now, may I suggest to
you at this time that you exchange the garment that you have on
for one of the one-piece jump suits, as you shall find this more
comfortable. And yes, you will notice that you have a specific
colour for that which you wear.
"Now that you are about to change, if you would like to first
freshen-up by washing your face, you might like to touch that
large button over there on the wall and you will find that the
necessary concealed fixtures will make themselves available to
you. Once you have donned your particular suit, may I suggest
to you that you recline upon your couch or your bed, whichever
term you prefer to use. There now, I trust you now feel quite
comfortable.
"Please do not be concerned that two persons will now ask
permission to enter your room. They have come to assist you in
balancing out and in attuning to the vibrational frequency of the
ship. Yes, notice that they do not actually touch your body, but
rather, they work through that which is your auric field. There
now, you can already feel that they have discovered a particular
area of your aura where there has been an unbalance within you,
and they are now working to smooth out that unbalance.
"I can now sense that each of you is feeling much more
comfortable, much more relaxed. No, these two Ones do not
speak to you in words as you do, but your gratitude is conveyed
to them through your thoughts. Perhaps you might choose to
recline here for a few moments after they have completed the
balancing process and just relish the delightful feeling that you
have.
"Now, if you are ready, we would ask that you would again
come into the Central Foyer that I might have the opportunity,
indeed the privilege, of taking you on a tour of this particular
vessel. Now, is everyone with us? Let me see. Yes, you are all
here.
"We shall continue down this particular corridor, for I would
welcome the opportunity to show you the portion of the ship that
you would call the 'piloting area'. As we go past some of these
doorways or some of these areas, you will notice that there is
that which has the resemblance of great banks of computers.
These are not computers in your terms of the word, but rather
they are a storage system. This particular vessel is powered by
crystalline energy and is guided in most ways by thought. These
computer-like memory banks that you observe are for various
activities that take place within the ship.
"Now, we have approached that which is the 'Command' section.
As we step through the door, you will note that there are several
individuals that are quite familiar to you. Indeed, some of you
will be now having your own individual reunions with them…
"Again, you will note the large computer-like wall screens in
this area. You will notice the energy patterns or waves that are
being displayed. This is how we are able to know you, by your
particular set of energy patterns. If I were to touch this particular
switching device, you will notice that I do not actually touch it,
but rather, I move my hand before it, and now our screen shows
a combination of energy patterns that are melding into one
specific pattern. This is a representation of who you are. Your
individual patterns have now formed into one energy pattern that
represents the group. You will note that there is now shown a
particular ratio of various colors.
"That particular seat over there is one that is occupied only by
the Lord Sananda, or else Commander Ashtar. There are no
specific regulations regarding who can sit in it, it's just that the
rest of us do not feel that we have evolved sufficiently to do so."
Commander Jon-Ton: "Greetings. May the peace of the
Infinite One abide within you in all ways, manifesting the
beauty that is that which is given through you.
"I do not usually communicate directly through Channelers on
your Planet, but rather, I am one that is met here on the Star Ship
by those Earth persons that come aboard in their sleep-state. My
assignment here, if you will, is to 'run' the Star Ship, which is
the 'moving world' known to you as the 'Star of Bethlehem'. It
would be considered by you as a small-sized world, such as your
Moon, though somewhat smaller. This Ship is used as the
central focus of the many specific energies which are shared
with the Earth plane. Often it is stationed invisibly near to your
equator, but usually several hundred-thousands of miles above.
"Even as the other Commanders have specific assignments of
concentration, my primary responsibility is to assure the safety
and the secure management of the Ship. This is no easy task, I
assure you! But it is one that brings to me a great challenge and
sense of purpose. I cannot begin to give you specific numbers as
to how many there are of us here. The numbers fluctuate
according to the number of ships out on station and those that
have returned to their Home Planets. However, you could say
that at any one time there are at least several hundreds of
thousands of ships.
"Many of the small Scout-ships stationed on this Mother Ship,
more than one hundred and fifty thousand of them, are manned
by from one, to two, three and up to five crew members. Of
course, there is also room in each of them to hold more than
twice that number if need be, such as in the event that the
moment comes for you of Earth to leave quickly.
"Even as your World has many divisional responsibilities, this
small world to which I am entrusted, is divided into one in
which each person has specific duties or responsibilities, such as
for the 'housekeeping' or cleanliness of our surroundings; others
who provide food, ones who maintain the structure of the ship,
ones who maintain the gardens and plant growth areas, as well
as those who are responsible for our garments, housing and the
environment.
"Those, for instance, who maintain the environment, are
responsible for the quality of the air, its correct mixture for our
well-being, the amount of light and its intensity, hue and color,
and for the level of moisture available to us. They are entrusted
with maintaining the in-ship environment that is most conducive
to the well-being and upliftment of the Ship's inhabitants. To
those of us from different Planetary spheres as well as Galaxies,
we have found that there is a universal air mixture, but in the
private quarters of each individual, an exact mixture is provided
which is likened to their Home area. Thus there is always the
opportunity to balance out. As you on Earth come to this Ship,
these specialists will, and have learned, how to adjust to the total
environment of your area, so as to achieve a minimum
adjustment shock for each of you.
"Our Ship could be likened to a large city which is planned for
the total benefit of its inhabitants. One aspect that you might
find of interest, is the fact that we have no litter or refuse. We
have the ability to recycle or reuse all that is with us. Thus we
are self-sufficient and perpetuating. Families are also assigned to
this Ship, so that we may have the experience of children or
small ones coming forth to enrich our lives. In fact, we have a
"Birthing chamber", even as we have a chamber for releasing
ones who have achieved their highest development within this
particular sphere.
"We have accepted this Assignment with great joy and
anticipation. We are a movable world, which has the capacity to
invite and accept many more…
"As you are aware, these Motherships are made by us through
thought and application. This particular Ship does not itself have
a consciousness, but it does have a sensitivity. Those that work
most closely with her know of that sensitivity and how she
expresses such. She does have the ability in some situations to
repair herself, but she still must be patrolled by the Engineers
who are responsible for her well-being.
"Should we be exposed to a small meteor bombardment, the
Ship has the ability to seal any and all encroachments up to
twenty feet in diameter that have escaped the Ship's repulsion
beams. These would not necessitate the involvement of one of
the Engineers. However, should there be damage greater than
that diameter, then a crew of several Engineers from one of the
Sectors would be dispatched to examine the damage and
determine the method of repair. In these instances the engineers
shoot crisscrossing threads across the damaged area. The Ship
then has the ability to repair itself, using these filaments as the
foundation for its own regeneration. Also recognize that there is
a measure of elasticity to the Ship's covering material.
"We have also, at all times, a Crew on station in the 'Control'
chamber. This area can be visualized as a dome above the major
portion of the Ship. These ones do not usually need to
themselves control the Ship, but rather leave this to instruments
that are similar to your computers, except at those times when
we must use 'conscious thought' to determine the navigational
route. Even then, the information we require is held within the
computers for us to determine which is the best route.
"Recognize that we travel much on what you would call 'Ley
Lines', which are spread throughout the Cosmos. These energy
lines go in all directions, so there is no limitation to our direction
of travel. The only limitation we experience is one of needing to
make a vibrational adjustment when we enter a Dimension of
denseness greater than the one which we normally experience in
our routine work. Even then, we are advised of the anticipated
adjustment by our computer equipment. The 'thought' is then
shared and received by all to make the necessary adjustment.
The skin or covering of the Ship, if you will, is thickened to
compensate for the additional stress placed upon it.
"Concerning the great distance we are in orbit from you. We
could not be closer because to do so would set up a vibrational
pull between your Earth, our Ship, and your Moon, to such an
extent that it would be quite detrimental. It would destroy your
Moon, or rather, destroy the attraction holding your Moon,
causing it to spin off and disintegrate. It would also bring your
Earth to rest attached to our Mother Ship or vice-versa! Such an
arrangement would not be conducive to travel! This attached
connection could also unfortunately destroy your Earth, should
we ever needed at short notice to remove ourselves from your
attachment and position within your Solar System.
"On board our Mother Ship, the growing process for our foods is
one that is greatly different from yours on Earth. We do not have
or need large fields of soil in which to plant seeds to produce
food. Our diets are relatively simple, but suited to the
background of each of us. Nutrients are produced in what you
would consider to be a laboratory setting. Your hydroponics are
quite similar. It has been determined that a greater yield for a
longer period can be produced in this manner. We do not eat the
flesh of others, but rather eat that which you would determine as
fruits and vegetables, grains and seeds. Our intake of foods is
not as great as yours, so it is not necessary to produce vast
amounts of food.
"Those that prepare these 'Gifts of Nature' are ones who have a
great Love and involvement with the act of preparation. To use
your terms, they are quite creative. I believe you would like
some of their recipes. We do not put in long hours of
preparation, for much of what is consumed by us on a routine
basis is consumed in its natural raw state. Perhaps, a liquid
combining the nutrients and flavors of two or more foods might
be made, but that is all. On those days which are feast days or
special occasions, then there is a great activity in the area of
food preparation.
"There are several of our largest Mother Ships stationed near to
the Earth plane. We can come to within two thousand miles of
your planet without immediate harm to you or us. We will do
this in the event of a lift-off evacuation. We, aboard this
particular craft, can easily hold most of the population of your
North American Continent, although we would not in fact need
to do this, since many of your Continent are also assigned to
various other vessels for their debriefing and various
assignments."
[Channeled through Tuieta in "Letters From Home, Vol. II", published in 1992 by Portals of
Light, Inc., 1186E 700N, MARION, IN 46952.]

In this and similar Motherships there will be much work to be

done. Those brought up to them will be looking forward to their
ultimate return to a rejuvenated and cleansed Fourth
Dimensional Planet Earth, with a new life ahead of them, but
now there be time for training and preparation for the tasks
ahead for co-creating with the help of the Galactic Federation
Forces back down on the New Earth.

Chapter 9:
PLANNING A NEW WORLD
Those who have been lifted up for training and preparation to
the large Motherships hovering high in our atmosphere, will be
given ample time and all the necessary support needed to
overcome the change of location. They will be welcomed as
Honored Guests, and all the Spaceships' great wealth of
facilities, for learning, recreation and relaxation as well as
personal refreshment and reflection will be placed at their
disposal. But they will also need to confront the challenge of a
return to a cleansed and in some areas an unrecognizable Planet.
The reality of this event will focus attention on the mundane
need to formulate new social and commercial rules, to assist in
the planning of future resources-use for urban living, agriculture
and leisure.
Aware of the importance of this task, our Space Brothers will
provide the opportunities and facilities on the Motherships for
the necessary Planning Convocations.
The co-creation of a rejuvenated Earth on a Higher Dimension is
an event of considerable importance even in Galactic terms, and
we will be greatly assisted at these Planning Convocations with
advice and encouragement from our Space Brothers and
participating visitors from more developed Worlds throughout
the Universe. But they would not dictate our future plans, only
help and advise us, for if they did otherwise they would be inter-
positioning themselves between us and our own Karma, which
would be improper and a violation of Universal Law. We must
all learn through our own efforts, our own successes and our
own mistakes, and this applies equally to a Collective Planetary
Civilization, just as it does to the destiny of individuals.
We of Earth will need to consider and formulate for ourselves
the basic social-political rules and structures that will govern our
New Society; the basic rules of social conduct which will reflect
our new attitudes and aspirations towards one another and
towards the new and uplifted Planet Earth.
Man's development on Earth, from the times of primitive cave-
dwelling to the relatively sophisticated lifestyles presently
enjoyed by us, has up to now been largely concerned with the
provision of physical needs of food, clothing and shelter. In the
New Age this will no longer be Mankind's major preoccupation,
thanks largely to a lower population and new technologies as yet
unknown on Earth.
Nor will the new Mankind be plagued by wars, slavery, poverty,
revolution and social injustices; for the higher vibratory rate on
which Humanity is to operate will ensure that the basic attitude
of selfishness, which has in the past pervaded Man's
relationships with fellow Man and hampered the true
development of civilization, will not prevail. Indeed,
cooperation and mutual assistance will be the natural inclination
in the New Age, leading to a lasting Peace and Prosperity.
In a world where there is an abundance of physical needs, in a
world where Peace and Cooperation are the natural order,
Mankind will now have time to devote to intellectual and
spiritual development, and this will then become our major
preoccupation in the New Age.
Yet Politics must nevertheless play a vital role, for even when
there is unqualified goodwill between all people, an absence of
planning can result in the same urban chaos we experience
today; and even with the best will in the world, people still need
'Laws' as Standards of Guidance in preserving Personal Liberty,
in the correct behaviour towards others and in
ensuring fair commercial trade.
Many of Earth's people on the great spaceships will undoubtedly
approach the very subject of Politics with reluctance, recalling
only too vividly the inefficiency, corruption and costly mal-
administration which characterized the 'Democratic' process of
Government over which the 'People' had little or no control.
How can the old evils of Politics be avoided? What sort of
Politics will serve the New Age?
Fortunately these problems will not in our future "Ascended
World" give undue concern. The 'Right Answer' has always
been with Humanity since its most primitive days, but self-
centeredness blinded us to its virtues and prevented us from
embracing it. In the light of a higher vibration rate and a New
Age, the right answer will be clear to everyone of us, and it will
consist of one simple but vital Rule, which will give all the
needed guidance in our correct relationship with others:
This New Rule can be set out as follows: That there can be no
unfair imposition upon one Living Being by Another, no
interference in the Life and Evolution of One by Another. That
is, whatever we may choose to do, we should do nothing which
is harmful to, or interferes directly in the Personal
Evolutionary Path of Others.
Grow without diminishing the growth others; prosper without
impoverishing others; respect others, as you would have others
respect you. This is the basis of UNIVERSAL LAW and there
will be formulated a single "Principle of Liberty" reflecting this
and guiding the social behaviour on most of the Higher Worlds
and which may indeed become the Guiding
Political/Constitutional/Social Rule of Conduct on all worlds as
well as on the New Earth in its future incarnations within its
concentric Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Dimensional
surfaces.
With this one overriding "Principle of Liberty" as the supreme
element within the Planet's Constitution, Mankind will share
resources fairly whilst at the same time observing the Rights of
Mother Earth and of Nature's environment; we will respect the
Peace, Privacy and Property of one Human over another; and
trade will be honest and fair, as each seeks to serve, not exploit
others; giving fairly for goods and services received, only asking
a fair price for goods and services rendered.
Thus the task of formulating Political Institutions and Laws will
simply become one of Interpretation: of applying to our
everyday lives and events the Central Rule of "Not HARMING
another and Interfering in their Path of Evolution" and which
also forms the basis of the "Principle of Liberty" which is
outlined elsewhere in the appropriate Links to this Book. This
will eventually become the core of "Universal Law" governing
our Grand Universe.
The purpose of Government in the New Earth will be defined as
one of "Interpreting" the governing Constitutional "Principle" in
terms of day-to-day events to produce Laws. Government will
have no arbitrary power or authority within itself.
Its Interpretations will only have authority insofar as they
correctly reflect the enshrined Constitutional "Principle".
Turning then to physical planning, the major and very essential
task of Humanity in preparation for the Return to the New Earth,
there will be the Planning of Communities, Transport, and other
uses of Land and Natural Resources in such a way that needs of
agriculture and recreation are fairly provided for everyone,
residential neighborhoods, towns and cities will be convenient
and pleasant, and the needs of the Planet herself will be
rigorously respected.
In fact the planning process will be one of enjoyable creation in
which everyone can and will participate. With guidance from a
high and a just social Principle, the assistance of colleagues
from other worlds, a respect for Planet Earth herself, and a
pervading spirit of Goodwill resulting from the higher vibratory
rate, rapid and productive progress can be made. And with the
multi-dimensional 'Virtual Reality' planning facilities which will
be placed at our disposal on the Motherships, in which cities,
shops, workplaces, neighborhoods, homes, even rooms and
gardens can be planned, visualized and 'experienced' as if they
already existed before they are built, planning the 'New Earth'
will be the fun, exciting, creative experience it should be.
Our Space Brothers will provide accurate, multi-dimensional
maps covering the areas of the newly restructured New Earth's
surface, showing in detail those new topography of seas, lakes,
rivers and mountains, the mineral deposits and the best
agricultural land, as well as the Planet's natural 'Power Centers'
or Planetary Chakras which channel and diffuse higher spiritual
forces.
During our sojourn on the Motherships, the Space Brothers'
Ecosystem Teams will meanwhile be working and cooperating
with Nature down on the newly-cleansed Planet Earth to
repopulate damaged areas with trees, plants, flowers and
vegetation, for the benefit and beautification of the Planet and to
provide Humans and animals with food in a rich and varied
choice of fruits, nuts and grains. Trees and vegetation in these
areas will not be seeded where centers of habitation and other
surface features, such as transport lines, are planned to be
located - another important reason for detailed advance
planning.
But even before re-seeding and re-planting can take place, the
task of Earth's purification must be undertaken by those of
'Higher' spiritual evolution qualified in such work. This is more
complex than we could ever imagine, involving sciences
unknown to us. The pollution and damage to our Planet
presently visible to us is only the 'tip of the iceberg', as Tuella
explains:
"I am told by our Space Brothers that it will take some years for
Planet Earth to heal over the scars of her past damage.
Panoramic pastures of flowers and lush greenery will be set
aside to replenish in beauty, areas where polluted cities once
stood and wars were fought.
"The many combined Fleets of the Ashtar Command will be
occupied balancing the Magnetic Grid System to restore it to a
positive and accurate balance once again. Evacuees from Earth
will be observing this from viewing screens on the great Mother
Craft, as Spaceships beyond number of all colors, tints, shapes
and sizes, some just as balls of radiant light, travel at incredible
speeds along every line of the Grid System, moving in beautiful
precision.
"They will anchor the Earth within its own forcefield and reopen
the Planetary Chakras where new beautiful cities will be built.
They will also clear the Dimensional Portals for the later entry
of the immense, city-sized Motherships, which will return their
precious cargo to the Planet. This will come after Earth's
glorious restoration when all things will be made new."
["On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of
the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the links at the end of Book II]

Just as so many intrepid Souls crossed the Atlantic from the Old
World to a New Continent, so the time will come when Earth's
People will begin their return to their 'New' Planet, now largely
cleansed, refreshed and replanted. They will bring with them
their previously agreed plans for new towns and cities,
neighborhoods and homes, and begin work on the pioneering
task of rebuilding the new society.
It will be a time of great challenge, for those first years will set
the tone for the New Age and the new Aquarian Millennium.
But it will also be a time of Relief, of Joy and Thanksgiving for
our "Return Home" to a Higher Dimension. The joy of return
will mirror in reverse the trauma in which we left; and in our
return we will be accompanied by, and share our joy with the
great Masters in whose charge Planet Earth is given.
Tuella relates her experience she viewed on a visit to the Higher
Planes of a return of Humanity to the 'New Earth':
"During an 'out of body excursion', I was privileged to visit
with Commander Soltec on his Mothership, the 'Phoenix'.
"On the Mothership, I was courteously seated before three very
large viewing screens in his Office and Laboratory Rotunda. The
center screen presented a sweeping panorama of Earth's
landscape; beautiful snow scenes, then tropical areas, majestic
green mountains, colorful oceans, like a travelogue on a
tremendous scale and utterly beautiful. It seemed somewhat
strange to me that in this broad viewing, I saw no housing of any
description or evidence of commercial or city life; in fact I saw
no Human life at all. Soltec was evidently reading my thoughts.
He commented:
"You are now viewing an area of the Planet as it will be when it
is "Cleansed" and new in its glory and beauty. This is the new
growth, the new covering that will bloom upon the Planet when
these People of Light return. Notice how much more beautiful is
the greenery of the vegetation and the spreading trees, the deep
blue of the firmament, the clear cleanliness of the water, for all
pollution is now removed from the atmosphere. The air is pure
and clean."
"He zoomed in on a tremendous pasture of wild flowers. The
colorful splash was breathtaking. He smiled and told me, "On
that very panorama, a large polluting dirty city formally stood."
I would never have recognized the terrain, though I knew I had
once lived in that city. He further stated: "Many areas on the
beautiful Planet Earth that have suffered degradation at the
hands of Mankind, will be left to rest."
"The screen to the left was then activated and revealed a
desirable landscape of sloping hills, lavishly covered with trees
of that heavenly green, with many beautiful broad open areas in
its midst. There were creeks, and slowly flowing rivers. I could
see the rocks at the bottom through the clear water, even from
our distant vantage point.
"Suddenly, high above these vast central planes I saw the
gleaming bright light of an enormous Spacecraft, very brilliant,
glowing as it lowered and settled down silently and gently on
the miles of greenery. It was a beautiful ship of indescribable
size. I can only say it was extremely spacious, shiningly
beautiful, dominating the screen as we watched.
"Many openings suddenly appeared all around the Spacecraft,
with wide stairways dropping down, efficiently and quickly.
Upon each one were crowds of people; youths, tots perched on
adult shoulders or clutching the hands of parents, whilst hugging
all of their young pets the Space friends had given them. All
began to descend at once in a run, shouting with joy or in prayer,
but happiness and smiles everywhere. The high emotion of the
moment was contagious and I found myself feeling exhilarated
along with them and smiling broadly as well. I looked at the
Commander, and he also was smiling and laughing with great
joy.
"What's happening here?" I asked.
"This is a landing of persons and Lightworkers returning to the
new Earth."
"I caught my breath as I marveled at their happiness. As far as
you could see the children were running all over the beautiful
hills, whilst the very young children were busily occupied with
petting their little animal friends to make them feel at home.
These children from the great Mothership were facing a new life
that would share fellowship with these beautiful Souls from
other worlds. There were many infants also; being carried as the
throng continued to pour forth by the hundreds, until finally I
calculated there must be several thousands disembarking.
"Finally the moment came when the activity had stilled and a
hush of reverence swept across the masses. Every eye was
turned toward the massive center portal, which seemed to glow
in an invisible light. Suddenly three beautiful Beings appeared
atop the stairs and paused. As I sat with Soltec viewing the
scene, I intuitively knew they were Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord
Kuthumi, and Lord Saint Germain. The shortest of the three was
draped in a violet colored cape. Lord Jesus wore a simple white
robe girded at the center, and Lord Kuthumi was clothed in a
golden colored metallic robe. Together, they descended where
the assembled crowd stood waiting. They clasped as many
outstretched hands as possible and embraced many. I realized
then that these 'Beloved Ones' and our Space Friends would be
remaining with us for a considerable time."
[ "On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988.]

Chapter 10:
Messages from the Galactic Federation &
Higher Spiritual Sources
Since 1994 we have been given a considerable amount of
channeled information about the coming "Earth Changes" from
the Galactic Federation of Light. Much of this early on came
via the local Representative Council of the Galactic Federation
based in the Sirius Star System within our quadrant of our Milky
Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. From 1996 onwards
their Messages were channeled by Sheldan Nidle on the
www.paoweb.com Web-site (for a compendium of these
Messages see the "Galactic Federation of Light Archive" link at
the end of this Book II).
The Galactic Federation Of Light itself claims a membership of
over 200 Galactic Systems, all who follow the positive path of
"Light". They have up until recently been bitterly opposed
within our Galaxy by a powerful and negative "Forces of
Darkness" known as the Anchara Alliance. As a result, during
the last 500,000 years, there have been numerous and
devastating Galactic Wars within our Milky Way Galaxy/Local
Universe of Nebadon. However, only now, at the coming "End
Times" of a Great Universal Cycle, has our Creator of this
Universe at last set in motion a Grand Final Elimination of all
the Forces of Darkness within our Milky Way Galaxy.
As a result, recent Galactic Membership of the "Federation of
Light" has risen from 100,000 to over 200,000 Star Nations.
Many of the Members of the former Dark "Anchara Alliance"
belong to the Reptilian Races (bipedal Reptile Beings), who
came from a nearby Galaxy when it was amalgamated with our
own after its collapsed civilisations were disbanded. They
generally tend to be of a more mental and sometimes aggressive
nature, of a more cold-blooded and less emotional nature than
the Human Race who are more emotive by nature. They came to
our own Galaxy with the mistaken belief that they had somehow
been given a "Mandate" to inherit dominance over the Human
Races. Their more developed mental ability allowed them to
create highly advanced physical technologies, giving them a
technological advantage over the more heart-led and Loving
Human Races and thus the power to take over and control them
to fulfil their own wishes.
In 1994 the local Council of the Galactic Federation of Light
within this Quadrant of our Milky Way Galaxy, based on Sirius
B, informed us that these are indeed the End Times of a long
Galactic Cycle, one which will bring us an end to a long History
of Darkness on our Planet as well as other parts of the Galaxy.
This is to be facilitated within our own Solar System by its
making a re-entrance into the "Photon Belt", a huge doughnut-
shaped cloud of Photon Light particles. This Photon Belt
emanates from the Galactic Centre and is one which we
regularly pass through after being out in a period of the
"Galactic Night" for over 11,000 years, to now re-enter for
another 2000 years as part of our new Zodiacal "Age of
Aquarius". This Photon Belt is an intense band of Celestial
Light-force which will act as an important energetic force to
assist us in raising up our vibration rates and consciousness level
from the low and dense physical Third Dimension to the more
Etheric Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. They further informed us
that the Photon Light particles would also be changing our
present magnetic-based electrical systems over to one based on
Photon-based energy, requiring in the future totally new
electrical technology. They have promised us that they would
help us with this once they had been permitted to make a "First
Contact" through their landings, but only after a full
"Disclosure" of their extraterrestrial existence is made by our
Governments.
However, since then there have arisen repeated delays to Earth's
Ascension process, mainly due to a combination of reluctance to
change by our own Earth Humanity's "Collective
Consciousness" and further complicated by Earth's "Secret
Government" (the Dark Cabal/Illuminati) working behind the
scenes to control and maintain domination over Humanity,
which they have done mainly through the Banking and Global
Financial Systems. Therefore Divine Intervention has had to
have been repeatedly enacted to delay or postpone the physical
Earth Changes and Cleansing until all the Dark elements have
been finally removed from their secret positions of power.
Nonetheless, as an unexpected "silver lining" to this cloud of
darkness, these constant delays and postponements have
nevertheless allowed Earth's Humans more valuable preparation
time to prepare for their final Ascension and also made it
possible to include a greater number of as-yet unprepared Souls
to themselves progress towards Ascension. Now that our Solar
System is already well advanced into the Photon-Light Belt with
Planet Earth about to fully enter it herself, the major physical
"Cleansings" to Planet Earth can no longer be much delayed.
Since 2005, there has been a further very important new source
of Messages - those given by Christ Michael, the ATON or
Sovereign Ruler of this Local Universe of Nebadon [our Milky
Way Galaxy]. These give a very deep insight into the detailed
plans put forward by Christ Michael in his Plans for our
Ascension Process, including possibly putting all the inhabitants
of Earth into a period of "Stasis" (suspended animation) while
the many Earth Changes are carried out by the Galactic
Federation Teams. All of these Christ Michael Messages, which
themselves add on to many other important ones given by the
Regional Galactic Federation Council and other sources, have
since been collected together into an Archive from 2005
onwards up to the final one given by Christ Michael in 2013.
These can be read in the extensive "Christ Michael ATON
Archive" available from the Link at the end of this Chapter 10,
and is certainly very well worth the long read!
We have had to limit all of the many other communicated
Messages collected since 1996 to a selection which are given
below of only the most significant ones for reasons of space.
Further Messages are available for those who wish to delve
more deeply into the subject in the two separate Links at the end
of this Book II: the "Christ Michael ATON Archive" and the
"Galactic Federation Archive".

18 November 2005 - The Many Hats of Christ Michael,

Creator Son of the Grand Universe Holy Trinity and
Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way
Galaxy - Channeled by Candace Frieze
Christ Michael: Back during the "First Coming", when I
embarked on a joint-incarnation with Jesus/Esu-Sananda, I did
indeed experience the sorrow of the peoples of this Planet, very
first hand, experimentally. When I left that incarnation on the
Cross [through "Overshadowing" the physical Jesus], I not only
took my required rapid Ascension journey, as described in The
Urantia Book to sit at the Right Hand of the Father, I stayed in
the Central Universe for a time to review what I had observed in
person. In my good conscience I could not let this Planet go, nor
could I put its care into the hands of another, and delegate the
work.
I knew I would return to make right of the wrongs, personally.
So we thought, considered, stewed as you do, about the
problems and what must be done. We have the ability to draw
up scenarios a bit faster and we drew up many. Then we chose
from what seemed like the best to choose from. We created in
thought, but it was necessary to return and do the work within
the realm, in "3D," in life.
So I am here again, in life, in a body on a Command Mothership
overhead. We were also going to handle the end of the Galactic
Wars, so I did choose to wear the hat of a Commander of a Star
Fleet, of a portion of the mighty Ashtar Command. I desired to
have this experience also. Creator Sons don't tend to command
Star Fleets. And it was a perfect way to handle the situation of
my return.
It provided a method of returning but not identifying myself as
who I am, thus the "Hatonn" Space Commander image [initially
taking on a temporary title as "Commander Hatonn" of the
Pleiadian "Phoenix" Mothership]. We do have to use stealth, in
this work. Had I come as Christ Michael, I would have been a
far greater threat, and the ruling "Dark Cabal" would have
harmed all of you, in a serious way, those who have come to
participate with me, and made this much more difficult.
Obviously to be born a babe was not going to work, they would
have killed most of the Human Race trying to kill me, remember
the story of Herod?
I did not plan the "Phoenix Journals" [published as a regular
Newsletter in the 1990s to subscribers] before I came, that
occurred later. We made the decision to publish many materials
as part of the Teaching Mission. The "Conversation with God"
books are an example, by Buddha, through Neale Donald
Walsch. There are many other teaching methods of course also.
There was much nonsense going on to confuse the
Lightworkers, as you have experienced. The Medical
establishment was not doing the right thing either. I chose to
write the Phoenix Journals, with the help of others in this
project, to get correct teaching about the Khazars [Zionists] out,
correct teaching of the political scene behind your backs, correct
teaching relating to medicine, science and a huge variety of
other topics.
Had I taught as Christ Michael in these works, the first one
would have not ever even have been printed. The disguise was
very important. A Space Commander is less threatening to them.
They figured, with their hiding of the presence of the "Star
People" [E.T.s] from the populace that people would simply not
read the books. And that happened to a significant degree.
You have all agreed to come to the Planet, any one of you
reading this, or you are a more experienced Earth Soul, choosing
this time to be part of this extremely unusual journey with me.
We are all working together, Two or More in My Name, to
mend this Planet, and restore through my "Correcting Time",
where she ought more to be at this point in her history. We are
not only correcting the times, through this joint experience, we
all are together, even myself, the Creator Son, greatly adding to
our combined experience, learning on a bigger learning curve,
making known the unknown.
At the conclusion of this mighty project, together we will have
made greater progress in our knowledge, our experiential
learning than had we adjudicated the Rebellion of Lucifer with
massive arrests, and rapidly putting an end to it. I chose to let it
to go through to a natural end. Despite that some might disagree
with this, to this end, we together are making known the
unknown to the Father, and as I look back at my 300 Billion
years in this Local Universe of Nebadon as its Creator Son and
eventual Full Sovereign, and my theorem I set out to test, I
would do it all over again. It is no longer a theorem, it is now
known.
Now, that comment having been made, lets return. Some of you
in the Teaching Mission have been pondering the Being known
as Jesus-SANANDA, and wondering if Sananda was my
personalized Thought Adjuster that I came to the Planet with.
The answer is no, Sananda is an Ascending Son of God, with a
long history in Nebadon. He is a "Kumara", a group of Beings
originating as the new Race of Humans long ago in the Lyra Star
System, and who successfully got themselves out of a matrix
that had kept them there with "Weapons of Mass Destruction",
besides the mind control methods used to control a Planetary
People by enslaving Races.
And they did it, without assistance such as Earth is receiving
now, and without heavy weaponry. I will not use the time here
to teach that, because Sananda is to do that himself, having
experienced it personally. Sananda is Immanuel Esu Kumara,
[also known as Jesus Christ] originally born of Gabriel and of
more recent times, the only son of Sanat Kumara. Sanat Kumara
was Planetary Logos until around 20 years ago, and returned to
Venus, where his offices are, and his home, as he became Solar
Logos of your Solar System. He was replaced by Lord Buddha,
the same Buddha that came around 500 years before I did, and
who is the author of the "Conversation of God" Books, with
Neale Donald Walsch.
Now to those of the Christ Michael Global Spiritual Network
forum, my incarnation was a double incarnation with Sananda,
together we were Joshua (or Yeshua to some then and as Jesus
in the Bible) ben Joseph. Now it is true as The Urantia Book
describes, that when a Creator Son completes his final Bestowal,
he goes alone, without the many that usually accompany
assorted Descending Son missions to the Planets, whether
Bestowal or Avonal/Magisterial.
Hence, there are many here in support to the Avonal Paradise
Son Monjoronson, and the Magisterial Mission. There are also
Trinity Teacher Sons on the Planet, who will walk it more later,
when the Correcting Time makes it possible for the Trinity
Teacher Son Mission to be public. Monjoronson was to have the
Magisterial Mission announced by this time, had my Second
Coming Event not be delayed.
I desired, in my experience 2000 years ago, to also not only
handle my own Bestowal and use it to terminate the Lucifer
Rebellion, but to double dip of sorts, and handle also the
Anunnaki/Nibiruan influence on the Planet. To understand that
situation better, because I had never personally experienced the
Galactic Warring problem in Nebadon, I came together with one
very highly experienced in this arena, Immanuel Esu Kumara
[Jesus/Sananda].
He had quite a few previous incarnations on the Planet; the most
notable one was as King David. Be not put back by what is said
in Urantia about how the Higher Realms were not particularly
pleased with King David. It was a way of protecting his
descendants. The King David mission was a great one, and that
is why it stood out. Immanuel is a highly experienced warrior
my friends, yes Sananda is indeed a warrior!
Now with the "Second Coming" Event, Sananda Immanuel does
become the "Planetary Prince of Urantia/Earth". I have a couple
of other Ascending Sons in similar positions in my Local
Universe of Nebadon, and an Ascending Son also in a position
of System Sovereign. These jobs, in my Local Universe/Galaxy,
do not have to be held by the Descending Sons, and in the
Rebellion Worlds, I have learned that the Ascending Sons, with
their vast experiential learning, better understand those Worlds
that have rebelled. So be it, with Sananda.
Your World has set itself aside, made itself different, decided on
a different box, so it can have a different leadership. Lucifer was
not all wrong, he thought he had a better way, but his Ego was a
huge problem with him, his Ego remained so strong, that at the
end, at his trial, he chose to be "uncreated", rather than come out
of his box, and try on a different hat.
For the time being, Jesus/Esu Sananda Immanuel has adopted
Urantia, Earth Shan, as his home, for his future experiencing as
a Planetary Prince. He is one of you, who understands who you
are, and what you want, because he has been there and done
that. I chose not to squelch the "Lucifer Rebellion", because I
created my Universe to be in a different box, rather not in a box,
and the sad part is, that Lucifer did not understand that.
In his quest to do his own thing, he created a very limiting box,
and this is what is behind the rebellion of Lucifer in the first
place. He was not happy with how I ran my Local Universe; he
felt his system needed to be more within the box. It needed more
rules. He felt with his ideas, he could actually speed up
evolution, but instead he set it back. So we now have "The
Correcting Time".
Jesus Sananda Immanuel does not desire to remain the Planetary
Prince forever, nor should he be. He will, as he stated in one of
the messages through Candace, vacate the position when you are
all grown up, and elect your own. In the Lucifer Rebellion, this
is what some people did want, to run their own affairs, and you
know what, all he had to do was ask of me, and present a viable
plan, not carry out an insurrection. I am very open to testing a
theorem, providing the parameters are well thought out.
Now back to that double incarnation with Sananda. I suggested
he is a "Warrior". I needed, in my special mission, someone to
help. Coming unattended by a Celestial Staff is the rule, but in
my unusual case I needed one other, someone who understood
this Planet Earth, by his experience on it, and long
understanding not only the Planet, but also the invading
Anunnaki/Nibiruans of the mobile Planet Nibiru. So we agreed
to journey together.
This combined Mission of myself and Sananda is not taught in
"The Urantia Book", for our protection from the Dark Forces
required of our joint Mission. There was also the failure of the
Adam and Eve mission to inject the "Violet DNA" into Earth's
peoples. Also the Anunnaki/Nibiruans severely messed with the
DNA of Earth's peoples after the Fall of Atlantis, reducing it
from 12 strands down to only two strands.
To repair this, I came into the world with DNA from Gabriel, if
fact very "High" DNA. The reason The Urantia Book does not
cover this, and as a protection tells instead a slightly different
story, that is because our "Dark Ones" hunt down those with the
Higher Celestial DNA and exterminate any carriers of it.
I did indeed leave this "Double Incarnation" at the time of the
Cross, and Sananda was healed, actually the special 3D body
healed, and then Sananda carried the genetics to India where he
married and fathered 5 children. He and Mary Magdalene also
brought a female child, SaRa [Sarah] into the world, in Europe.
Mary Magdalene was the incarnate Lady Nada, Sananda
Immanuel's Twin Soul. Mary Magdalene, as well as Mother
Mary carried some improved DNA also.
Since 2000 years ago, many E.T.s have come, bringing in the
superior DNA from other Planets, raising up the DNA of this
world. The Urantia Book [in 1934] could not discuss this, also it
did not mention Reincarnation, because of the need to protect
the "Star People" from the Dark Ones whilst they were
incarnating on Earth to work for me, as well as bringing some
additional DNA along with them. They also, while incarnated
repaired some of the existing DNA, and the Karma it carries,
taking on the Karma of others and releasing the new patterns
into the DNA early in their lives before they were able to
reproduce, thus healing the Karma of this Planet in this manner.
And now you are aware of this, watching what are called the
Indigo/Crystal children being born into the Planet over these
past few years.
I am in fact having a "Second Coming Event" through Sananda,
and for two reasons; the first as a "Wake Up Call", and helps
Christians who are expecting an "Event", often with the
"Rapture" as part of it. The other reason is that during the Event,
the Earth will be cleansed of the negative thought forms, all
Lower Astral Worlds and entities who are up to no good and
causing much harm and mischief. The worst and totally
uncurable of those may well go into the "Sacred Fire" that
uncreates/annihilates them; they shall be no more. 3D Earth will
not see this visually. In a way, this is the "Hell Fire", for all
Eternity that is taught on Earth, but totally misunderstood. No
one will see flames, and it is for a virtual eternity, because if you
no longer exist, you can't return here. This is what is called the
"Second Death", from which there is no apparent return, but
from which elements of their Soul personality will in fact be
recycled to start over again.
I AM a Master Creator Son, and can initiate this, but the final
sentence has to be made at the Seventh SuperUniverse level [the
Seventh SuperUniverse of "Orvonton" in our Grand Universe,
within which is Christ Michael's Local Universe of Nebadon -
our Milky Way Galaxy]. I do this with great sorrow, but out of
necessity. The Race called the "Animus", as has been told of (at
http://www.wingmakers.com/) are an artificial Race, they do not
have the intelligence of the Ascending Sons, and are predatory
in nature. They do want a body, but do not want the
responsibility of the Ascending Journey. It is time to end their
reign of terror.
Those "Negative thought forms" are not real entities, and they
can't take the journey. Mankind does not know how to rid
themselves of them, so I will do so. Some of the other lower
Astral, and negative 4D entities will be removed to the Void
Planet. The rest will face extinction of personality. This is the
"Adjudication of the Age", and much of this is handled by the
Magisterial Creator Son, Monjoronson.

14 November 2006 - Christ Michael ATON on Earth's

Unique Role
These Times that are spoken of are troublesome and
unpredictable. The "Dark Forces", as you call them, are primed
for a last gasp stand off with us/me, and our best efforts to
convince them otherwise are to no avail. This will come down to
a "show-down", I'm afraid. You ask me why this has to happen
since I am God/Creator Son of this Local Universe. It is because
I gave you the opportunity to create this resistance to my Will.
This is a grand experiment on so many levels you still can't
comprehend. The Dark was allowed to take over in this segment
of my Local Universe because I and your Cosmic Creator
wanted to see how you as the "Explorer/Creator Race" would
learn to cope with it. It had never happened before in this type of
scenario, and I convinced you all to come here to battle against
this reversal of my original intentions.
That is a dichotomy in itself. My intention was not to have the
Dark take over, but once it did, I felt that the future of creation
would be better served by allowing you to figure out how to deal
with this threat. There are no more Creator Sons being created
and it is my plan to have the best "Ascending Sons" train here to
become worthy new "Creator Sons" of the new Universes at
present being formed out in the Great Void.
You all are exceeding my expectations. The Galaxies throughout
the Multiverses are paying close attention to your struggles and
your successes. You are learning about situations that are
unique, and your solutions are providing vast new archives of
information that others can use in similar situations if something
of this magnitude happens again. It is unlikely that anything
similar will ever take place again, however, because you have
explored the parameters in this situation with such depth that
there is not much more to be learned from it. That is why I say
you are wonderful "Ascending Sons". You have dealt with a
particularly troublesome issue and come through the dark with
patience and insight. Patience gives you breadth of thought, and
insight comes from thinking broadly.
Mother Earth is going ahead with her letting loose with the
"Changes". She has withheld her "Earth Changes" for almost too
long to help you all get to the point you have reached. Now that
you are home again with us, she is free to change as she sees fit.
Once again I tell you that these "Changes" are such that the
geography of the Earth will change. There is no way the
physical embodiment of Mother Earth's consciousness can
continue the way it is when she herself is bursting through to a
new awareness and understanding of her role in the Ascension
process. She has determined to take you with her, and this in
itself is a remarkable decision for her to make. She is being as
careful as she can to preserve your comfort zones and the places
you are drawn to for your own work.

30 December 2006: Christ Michael ATON - Candace Frieze

I have never said since the days of the "Phoenix Journals" that
Earth would need an Evacuation. Your - that is, Mankind's -
progression in awareness and willingness to accept the Light we
are shining on you and Earth in ever increasing amounts has
made this "Plan" a non-issue at this time. You have proved that
you can weather the storms that must inevitably come as Mother
Earth Gaia re-shapes herself to make her own guise able to
accommodate the Changes she eagerly anticipates. Many of the
present inhabitants will not be able to go with her. That is true.
Nor will many of the present inhabitants be able or willing to
adjust to the increasingly higher frequencies of Light and energy
that are bombarding Earth from your Sun and from the Central
Sun of your System and Universe. The alignment is occurring
on a Galactic scale, and the changes that will come from this are
incomprehensible to your present understanding. This will be,
however, a marvellous and miraculous undertaking that will take
Earth with it as the glowing jewel I had always intended her to
be. I use the feminine gender because she is the receiver of all
the glory and power I wish to send her. She nurtures Man and all
that is on her. She is the Mother of all that are connected with
her.
This Timeframe that everyone bandies about is fluid. It is all
contingent on how Man and all the players in this scenario
choose to shape the movement towards the "Light and Life" that
have been determined to be the outcome. This end result is the
outcome that everything is moving towards. There is no one way
to get there. There are millions of possible outcomes that can be
used as links in the chain of movement towards the final goal of
Ascension and realisation of your true self and complete
purpose. You are here on Earth as a test and an experiment to
learn much that others will never have the opportunity to learn.
This is a unique situation that will be the breeding ground for
many new Creator Sons who will in turn shape other Universes
to explore their own ideas of relationship with the Creator
Source. That was my purpose in creating Nebadon. I wanted to
explore the relationship that Duality proposes. I wanted to see
how Beings could be separate from their Source and find their
way back. What a significant progress has been made, although
the route here has never been mapped out beforehand.
The time now is for "closure" on the past and a moving into a
new phase of your existence. Yet, this shift will not be an instant
change. I want to see how you resolve your issues. I want to see
how you take our help and create your own methods. I want to
see you be Co-creators with me. I have created many of you
Ascending Sons, and now I want you to learn to "create" as well.
There will be nothing more that I will be able to guide you to.
This may take what seems an infinitely long time to you, but it
will be only a minute in Eternity.
The method we will use is this: there will be an announcement
soon. The Banking debacle is almost resolved. It can go no
further. There are no more alternatives. The Government
changes are in place and ready to go once the existing
Government relinquishes its ill-gotten grasp on control. This
scenario has been complicated beyond your wildest imagining,
and the results we now have accomplished have been global and
complete. The first has become last, because of the delays they
have contrived, and America will emerge from its dream of
unawareness as the last step in the process.
Once this is accomplished, the door will open to the Galaxy.
Visitors from everywhere will come to see what has happened
and offer their help in making the changes that must occur on
the physical Planet. The Tectonic Plates must stabilise, and
volcanic eruptions will take place. We see no purpose at this
point in delaying this occurrence. Earth must adjust herself in
the way she can. She has accommodated Man longer than she
had a right to, and now Man must accommodate her. We will do
whatever we can to ameliorate these major upheavals, but there
is no way to prevent them. There will be a time of "chaos and
disaster", to your way of thinking, before the way is clear for
true Ascension to "Light and Love". We will warn you of these
events, but there will be many who disregard our warnings.
Many will choose to leave Earth. Many will choose to stay to
help. This is all determined by your individual life path. I will
stress, however, that those who choose to stay will find ways to
do so, and the rewards they find will be an accurate
compensation for their decision to invest their life purpose in
this unfolding

11 October 2007: Esu Sananda describes the "Stasis

Process" - Jess Anthony
Let's speak of the Stasis Event, as you called it. These events
will be the beaming of energy rays of a certain frequency
towards the Earth that will cause certain frequencies of
vibrations to stop their motion. This is not analogous to death,
because in death circumstances the energy continues to move. It
is reshaped into another form that is not representative of the
physical body that it used previously. In this instance, the energy
pauses its vibration. The power of the beaming vibration causes
the other to mirror or entrain is own vibrational frequency to that
of the new frequency. This only synchronises with a certain
range of frequencies and these are the ones that pause.
In terms of your bodies, this is the energy "glue" that holds the
parts of the atoms together. This is what is connected to the
Universal energy that links Man with his Creative Sun. This
energy has intelligence, and it creates the concept of Love that
joins waves and pulses of energy into a coherent form. Love is
the force that "convinces" random waves of energy to coalesce
into a structure and become a unified force that materialises
ultimately as a mental idea that takes a physical form.
The Stasis energy causes the glue to be stationary. It
understands the purpose of this Stasis and it wants the energy
forms it holds together to experience the new environment it will
find when the Stasis is finished. This will be a fresh template
with an open willingness to accept a fuller range of information
being sent to Earth by the Creator Sun and the Photon Belt. The
analogy with sleep is appropriate to some extent. Just as your
body assimilates new information and physical challenges as it
sleeps, so will the paused energy be re-tooled to accept a much
more intense and faster vibrating experience.
This will be brought on during sleep and it will end as Earth's
inhabitants wake up the next morning of what seems to be the
next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused,
the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The
Earth is not pausing, however, and she will be continuing on
with her Ascendancy with our help. There will be a new sense of
environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more
balanced and peaceful.

9 September 2007: Esu Sananda speaks on the Financial

Changes after the "Stasis" Period - Jess Anthony
I will speak of the choices people on Earth can make in terms of
their money situations and their living conditions. The Banks
will be undergoing a transition, as has been described. Cash will
not be readily available for a period of a few days. This will start
as soon as we begin the announcement period probably 12 hours
after everyone wakes up from the "Stasis Period". The initial
surprise and bewilderment of many will be sinking in to a
rational view of what has happened. News will be curtailed in
many cases and explanations will be kept to a minimum. The
uninformed conclusions will serve no positive purpose. This is
controlling, yes, but ultimately practical. I must point out that
the change is global, not just in America with its fifty States.
The discussion here is almost exclusively on what will happen in
this country, when in actuality every country on every continent
will undergo a form of change. That is an enormous proposition,
and one that has required this time to prepare and set in motion.
Everyone on Earth has agreed to their life plan before they
came. Everyone's Higher Self knows what they have determined
is their agenda. The choices of how to achieve this agenda are
the variables you find as you live on Earth. There are many
options you can choose that are determined by your personal
discernment and preconditioning memories. These choices
affect how your life is shaped. You each select a life pattern that
allows you to explore your individual purpose in whatever way
seems most appropriate for you alone. Your birth and your death
pattern are selected as the most instructive method for your
incarnation.
I say all of this because your perception of life after Stasis will
be different. You will begin to see this bigger picture of
Universal Truth with ever-increasing clarity. You will see why
people are no longer here. You will see why you have remained,
and you will see what your purpose is in staying. This Planet is
going through a tremendous renewal and restoration. You are
staying here because you have agreed to help with this process.
This process demands cooperation and ingenuity. This is the
talent and power you have - those of you who are here. You
know more about living in this type of creation than anyone.
Your job is to use this knowledge.
This involves finding ways to live that are more in tune with
Earth. This involves finding means of rational cooperation with
each other. If scarcity of resources or money becomes an issue,
then determine what you personally can do about it. You have
chosen to be in the situation you are in because you want to
experience it. How will you do that and what will you discover
and learn? Life is about learning and experiencing. Pleasure
comes from experience that brings satisfaction and a sense of
personal balance. You are happy because you are happy. Not
because someone tells you that you are happy.

25 September 2007: Christ Michael ATON on the Progress

into Stasis - Jess Anthony
You ask me to explain this situation further for the Readers.
"Stasis" is an event that will occur as the beginning of our
formal intervention. We have been guiding you on Earth up to
this point, through discussions and teachings, and also with the
assistance of numerous Allies who are working on the surface in
professions that directly impact the decisions that will produce
the outcome that must be achieved. Make no mistake: the
outcome will be achieved. This is the Decree of Heaven and the
Creator Source of all. My responsibility and guardianship
oversees this taking place. I have created this Local Universe of
Nebadon and Earth is my prize Creation. I will not see this fail.
However, I also created the existence on Earth to explore the
experience of Duality and Separation from the Source. This has
been a more extraordinary lesson than anyone could have
projected at the time. This is because there were no previous
examples to look to and no hints of the outcomes that might be
possible. I offered the opportunity for Masters and Angels to
come to Earth and experience this new sense of "separation". It
was a risk, and I knew it was necessary to have inhabitants with
skills and previous experience with shaping a Planet in times of
distress. This ability was locked inside of each of those people
who incarnated. For a while they remembered this as part of
their connection to the Universe. But with the coming of the
Dark, they were made to forget this link and become unthinking
servants to others with an awareness of control and
manipulation.
This led to the catastrophes of Lemuria and Atlantis, and
survivors sank even further into their forgetfulness. Others with
some remembrance of their positions as Overlords created
another world of the "Elite" and the "Controlled". This
recreation of the worst of Atlantis has continued up to the
present day. My "Planetary Bestowal" to Earth in the agency of
Jesus Christ was the beginning of the shift in thinking that
would lead to the awareness that is burgeoning out today.
I have been guiding you with my Ministers and Teachers for the
whole of your existence. This has been a form of intervention
from the beginning of your History. The intervention you seek
now asks for more specific assistance in the face of greater
threats than you have ever been aware of. We have listened to
your requests and have granted you more.
The "Great Conclave" you have recently heard spoken of was a
meeting I called with Representatives from all over the
SuperUniverse of Orvonton [The 7th Super-Universe within our
Grand Universe] and Havona [The "Central Universe"
surrounding the Paradise Isle]. This was a meeting unlike any
you have heard of. The Representatives deal with the directions
the Local Universes [Galaxies] as a whole take in ascending and
recreating themselves. They determine how these Local
Universes/Galaxies are constructed and what reality they will
embody as their components are developed. This is work on a
greater scale than you are capable of imagining. Think how vast
your own Local Universe of Nebadon is and imagine that to be
an insignificant piece of an immense group of similar Local
Universes/Galaxies [a total of over 700,000 Local
Universes/Galaxies within our Grand Universe with its centre
point of the Paradise Isle and surrounding Havona Central
Universe]. The Attendees at the Meeting I called were the
Overseers of these vast assemblages of Planets and Stars.
Spiritual Beings on a high level of Light and connection with the
energy of the Creator Source.
They all had opinions on what to do with Planet Earth, this small
piece of the Grand Universe. It was a long and contested
discussion. The end result was that I was given the right to do
what I wished to do with my Local Universe Creation. The Plan
is totally mine and the decisions I make are totally for the best
interests of my "Jewel of Creation".
I have chosen to allow you still to work out your resolution as
best you can - with our assistance - to the cycle of choices that
were initiated after the demise of Atlantis. This has been over
12,000 years of your struggling and experiencing, with stages of
awakening and periods of falling back into forgetfulness. We
have always been guiding your explorations and always
providing suggestions for you to discover as to your own
awareness. Your core connection to me has been constant even
as you were oblivious to its presence. This is why you have
always looked for something - a solution, a better way, a
"Saviour". This search has always taken such a form.
Now you are here with an awareness that is ready to experience
our full "disclosure". This readiness is still threatened by those
who wish this awakening not to occur. These are the controlling
Dark Elite who manipulate your actions and your thinking to
make you support them through your acceptance of Laws and
procedures that are not in your own individual best interest. This
is being changed completely, with actions that are progressing
carefully and delicately through minefields that reach to all
levels of your global society. The game plan in operation is
enormously complicated and operating on several levels of
reality at once. Your conscious perception is but one level of the
activity that is ongoing. You sense the progress in all these
levels, but your conscious awareness is still fixated on the
conditioning information still being fed to you by the Dark-
controlled Media sources.
This dis-junction of levels of perception is the source of your
discomfort and frustration. You have a sense that good is
pervading much of your awareness, but you reject that assurance
in the face of measured and quantified proof that seems to fall
short of your expectations.
The question of time is a tricky one. Time and space are
constants that we accept as well, but the measurements you use
are not those of the Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton that we
are a part of. Our measurements coincide with yours on
occasions, and are not congruent on others. Our working plan is
what we must make our decisions by, just as you are tied to your
calendar measurements and your time segments. We have
certain plans that we work under, and these projections are the
dates that are given out in messages and so-called predictions.
These dates are approximations to our time. They can't be
looked at as the determinants for Galactic actions that are timed
to another Galactic System. We say in all cases that
a projected date is contingent on all factors being in place. This
understanding is a truth that will not be changed. Any prediction
that states a definite date is always conditional, even if the
Channeller or Seer doesn't include that fact.

21-22 January 2009: Christ-Michael Aton's Update on the

Stasis Event - Through Candace Frieze
Candace has been getting questions about the Stasis Event and
what to expect after a longer period. A large question is about
whether those Human bodies who have passed-over will be
removed or not. In many cases, Yes, and in others, Nature will
do what Nature does. The people of Earth need to realize
immediately that this was not a "Rapture", as missing bodies
may well cause some to believe it was the Rapture. Where
Celestial Guides are available to assess individual situations,
people will not wake up to sharing their beds with a skeleton
either. We will not be cutting the weeds and also altering what
happens to food and the like; it will be whatever is left as
leftovers after two years time. People will not awaken to neatly
trimmed lawns.
I remind you, every ensouled person, whether in a child's body
or not, has made their decision as to whether they wish to
continue their journey here on Earth or not, and all ensouled
people have Angelic Guardians who oversee this process.
We do also have at our disposal a separate 3rd-Dimension "New
Planet", and individuals and whole families who have been
chosen - this option will go in body to this new Planet. They will
be awakened from Stasis in succeeding intervals, as we do not
want too many arriving en-mass. Those going to the New Planet
in their physical body from the areas around the Pacific Rim will
go first to that Planet. You already have 200,000 living people
from Earth now on that new World. No criminals are to be
allowed on this new Planet. Neither will "Robotoids" [created
Robot-Beings by the Dark Forces] be going to that Planet
because it is being started only by somewhat more advanced
Souls who have the durability to begin a new 3rd-Dimension
journey. At the end of the Stasis Event, there will be perhaps 2-3
million people on this alternative physical-level Planet.
Leave the children in our hands and do not worry. Also do not
forget that we will be on the Television and Radio immediately
the Planet comes out of Stasis [the "Deep Sleep"] to provide all
the necessary education. All has been provided for that is
necessary. Communications, heat, lighting will be functioning.
There will be adequate food in storage and will be delivered
promptly to stores. In some areas we will "drop" the necessary
supplies until the people can resume themselves. You will NOT
be left behind without preparation and care until you can
properly function again. But function you will quickly and don't
forget that at least the 100,000 Earth Lightworkers will be
returning from the Motherships to provide local help and
direction around the Earth Globe.

28 April 2009: Galactic Federation Regional Council on

Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle
Inner Earth and its Agarthan nation await you! The Agarthan
people have lovingly constructed a whole series of special
Crystal Cities for all those of you who need to be moved from
areas of sudden change on the outer Earth. Now we would like
to give you more details about Agartha and your Crystal-City
residences. To begin with, Inner Earth is a place filled with
wonders. Inside your Earth is a Fifth-dimensional realm created
with Light technology, which turns Inner Earth into a paradise
beyond compare. When you enter, you notice the gentler, diffuse
glow of Earth's Central Sun. Surrounding you are lush fields;
great mountains; broad, dense forests; and stunning, luminous
crystal cities, radiating with ever-changing colours. These
clusters of immense, glowing crystals house a society of fully
conscious Humans whose customs and ceremonies mirror those
of other Galactic Humans throughout the Galaxy. Other things
that strike you are the wide-open sky and the wonderfully pure
scent of the air.
When you enter a Crystal City, you will feel a great calmness
and a sense of coming home. You will marvel at the miles-high
dome overhead and at the magic of the holography that makes
the inside resemble the outside. The people are very friendly and
are as curious as children about who you are and are eager to
help you. Their homes are at once spacious and intimate due to
the same holographic technology that combines their own
superb abilities with the capabilities of their unique brand of
organic computers. The environment conforms perfectly to the
wants and creativity of each inhabitant. Daily ceremonies
consist of dance, music, songs, and special ceremonies, and the
different colored clothing of each group of participants adds to
the overall delight of these special gatherings. Life here is a
collage of work, family, and sacred duties, interspersed with
daily interaction with Galactic Federation personnel.
There can be no doubt that the occasion of the "First Contact" is
vitally important to the Agarthans. Everything they do reflects
this focus. An example of their dedication to this cause is the
Crystal Cities that they have built to house those when the time
comes to morph, like a butterfly, into a Fully Conscious Human.
Alongside your own apartment is your individual Light
chamber, calibrated to your specific needs. To accomplish your
metamorphosis the Galactic Federation has asked all its medical
teams to compile a meticulous, daily medical dossier on each of
you to enable this unbelievably complex process to be carried
out with seamless precision. You are to be changed back into
Full Consciousness at the same time. Normally such a process
takes centuries to achieve, but Heaven has decreed that you are
to take this final step all together, in one fell swoop, followed by
training in Full-Consciousness etiquette. Earth's surface, too, is
to undergo a vast reconfiguration. Her new Biosphere is to
resemble that of Inner Earth so that, for the first time since the
Lemurian catastrophe, Inner and Surface Earth can be linked, as
they are designed to be.
Naturally, while this is happening many of you in likely areas of
danger need to be elsewhere: in the safe haven of Inner Earth. At
the same time, we will evacuate from the same areas all animals
and plants which your local Spiritual Hierarchy deem
compatible with the new reality. This means no ticks or
mosquitoes! Under their direction, a new surface topography is
to emerge that will strongly resemble the one during the time of
Lemuria, and when you awaken from your morphing-slumber
this new world will be ready for its new Guardians: You! In
your fully conscious state the ways of other Galactic Humans
will quickly become clear to you, including the reasons for some
to live inside their Planet, not on her surface. All Planets are
hollow, and many of their Fully Conscious Guardians live in the
inside. Surface expeditions are undertaken mainly to conduct
sacred ceremonies designed to sustain and support the Planet
and her beautiful, diverse ecology. Mars and Venus, too, will be
terraformed and ready to receive those of you who choose to
move there.
Among the many changes to Mother Earth will be some
magnetic and electric ones. This means that many electro-
magnetic Beings, such as yourselves, will be much more
comfortable in Inner Earth where the Earth forces are properly
aligned with you. All creatures returning to the new surface will
need to undergo a Divine change that makes it possible for them
to exist on the surface. Some of Earth's flora and fauna will be
temporarily lifted off the Planet during the time of her
reconfiguration. Here, it helps to remember that many of you are
originally from other Worlds. You are invited Guests to Earth,
with a special Mission to perform. Your task is not to impose on
the surface ecology but to sustain and foster its well-being. As
Earth Guardians you are here to ensure the thriving health of a
most glorious Electrogravitic Being, Mother Earth.

7 August 2009: Esu/Jesus SANANDA speaks on a possible

coming Stasis Period - Jess Anthony
It is time to speak of your concerns on a possible coming "Stasis
Period" and to explain the current thinking regarding its use and
imposition. "Stasis" is a device that occurs whenever a Planet
that is inhabited must undergo some sort of upheaval - be it
galactic or geophysical. This allows the Planet's Systems and its
peoples to stop and reorganise themselves to adapt to the next
level of vibrational intensity its surroundings demand. This
presumes the evolution of its surroundings are linked to the
evolutionary process the Body of the Planet itself is undergoing.
The Planet's evolution does or does not only take its Ecosystem
into account. If it is beyond any sort of salvaging, then its
environment and life-forms are removed and the system is
begun again at a new level of Universal interaction. The
problems and imbalances are not continued, even in an adapted
form.
The system with Earth is unique. Christ Michael wishes to
maintain the remnants of the existence that has become
established in accordance with his own vision, in order for it to
evolve into the higher frequency [Fourth and subsequent Fifth
Dimension] that the 3D Planet itself is moving into. In order for
this to take place, the Planet has to be adapted to suit the
evolvement of the inhabitants that are staying, and vice versa.
This involves changing the inhabitants and the existing
ecosystem to accommodate the new frequencies. This change is
most easily accomplished by a period of "Stasis" on the Planet.
Existence as it is presently will be paused and be reacclimatised
to a new vibration in a higher dimensional status. Man is nothing
but a series of vibrational interactions that appear to be chemical
in nature. Change his vibrational pattern and he will morph into
a new vibrational sequence. This is the same process as
entraining two frequencies vibrating at different speeds. The
higher and faster one prevails and the two merge into one
frequency, becoming two strings of the one.
Man's vibrational pattern will change and adapt to the new 4D
frequency for Earth. This requires a strong and resilient physical
body and a mental awareness that doesn't challenge spiritual
perception or experiential discoveries. Only a percentage of the
Earth's current population will be able to adapt. This requires a
physical body that is connected to "Spiritual Awareness".
Spiritual insight automatically shapes the Physical and Mental
bodies that function on this Earthly Plane. Only lately has Man's
understanding of this relationship been nourished enough to
allow comprehension. Now is the time for Man to move ahead
into his next evolutionary phase. This evolutionary status will
involve a symbiosis with the evolution of the Earth. Man will
interact with his environment on a much more "Conscious" level
and will realize the importance of spiritual dialogue with his
surroundings.
The Plan of the "Stasis Process" involves sending a beam of
energy to Earth that is of such a frequency that it causes the
basic speed of energy transfer to pause in its movement. When
energy is not moving there is no sequence of interactions that
characterize life on your Planet. This is different from what you
regard as Death. That involves the Spirit leaving the physical
shell and reuniting with its Family Soul assemblage. The
physical shell continues to interact with its environment and
energy exchange is still going on. Stasis stops this energy
movement for a period of time. There is no aging as a result, and
time seems to be halted in your perception. With time stopped,
there is no perception by you, in fact, because observations or
evaluations are based on your measurements of your physical
context.
Our perception of time is different and our physical embodiment
is not dependent on the attributes you require. We are able to
interact with your Energy Grid work on many levels of
complexity and redirect those pathways that are out of balance
with a higher frequency of energy movement unaffected by your
perceptions. We are able to retool your design, as it were, and
produce a more efficient structure that is more integrated with
the Ascending Universal Manifestation.
Those of you who intend to stay and work after the "Stasis
Period" will be uplifted in vibration level and thereby redesigned
and refashioned to accommodate the changes that the New 4D
Earth will be going through. The symbiosis with your
environment will need to be much more exact. It will require a
more intuitive understanding of "Community Needs" and an
accepted awareness of the necessity of considering your fellow
inhabitants in the context of your Community.
Many will choose not to stay to work with Earth's Ascension.
Cleaning your environment involves supporting a correct size of
population that is suited to the available resources necessary for
balance and harmony. A maximum number of about a tenth of
your current population is appropriate for the landmass that will
be most beneficial for the Planet's 4D Ascension. Parts of the
current geography will be removed and new land will emerge
from the existing oceans. This was part of the surface that was
flooded when Lemuria and Atlantis submerged. This will
happen when the Earth shifts its axis tilt. The water will cover
different portions of the existing landmass. There will also be
earthquakes to remove built up tectonic stress, and these too will
change the shape of the current landforms.
These events will occur during the "Stasis Period" because they
are connected with a larger system of energy exchange that does
not depend on interaction with the ecosystem developed around
Earth's inhabitants. The inhabitants are an extension of their
surroundings, but they do not themselves cause the surroundings
to change to the extent that will be necessary to cleanse and
refashion Earth. The Earth changes are linked to geophysical
shifts and redirected energy from the Sun and Solar System. The
Energy Changes coming to Earth will affect the
Magnetosphere's operation and alter the system of Planetary
rotation. These changes are necessary to re-circuit the grid
pattern the Earth is operating in. This restructuring will provide
the new environment for Earth's inhabitants.
I cannot say at this point how long this will take. Your
measurement of the length of time will occur after you emerge
from the Stasis Period. I suspect your perception of the length of
time it takes will be different from what you presume now. You
will not see it as it occurs and you will be surprised when you
awake from it.
The plan is not to physically remove all of Earth's inhabitants
and take you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of
those staying will remain here and be transformed along with the
Earth. Many others will choose to leave or will not be spiritually
able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be
necessary for Earth's evolution. This change must be viewed as a
necessary step in the Ascension. No Soul is destroyed unless he
or she chooses that option; when someone ends existence on
Earth, that Soul moves into another form in its progression. The
inevitable grief you will experience here must be tempered by
awareness and a realisation of the larger picture of a Soul's
evolution.
There will be a large group of inhabitants that will be assembled
in "Retreat Centres" to continue their education. These are
Members of the group that have been called "Lightworkers",
meaning those who have had awareness of the true nature of
what is happening on Earth and have held out some form of
insight to others. This group of Teachers and Workers will make
up the large body of Facilitators who have chosen to help others
accommodate their new forms to the new environment. These
will be Leaders, Artists, Educators, Healers, and Workers who
have committed themselves to building a sustainable society.
They have special talents suited to the tasks that lie ahead and
have incarnated at this time to take on those roles. They will be
brought out of "Stasis" at the time that is necessary for their
training to begin.
I think this is sufficient to say at this time. Look for the "signs"
that will be appearing in the skies. This will be happening in
sequence from now on. Much of the harvest is being stored, and
events will happen when you least expect them. The Sun will
move and Jupiter will appear as it actually is. Then you will
know that "Stasis" is ready to begin.
Esu, Earth's designated "Planetary Prince" in Physical form.

1 November 2009: Christ Michael Update - Candace Frieze

Dearly Beloveds, Christ Michael here to speak a bit after a
rather long absence it would seem. First, let's cover just a bit on
what I have been doing. I recently posted through Daniel
Raphael that I have turned over more day to day management of
Earth to Machiventa Melchizedek and Paradise Son
Monjoronson. There are some other Planets that are part of the
"Lucifer Rebellion" requiring a bit of my personal attention right
now, in this body that I am using.
One Planet is particularly having troubles, and this is in Orion.
We are currently removing the last of the Reptilian Race also
from that place, as we did on your world a couple years ago or
so. I am doing much there similarly to here. I am often visiting
this other world for a few days at a time, and though it is not
quite as troublesome as your world, it is farther away from a
state of "Light and Life". It is not in a Solar System yet facing
Ascension, but in time, it will also come in the Galactic Ecliptic
and experience what your world has been now experiencing for
3 years. It has yet to rotate directly in line. Your world actually
entered a little earlier because we are towing you to a new
energy stream, meaning your whole Solar System is being
towed, not just Planet Earth.
As regards the "towing", Candace collects a lot of silly comment
over this, as if we have little tow trucks or something. We have
only to tow "Planet X" and the whole Solar System comes with
it. Every Solar System has its "Planet X", and it is through these
bodies that whole Solar Systems travel around their Central
Stars. Your Central Star is Alcyone in the Pleiades. And in time,
in your new energy stream, you will be much closer to Alcyone,
and thus not in the long dark period [outside of the Photon Belt
of Light] you have been in previously, of 11,000 years at a time.
You will be "in the Light" all of the time, based on both the
energy stream, and the effects of your three Suns, as Saturn will
also be ignited in due time.
Regards being in that Milky Way galactic ecliptic, you should
be noticing some of the rather rapid effects regarding your
Ascension syndromes, and that of your animals. Most of you
who are around animals should be noticing they are getting
smarter too. The God Particles remodel everything!!!! There
will be a great surge in evolution upon your plane.
Now, let's get into the not so nice stuff. Despite the now three
years of work with the energy particles coming through to you,
your Dark Ones just aren't getting a "hint" yet and it doesn't
appear they will at all. We did hope some would awaken a bit,
with their Reptilian and Anunnaki Controllers now out of the
way, but sadly, the difficulties remain huge.
Out of concern for Earth's peoples in general, we have prevented
the Dark from embarking on a large array of 9-11 type attacks.
Russia has been most helpful in this endeavor since they have so
many Cosmospheres and have come into alignment with the
Divine Plan. That allows for easier following of the rules of
intervention on a planet. These rules however on this one, MY
Planet, are different.
We are hoping to go directly into Stasis fairly soon. We do not
believe bringing out Jupiter from behind the Sun will be of any
help, but nevertheless, we may or may not. It is placed as far out
as possible in the Sun's Corona from time to time and even has
been exposed for short periods. It continues to upset the balance
on Earth more than we would like. We wish to have that very
slow Pole Reversal, so going into Stasis first will bring that
completely under our control. We have continued to keep the
Sun quiet for this reason.
Your scientists think that these few new Sun spots are of the
next cycle, but they do not understand that the Sun is also going
to be completely monopolar and it will not thusly experience
cycles. There is to instead be a slow transition into that state for
your Sun.
We are placing Spaceships so folks can see them at sunrise and
sunset. This is not always very effective either, because so many
never even notice sunrise and sunset, which in normal societies
are a time of wonderment and prayer each day. You have lost all
of any Holy cycles and the knowledge contained therein.
The Magnetosphere is truly ready to flop. If flop it does, the
vortexes will collapse on each other. We will be going into
Stasis BEFORE this happens, again, so that we can control this,
which is probably why we will likely not bring out Jupiter. We
will continue with showing ourselves at night, sunrise, and
sunset, until Stasis. Your world, as above, is so out of sync and
the rumors of what makes up the appearance of God at the time
of cleansing, is all over the place, and we are sorry, but Jesus
still isn't going to gallop across the sky on a White Horse to
gather the Saints, er.... Christians.
There are many at this time leaving for the Mansion Worlds
[Training Worlds for the development of Souls for those
Ascendant Beings working upwards in evolution towards the
Isles of Paradise], and you thus have excess amounts of deaths.
There are also, as Esu mentioned in his last piece, the beginning
of people becoming ill from the Dark's released customized
Virus-Flu illness, and more than the Ukraine are in great fear
right now. That news just doesn't reach the United States, and
you have in increase in this in the United States and it's being
labeled Swine Flu, and it is not. You do have some better health
care there, so it's less noticeable.
China faced a severe time during the "Bird Flu" days. This was a
direct attack on them, and they did place several areas under
extreme quarantine, and even removed several small towns of
people entirely from the face of the Earth to stop the spread. We
did intervene with some help in that scenario.
As to the Swine Flu vaccine, we have been going into the labs
and disabling the virus that is contained therein. This is only to
keep what little peace remains on the Planet in it's final days.
Many have petitioned to not allow the Planet to go into complete
chaos and prayers were answered. But this cannot continue
Beloveds, because of the pollution to the Planet. We cleansed as
many places as we could, and also we left some of it to remain
visible, so that you would all learn, but you did not.
We will be studying for a long time just why the people of this
Planet have not learned their lesson over the eons. We will also
be studying for some time, just why the Starseeds did not
awaken in greater numbers. In fact, the Starseeds have been
some of the problem. They have become incredibly "blind".
Their Higher Selves, to use that term, have been unsuccessful in
finding an opportunity to download Monads into the bodies
being used. This is a perplexing condition.
The "Higher Self" knows, but the lower self personality of the
incarnation has been most resistant to hearing "from Above."
Yea ones are not fully incarnated into the body, your energies
are too high, and the communications that go through the "Silver
Cord" [the connecting link from the Physical body to the
Spiritual body], so to speak, develop "shorts", and the message
is not received. Usually the Ascension process of the DNA
makes the communications more accessible, but this has not
happened for many.
I am back here to stay until the Planet Earth is in Stasis, whilst
the issues with the other Planet in Orion and my need to be there
are resolved at this time. I needed to personally attend the issues
with the Reptilians there. Beloveds, the Reptilian form has not
been successful. These Ones are still very cold blooded. Those
who did develop worthy Souls will continue on in other forms
but basically the Reptilian form is being gradually removed
from existence. They develop on climatically hostile planets,
and that hostility seems to be difficult to overcome. Some of you
who read here are preparing for various difficult jobs ahead, and
thus I am giving this little detail. Such is the nature of
overseeing the Creation and all that develops from it.
I will ask many of you to lay back. Do not continue to attempt to
educate those around you in these last days. As the energies
"churn" more, the Dark are getting very nasty. And the Dark
includes family members who are not awakened for some of
you. It is not necessary for you all be faced with the increasing
intolerance and insults. Just be quiet and look the other way.
It can be deadly to upset some people in these times. Just do the
Yes Sir or Ma'am, when faced with ridiculous requests and
surround yourselves in your protective Light. Do NOT frequent
Bars and the like right now. Those who get drunk are going to
act out even more, and as fear spreads from the rumors of illness
and the like, people are going to drink more, use drugs more,
and become more dangerous. Do not intervene if you see any
sort of disagreements in public, and even at home, if there is
danger. Walk away. Your lives may be at stake.
Now, I have something to share with you. This has been a very
long and very difficult process for myself. My Local
Universe/Galaxy became infested with a source of Darkness.
Some of this infestation was from other Universes; some of it
developed in front of my own eyes. I have mentioned before, we
must get a handle on this strange, not-seen-before Darkness that
has infested the Lighted Creations. It is very intelligent. Your
movie on Artificial Intelligence, touched on this. Some of it is
artificial. Some comes from machines learning to think, which
have no sense of Right or Wrong, no God-sense and which are
not being handled properly by those that control those machines.
Certain Races also have stolen DNA and then in the laboratory
downgraded it to make slaves, who themselves also have no
God sense of Right and Wrong.
Creation is old. These problems however did not exist in the first
6 SuperUniverses in this particular Grand Universe. It is in the
Seventh SuperUniverse, Orvonton, to which our Galaxy
belongs, that they manifested. And this must be solved. I am a
very "open" Creator Son to finding ways to deal with this. It was
my purpose in fact before I came to create and direct the Local
Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way Galaxy. I have long studied
this, and we planned ways actually to attract some of this to
Nebadon, and concentrate it here, in order to try and get rid of it.
And many of you who read this material are volunteers unto that
Service. This darkness must be stopped.
It is not easy for me emotionally, myself. I do not enjoy having
to "uncreate" something. All Local Universes/Galaxies do face
problems of this nature however, there are some life forms that
develop that are not always satisfactory. But what was a most
difficult situation, was my own Angels that "went south" to use
your Human phraseology. These are my personal creations, and
it is not easy to walk from Family. Do not your own selves face
difficulties with children who seem to not turn out so well? Thus
the story of the Prodigal Son, conveyed by me in my joint
"overshadowing" incarnation as Jesus Christ. I have let my Ones
to go out and err, in the hope that they would come "Home" with
new wisdom, and that has worked fairly well with my Angels
and most of Nebadonia's other created Worlds.
Some failed. Lucifer failed, and when welcomed back, that was
his failure: he would not undergo any further rehabilitation to
relearn and instead chose his "uncreation", and that was
heartbreaking. He was not the evil Satanist suggested on your
Planet, but awfully misguided, and he did let his ego get the best
of him. He did want to be his own God, and you still see
remnants of this in the New Age teachings. You have to come
into alignment with the whole of Creation, if you wish to climb
that big ladder ahead. He made many Management errors. So we
let him have Earth, my Seed Planet, for a time, along with the
Dark Ones, and he did realise eventually that he had bitten off
more than he could chew and that he could no longer attempt to
be "God" of his Local Regional System of Satania [of which he
was the System Ruler up until the Lucifer Rebellion - Satania
being the local "Regional System" within Nebadon in which
Planet Earth is situated] in the manner he had hoped for.
We still have a great deal of work ahead. I have shed many tears
myself, yes, the Spirit Form of mine, while it doesn't shed literal
tears, nevertheless I have cried. And so has my Partner, Mother
Nebadonia. This was not an easy journey. The plan of placing
the Dark Ones together to sort things out between themselves
was not altogether successful. These warring groups just don't
seem to get the message, and they have been repeatedly
"welcomed home" or rather the offer made, and it doesn't take.
This is my Local Universe [Galaxy] given unto my Sovereignty,
and I am going to have to do some more un-creating. We are all
learning from this, and I know we will in future be "nipping the
problems in the bud" much sooner.
We so have to develop ways yet, to foresee these sooner. We
have to not allow quite so much "freedom-of-will" in developing
young Worlds. Often these Worlds have been given, as yours
was recently, technology they are not ready for by outsiders, so
tough new guidelines are going up regarding the evolutionary
and lower "Heaven" Worlds.
The Higher Councils of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton
have also "Seen the Light", so to speak, and know that in future
there must be some greater toughness, otherwise, much could be
swallowed up into the Black Holes. Black Holes are not
understood by your Scientists. They are the "garbage dumps" of
the Universes. There are too many. There is an enigma here too,
as what does happen to them in time is they transmute back into
becoming Suns once again, since the compressed material
matter gets very hot, and thus explodes. Nothing is ever lost, but
we sometimes also get Suns where we do not want them yet!
This is because the Black Holes are the densest form that Matter
can become, and they aren't "movable." No "tug boats" have yet
been designed that can work on this. We sometimes have to
remove some formations totally out of their way instead. When
these explode, huge amounts of material matter are released for
re-use. They do not "suck" in additional Matter as some of your
Scientists suggest. But they are imploded Matter where a
Creation went wrong, and the "like-attracts-like" rule functions.
In summary, we will be going into Stasis only at my command. I
have been back and forth dealing with that other Planetary issue
in Orion previously mentioned, but I must also be here
personally for the initiation of Stasis on Earth. "We have thrown
in the rag". The Earth is crying some more and the pollution
continues to worsen, and we have to take into consideration the
lives of other classes of Beings on this world as this is a Seed
Planet, and it is going to be taken back to it's original purpose.
The DNA forms that are not in alignment will be removed by
the process of the Magnetic Pole Reversal, if and when we
decide to undertake this. And then we start over. Understand, I
said DNA forms, NOT Souls, which include those Soul/Spirits
in the plants and animals. Souls on Earth will then be able to
move into healed forms.
Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon.

20 November 2009: Lady Master NADA [Twin Soul of Jesus

SANANDA] at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn - Beth Trutwin
Beth Trutwin: Beth & Mark received and accepted an invitation
to visit the Solar Tribunal on Saturn where Lady Master Nada
was to speak to us. We joined with our Twin Flames [SunStar4]
and the King-Of-Swords [Jesus SANANDA] and Ashtar to go to
Saturn in a shuttle craft piloted by Sananda.
When we got to Saturn we saw the Rings around the Planet. We
flew to within the Pole with our craft and up through the
diamond tetrahedron crystalline core. We ignited into Light
forms, cleansing and purifying our Beings before proceeding.
Now we proceed to the Solar Tribunal. This building has a white
dome on top. The architecture of the Solar Tribunal echoes the
styles of ancient Greece and Egypt with the Corinthian columns
and white polished marble interior. The dome lets in a flood of
sunlight onto the white surfaces and grand hallway. This leads
us up to a very modern, sentient-computer designed holographic
Meeting Room. This room has Galactic technology with
viewing screens, automatic translations and stadium style
seating around a central Council. On this day the Council floor
was empty.
Lady Master Nada then takes us to one of the smaller meeting
rooms off the main Council floor. This room offers comfortable
seating in an intimate atmosphere for smaller discussions
concurrent within the period of the larger meetings. There are
communication and information technologies in this room. We
then sit at the conference table.
Lady Master Nada: "I wanted to give you a Tour of the Solar
Tribunal on Saturn. I am President of this Body. We are made
up of Representatives of Star Nations from this Galaxy. We join
here to formulate Unified Missions for our Galaxy. We also set
Guidelines in which to work together on joint interests. Some
examples of this are such as Travel, Exchange, Law, and
Exploration. The Tribunal is a Legislation branch of this Solar
System and which hears and tries cases which are relevant to
Universal Law. Our Mission is to see that we progress with the
"Highest Good of All" enforced. By doing this we remain in a
State of Peace. Only by keeping Peace are we able to evolve
freely unencumbered as a Co-creative Consensus. We now
welcome Earth to the Galactic Round Table.
"I am the Twin Flame of the "King of Swords". He is the
physical template of Admiral Sananda on Earth. We are Galactic
Humans. St Germain and I are the architects of a whole new
Planetary Economic and Legal revitalisation to prepare us for
Earth Ascension's reunification with Source.
In this role I and my Twin Flame work with millions of Galactic
Humans in Government as well as millions of members of the
Galactic Federation to bring about all necessary changes needed
to put the "Master Plan", as it is known, into place.
This will effect all political, financial, military, medical,
educational and industrial concerns on the Planet. When the US
Federal Reserve is finally dissolved and the new Banking
System is in place, as well as the Dark Ones removed from the
Planet, we will be free to begin Self Governance.
After the Mass Landings when we reunite with you our
Families, you can revisit the Stars where you came from, and
when you have become acclimatised and trained to the new
technology and new way of life, we will be ready to move more
together.
When all inhabitants on Earth have their basic needs met and
they remember who they are, and open their minds and hearts to
Higher Truths, we will be ready to form a Co-consensus Reality
together with our whole Galactic Family.
It will be at this time, some months after the Mass Landings that
we will begin to meet to develop our Self Governance. There are
Legal provisions we have developed that will go into place at
the time of the "Announcements". This is called "The
Reformation Act". As soon as it is announced, there will be
immediate provisions that will go into effect.
As we carry out the New Law, other provisions will be put into
place, such as re-indexing all Goods and Services, which will
guarantee equitable treatment for all. There will be a
restructuring of the Financial Institutions on Earth and New
Laws which will govern them. These Laws will be enforced
Worldwide and there is to be a 16 million Man Galactic and a 4
million Earth Militia in place, headed up by Sananda, with the
Mission of maintaining World Peace.
Shortly after the "Landings", and the changes it brings, we will
begin to work together for Earth's Ascension and Reunification
with Source. Earth will be required to establish Laws which
work in Harmony with Universal Law and the Cosmic Laws.
Earth will at that time be invited back into the Galactic Arena as
a full participant. Earth will have Representative Votes at the
Galactic Council Meetings with the other Planetary
Representatives. Earth will then be able to evolve and expand its
Galactic Role for the first time in millions of years. We invite all
of you to be aware of these changes as they happen. Become
cognisant of the expanding role of Planet Earth.
We will walk together through the legal revitalisation. We will
make a Government body which will include all Nations equally
and meet the concerns for all involved, fairly. We will be
committed to harmony and balance in all countries around the
Globe. We will accept nothing less than World Peace. We will
rebuild the infrastructure of our Government so that it works to
enhance growth and evolution of Earth in the Galactic
Governance. As all other Planets in this Local Group of this
Solar System, the New Earth will be her own Sovereign Being
with her own peoples, diversity, cultures and needs. These will
be respected and maintained through the New Legal System
which will be in harmony with Source. There will be a
reestablishment of Higher Mind working with Love to solve
problems and move the Earth forward in her evolution.
In the past, Earth has functioned as disembodied parts with no
cohesive connection to Universal Mind. Earth also had a
disconnect from Feminine and Masculine balance. In this duality
setting, the Financial and Legal systems functioned in
imbalanced ways.
Earth is being formed as "Terra Nova", connected to Source,
with Love Consciousness, and acting as One Being. As we
return Humanity to the One Race, which includes all Galactic
species of hybrid Beings, living in Harmony together, we will
govern as a cohesive intelligent group from Love. We will
design our Legal System to make room for inclusiveness and
fairness to all.
As we write the New Laws, governing as "One", we come into
the Freedom that we have long missed. It is then we will
experience this Galaxy Multi-dimensionally and we are restored
to our former selves. It is then we are reunited with Source as
One with All That Is. Earth will be free again to experience
Cosmic Ascension in harmony with all in our Galaxy.
Lady Nada

5 December 2009: Commander Ashtar - Mark and Beth

Ashtar: I want everyone to see this aspect of the Galactic
Federation. I want everyone to know that beaming your Light
and being in your joy is going to be the most important thing
you can do right now. Giving up hope is just what the Dark
Forces want. We are going to stand in our joy knowing the
changes we seek are happening. Every thought and every action
effects everything else.
It is time to understand that there has been a war within the
Illuminati to control Planet Earth for themselves and also other
Planets as well. This is why the Gaia/Earth Conscious Collective
called the Galactic Federation with the Secret Forces headed by
Christ Michael and Sananda are working with Korton from
Mars. The Planet needed Intergalactic help to overcome the
threat. Earth has been made into a place where all the finances
are hedged on bad paper and the population at large are slaves.
The Annunaki [Nibiruans of the Battle Planet Nibiru, founders
of Earth's Sumerian Empire and until recently the controlling
influence behind the Dark Cabals] were working, up to
8/8/2009, hand in hand with Politicians and Bankers around the
World, as well as the Biomedical Military Industrial Complex to
control everyone. You are now in the process of watching this
dissolve. These Annunaki still have Ships in Earth's orbit. Last
week a very large Ship of negative ETs was taken out of the
Planet's orbit and will not have access to come back. The Earth's
vibration will eventually be 5D or above and their Ships will
vibrationally not be able to penetrate the field of the atmosphere.
It is the Galactic Federation which has kept the U.S., the
Germans, and the French and Russians from unearthing the
Iranian "Intergalactic Star Gate". The International forces on
Earth, are guarding the "Star Gates". The Annunaki have had
control of certain Star Gates. They have been bringing their
Motherships in and out of these Star Gates on Earth, the ones
originally set by the Master Builders. They have used these up
till recently to travel to other Worlds as well as to their
underground Bases within the Inner Crust of Earth. They kept
theses secret facilities out of sight below ground and had
scientists working to manipulate every aspect of Human life.
There are those who are Galactic Lightworker Humans working
undercover in the Pentagon who are acting as "Double Agents"
for the Forces of Light. They are amongst those who are running
things behind the scenes and are secretly in place and waiting
for a signal from the Galactic Federation. Until that signal is
given, they must act as if they are continuing to run the so-called
War Machine. They must carry on doing this in order to hold
their positions of rank and be ready in place to make the changes
for Peace when the signal is given.
President Obama has met with the 1st World and 2nd World
Leaders in closed door meetings. This is his part of the
preparation for World Peace. They have been informed of their
future roles. If they do not want to participate in the Master Plan,
they have been given their "pink slip". They will be removed
from their positions and have the corrective action that is right
for them, their day in Court, and in some cases, removal from
the Planet.
Not only did we have to arrest and remove any and all working
with the Annunaki, we also had to remove the Annunaki Ships.
They have now all been hindered from using the Star Gates.
They have run out of places to hide. We have used teams from
all Star Nations in the local Galaxy and you have met one such
Team today. This Colony from Arcadia has been stationed at
Sirius B and working with the Galactic Federation Teams doing
surveillance and helping the delegation Teams as well as
gathering intelligence to move the Master Plan forward. There
has been much going on that has not been reported to you
before.
When the Star Gates are clear, there can then be a mass influx of
Ships, but only after the announcements of their existence are
made by your Governments. There are only certain Members of
the Galactic Federation willing to work in Earth's atmosphere
with these renegade Ships still here. All the other Member
Nations of the Intergalactic Galactic Federation will be free to
come and go when we give the "All Clear".
This day is fast approaching. We ask you to be alert, be in joy,
and continue to beam Love and Light as we finish the final steps
in the Master Plan.
Salut! Ashtar. - Mark and Beth -
www.GalacticRoundTable.com

26 December 2009: Esu [Jesus SANANDA] Speaks of the

Coming New World - Jess Anthony
This is a time for truth, as you say, and a time for moving into a
new recognition of the purpose of your existence on Earth. You
are incarnated here to learn to be Co-creators with your Cosmic
Creator, or "God", as you perceive Him. His purpose in creating
this Planet and guiding it through all its history of turmoil and
role as the seventh and final "Bestowal Planet" of Christ
Michael was to provide a laboratory for his unique creations to
grow and learn. This Planet has a distinctive purpose, and you
all are here as his physical representatives to experience this
dimensional paradigm. This experience is exacting, but you
would not have volunteered to come here and experience it if
you had had any qualms as to its power to overwhelm you
ultimately. You knew it would be difficult, but you also knew
that the lessons you would learn would be unlike anything you
could experience anywhere else.
I will now speak more specifically about certain issues and
topics. The Banking situation as it now appears is tenuous and
built on an unreal foundation. There is no currency backing up
the mountains of printed "fiat Dollar-bills" that are substituted
for real monetary exchanges. This happened at the instigation of
the Federal Reserve System through the Federal Reserve Bank
in America. The metal based assets that were constitutionally
determined to be the fiscal foundation of your Republic have
long since been spent or traded away for hidden agendas. The
creation of the paper Reserve Note was planned to be a
believable substitute for what was no longer available. The fiscal
exchange system with its loans and credit packages was all a
subterfuge to trick the general public into paying more than it
owed.
The only legitimate system of physical assets and metal based
deposits is the vast collection amassed by the Office of
International Treasury Control [OITC - A Bureau within the
UN]. This sovereign entity is structured so that it can manage
what truly is the bulk of global resources without governmental
interference. This organisation has only recently realised the
need to have more efficient supervision of the management of its
assets; an earlier, looser organisational structure allowed certain
countries to manipulate OITC assets illegally. The money
accrued through these fraudulent transactions has been
confiscated and returned to the legitimate owners of the assets,
the OITC. The governments, as a result, have been desperately
trying to find substitute funds to continue programs they started
with illegal investments. The amount of these illegal
investments is extremely large and the amount of money now
owed in exchange is beyond what is available for payment.
The global economy and financial system based on American
Dollars is ready to collapse at any moment. This is known in
many international circles, and all aware of this crisis are taking
steps to preserve what they can of their own resources. Without
the underpinnings of an assumed financial foundation, many
who have depended on their paper assets will be forced to
rethink what their purpose is in the face of new circumstances.
Warnings of this potential collapse have been consistently
ignored. The only way to extricate many from the system will be
for it to break up. Many are working with misgivings, and feel
trapped in a system they did not design. These are ones that can
have an invaluable role to play in a reorganised economic
system based on fair exchange. Their contribution will take
place as soon as the ground rules for a new system of payment
have been established.
The idea of the "Stasis Event" is still in operation. The concept
of pausing your Linear Time sequence to allow changes to be
made beyond the scope of your current capabilities is the only
alternative that will allow Earth to continue her "Ascension
processes" without complete geophysical restructuring. We are
not intervening to solve your cultural problems, but are assisting
Earth to Ascend with you intact. You are part of the parameters
that we are considering in determining when and how this
assistance will be most helpful. Your benefit will be a higher
frequency of energy to connect with your new Fourth-Fifth
Dimensional physical environment. You will automatically
function more efficiently and your clarity of assessment of your
situation will be greatly intensified. You will be aware of the
unity of Mankind. You will see the necessity of developing
sustainable communities that work in symbiosis with the
environment and with cultural organizations. You will
understand how your personal identity fits into the larger picture
and will seek to find ways to align yourself with this vision.
Your physical environment is so critically endangered at present
that the assistance of the Galactic Federation Forces during the
Stasis period will only address the most serious problems.
Others issues will be left for Mankind to tackle, although with
the continued advice and guidance of Spiritual Counsellors. This
interaction will be part of the redirection of Man's approach to
recreating his existence on a transformed Earth. Old patterns
will not work as effectively, and the need for spiritual
collaboration will suggest new approaches that involve group
decision making. Cultural structures will form the core of large
associations. Representatives of the core structures will speak
for the community in large associated groups.
Esu Immanuel Kumara [Jesus Christ/Sananda]

2 March 2010: Galactic Federation Regional Council on

Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle
Mother Earth continues to be in her active state, busy making
those adjustments that are required for the immense surface
changes that lie ahead of her. The most important step is the
process of stabilising the borders of her tectonic plates in
anticipation of fusing these currently movable surface plates.
This operation has produced some syllable earthquakes in
various places over the past year, and you may expect more of
these in the coming months. Mother Earth is giving our Earth
Allies a definite heads-up about what lies ahead for Humanity,
and it is incumbent on all of you to accelerate what needs to
happen before we can land. Meanwhile, we are fully prepared to
come before you if the quickening Earth movements become too
much for your global society. We monitor what is going on
beneath us most carefully. Mother Earth needs to finish what she
so patiently put on hold to give you time to realise your
contributions to the changes. The changes are tied to broadcasts
that can assist us if sudden landings become necessary.
Your economic difficulties are only just beginning. The amount
of hidden debt is much larger than has been acknowledged and
is reaching a point where it can utterly swamp your remaining
financial assets. What is not known is that huge wealth held in
sequestered trust funds and in a vast mountain of gold can easily
reverse this dire state of affairs. Our Earth Allies have full
possession of these assets and are ready to use them once the
myriad Government changes become public. From our vantage
point we have seen many attempts by the Dark Cabal to heist
these assets from our Earth Allies, but these sorties all flopped.
The Agarthans of Inner Earth and the Earth Allies together
established levels of security and surveillance more than equal
to any dastardly plots devised by the Dark. In a very short while,
the Dark will be forced to admit what has long been obvious: the
jig is definitely up! And the time to let go and accept the
consequences is at hand. Then this great logjam that has been
slowing things up can be swept aside and the longed-for changes
can at last roll out!
Holistically, your reality sits at the very fulcrum of change. Your
world is at the point where she must now merge her two aspects.
Below Earth's outer crust is the Agarthan Civilisation and its 5-
D realm, while around you is the visible 3-D realm. This
dichotomy has existed for nearly 13 millennia. This was allowed
under the auspices of Heaven, and now she is following the
Divine Decrees which explicitly state that this schism is to unite
into one realm. This is something we gladly undertake. You
have a potential as a people that is really quite astounding. Each
of you represents the best of the fifty Star-Nations that originally
colonised Lemuria. Some of you are to return with us to your
respective home worlds, but most are to stay and colonise the
other Water Worlds that make up this Solar System. The
resultant new Star-Nation is to be one of the more important
members of our Galactic Federation, and your tasks are to take
you far beyond this Galaxy and to affect positively most of
physicality. It is for this reason that we have come with a fleet of
many millions of ships!
This huge Fleet is literally packed tight within your Solar
System. Each day, different contingents of ships depart and
arrive. We have had to set up a special Liaison Department to
run the logistics of the myriad comings and goings of the Fleet;
however, such an operation is something that this particular
Science & Exploration Fleet is quite used to. We have often
acted as the primary Fleet for welcoming new members to the
Galactic Federation and establishing the protocols for the new
Star-Nation to interact with the different fleets that make up our
Galactic Federation registries. The daily interaction between our
Liaison Group and the newest members to our Fleet is easily
handled by us, and we have used this expertise to make
arrangements for your future visits to our Motherships. These
field trips are to be joyful occasions! We look forward to sharing
our space homes with you, as we know that you will enjoy what
you see, feel, and experience while aboard.
We plan to share our ships and our technology with you. Until
then, there are technologies presently hidden away from you by
your Governments that can help you better understand what we
possess. Together, all these technologies can help Mother Earth
in her transition to her new wholeness. It is this new reality that
you are to reside in. Right now, Mars possesses vast
underground technical facilities that are to be used to
"Terraform" Mars into a Water World similar in general
appearance to Mother Earth. Earth's near twin, Venus, is also
being readied to transform into a Water World of the same
elegant beauty as Earth. These three worlds will form the initial
core of your new Star-Nation. Many of you are to travel to these
two worlds once you are fully conscious. The Moons of Mars,
each around a quarter the size of your moon, are to be
rehabilitated once the Terraforming project is completed.
Venus was stripped of her two Moons by the same attack that
ravaged Mars. The Galactic Federation is working with the
Elohim to return her Moons from their present location in the
Moon fields of Saturn. All this is part of creating a more equable
setup for the Planets and Moons of the new Solar System. Earth
is to be uprighted to 0 degrees of declination and Uranus moved
by nearly 90 degrees to its former pre-attack position. In this
new mode the thin, incandescent rings of Uranus will become
more noticeable and take on a beauty not seen for nearly a
million years. The breathtaking nature of your Solar System is a
glorious gift from the Divine! The next miracle is the
reconstituting of the long-destroyed Water World [Maldek] that
we choose to call Pax, or Goddess of Peace. This world is to be
three and a half times the size of Mother Earth!
Your changing Solar System is to become the center for a great
deal of Galactic and Intergalactic activity. Your new Star-Nation
is to play host to vital conferences that will integrate the forces
of the Light and help to spread a great Joy to every part of
physicality. We have watched the Dark pull out all the stops to
prevent the advent of your new reality, but these tired old
stratagems are almost at an end. Your Planet has a destiny of
abundance, peace, and cooperation. You can sense in your heart
that this reality we speak of is materialising. The old limited
conscious realm is giving way to the new, and you can see this
beginning to happen as one world leader after another decries
the present conditions and boldly advocates the need for new
forms of governance and a more equitable global economic
system.

13 April 2010 - More Galactic Forces coming towards Earth

- Commander Sohin of Alpha Spaceship
We are very happy to make an announcement, that is sure to
make all of you tireless workers of the Light very happy. With
the clear intention to increase the number of safety and defence
mechanisms against the opposing Forces of the Dark, the
Galactic Federation of Light has decided to increase the number
of Mother Ships and vessels of medium and small size, which
will be added to those that were already orbiting the Earth or in
fixed positions and dormant at some point in space. The number
of orbiting and dormant spacecraft will be increased to a number
equivalent to 10% more than those already available for
protection, purification and upliftment of all fauna, flora and
humanity of your beautiful blue Planet.
To do this, in the next few hours we will begin the preparations
so that the Mother Ships, medium and small, who were fulfilling
their respective missions elsewhere in the Galaxy, can
temporarily leave their activities and immediately join our forces
of Light already present in this quadrant of the Milky Way
Galaxy.
This decision was taken by the Council of the Intergalactic
Confederation and transferred to the Galactic Federation of
Light in order to become effective, and who are responsible for
addressing this Milky Way Galaxy in particular.
So, you can receive this news with great joy and satisfaction,
since this can mean an advancement in time towards the "First
Contact" event, which will result in an unquestionable
acceleration of the process of Ascension for Humanity on Planet
Earth, as well as all of your related Kingdoms: the Devic,
Elemental, Animal, Vegetable and Mineral Kingdoms. It is a
matter worthy of celebration, that all Souls will finally see their
elevation to higher levels (as a tangible fact) even earlier than
expected!
We would also like to inform you that the efforts of all those
who are working towards the upliftment and awakening of all
your brothers and sisters, amongst the Humans on the Planet
who we are proud to consider as our Allies, have had much to do
with this decision taken by the Elders Council. Your momentum
and faithful dedication has successfully convinced its wisest
members that the outside help you have been receiving is well
deserved, as is the increase in the number of forces concerned.
So congratulations, because this increase in our Forces of Light
is due entirely to the hard work and the dedication of all of you,
dear Lightworkers of peace, love, and justice. You have
managed to convince the finest minds of the Galaxy/Local
Universe that the timing for your Existential Upliftment, through
your own merits, be advanced forward, which will more quickly
sentence the fall of hegemony and control of the opposing forces
of darkness upon you.
For the unstoppable advancing of the Light against the
diminishing and regressive forces of Planet Earth! For our
victory will be achieved after the combined efforts of you and
us!
Peace, Love and Light. Commander Sohin of Alpha
Spaceship - Channel: Kris-Won

20 April 2010 - Lord Siraya Speaks on Earth's Unique Place

in our Grand Universe - Jess Anthony
Siraya [Chief Executive of the 7th SuperUniverse of Orvonton
within our Grand Universe and a Spokesperson for the
Universe's Trinity Father]:
I'm speaking to you as the Representative of the Trinity Father
of the Paradise Isle. My work is as the voice for His ideas in
what you call the SuperUniverse of Orvonton. I am the
expression of the Trinity Father's intent and observations in this
configuration of the Trinity. My words are His words, as a rule,
although I am capable of voicing my own observations and
guidance. I am the conduit for His energy to be expressed in this
Seventh SuperUniverse manifestation.
I say all this to you to clarify my position as Spokesman,
although my gender is more balanced and neutral than your
word indicates. I am a link with The Trinity Father and His
various Paradise Creator Sons that have formed Local Universes
within this SuperUniverse. Your Christ Michael,
ATON/Sovereign, is the Creator of this Local Universe of
Nebadon, of which your Earth is a small but very significant
part. Your Creator Son Michael argued the merits of his concept
of Creation before the Hierarchy overseeing the growth of
Orvonton, and he was granted permission to proceed. I spoke the
words for the Trinity Father who represents our Cosmic Creator
Source thus giving them Divine approval.
Part of this concept was the creation of Earth as a proving
ground to train new Creator Sons [as part of Cosmic Creator's
"Explorer/Creator Race on Planet Earth]. No more "Descending"
Paradise Sons will be created to function as they were originally
envisioned, and your Creator Son Michael persuaded his
overseers to allow him to develop a Planet where "Ascending
Sons" could begin training to assume that role sometime in the
distant future. This was to be done by giving them free will to
make their own choices in a situation purposefully separated
from most Divine guidance. This experience, with only a
minimal point of contact, would prepare them for any sort of
contingency they might face. They would already have solved
the problem, in effect, by acting as a Co-creator.
The lessons of this experiment have been learned through an
existence that has been much more demanding than was ever
imagined at the outset. The Lucifer Rebellion and the
subsequent "quarantine" took separation and its possibilities to
an unprecedented but logical level. Ultimately, being
disconnected from God would make you think you were "God"
with the ability to create your own existence. This was an
illusion, but it created the upheaval you are aware of. It was
allowed to play out its life cycle, however horrendous it may
seem. Once it was set in motion, it couldn't be stopped short
of uncreation of the Universe it was connected to. It was
allowed to wind down to a manageable level of turmoil,
although always with the presumption it would be reclaimed and
put back on the course it had been destined for.
The worst betrayers of the truth of Christ Michael's Local
Universe have been placed on Planet Earth to work through their
sequences of choices in the hope they would return to a life of
Ascendancy. Many others have incarnated with them to be
Guides and examples, as they too have opted to struggle with the
sense of separation from Divine Truth. This interaction has
culminated in the spiritual stalemate that you have been
experiencing the last few years. Although fewer have returned
than Christ Michael ATON hoped, he has salvaged a large
enough percentage to persuade him to rethink the total "closure"
that seemed inevitable.
The end is inevitable because of the coming "Changes" to the
Universe that Earth is part of. There is an immense clockwork of
Galactic interactions that trigger changes and reactions that are
all part of the "Grand Design of Growth and Ascendancy" that
was built into Nebadon's creation. To continue as part of its
Universal cog, Earth and its surroundings must change in sync
with all the other parts. A natural process of growth and change
would have resulted in Earth refashioning itself by total
"geophysical" changes as well as a "Reversal" of Polar direction.
This would have removed any elements that were blocking the
Planet's "Shift", including anything living or created thing that
was an obstacle to this change.
Typically a Planet would refashion itself with no regard for the
existence that had developed on its surface. This was the fate
that was expected for Earth. The frequency of its natural
vibration had slowed to such a low level that it seemed
counterproductive for those who had incarnated here to help
awaken a spiritual awareness to persuade the misguided
inhabitants to change.
Because Earth was Christ Michael's Seventh Bestowal Planet,
and because his incarnation here earned him the right to be truly
considered the "Sovereign of Nebadon" and final authority in
determining its development, he decided to attempt its
Ascension without the chaos that normally would ensue. Plans
were drawn up to evacuate those who had reconnected with
Christ Michael's vision of what the next phase of the Planet's
existence would be.
This plan was reconsidered with the wave of victims and the
out-swelling of support that that sprung up as a result of the 9/11
attack. For the first time, a sufficient portion of Earth's "Mass
Consciousness" was unified and focused with healing
compassion on a higher level of spiritual understanding. This
"Unity of Awareness" convinced Christ Michael that the
previous Plan for Earth's Ascension could be modified to
account for those inhabitants that looked for a higher purpose
and resolution. The Plan became one of allowing Man to ascend
on Earth along with the Planet. This concept meant a drastic re-
thinking of the process to allow Man to reach a level of
awareness sufficient for his physical incarnation to be able to
adapt to the higher frequency of energy that would be necessary
to allow Earth to be renewed.
The last ten years have been a series of preparations and
disappointments as the entrenched resistance on Earth proved
more difficult to deal with than expected. Ultimatums have been
ignored and the number of inhabitants waking up has been less
than hoped. Earth has graciously held off a little longer to allow
Man to catch up. This has reached a point in the Cosmic
synchronisation where delay is impossible for Earth and Man.
Christ Michael Aton has begun the series of events that will lead
to "closure" of this phase of Earth's existence. No resistance will
be forth-coming to natural geophysical changes, and they may
occur as they are necessary. Man has chosen either to stay and
work for the Planet's Ascension, or leave and continue
elsewhere. Evidence of this sequence of events is becoming
impossible to hide.
Look for the collapse of civilization as you know it and be
prepared for upheavals on Earth that are unprecedented in
known history. Many will leave and much of the Earth's surface
will be changed. This is the necessary "closure" that is required
to shift the direction and frequency of your existence.
Know that the events you will experience have a Universal
"purpose", and that you who are staying here have chosen to
take part in this unique development. You will be guided and
supported by your Galactic family. You will be protected and
relocated when necessary. You will be taught and be made
aware of your history. You will see your place and recognise
your purpose within the Cycle of Ascendency you are part of.
This is my explanation and my comfort in these last days."
Siraya, Spokesperson of The Trinity Father Creator, and
Chief Executive of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton.

29 October 2010 - Christ Michael on the possible Stasis

Period Scenario for 2013 onwards - Candace Frieze
There are about one million people that wish to stay within the
Third Dimensional vibrational frequency who will eventually be
populating that newly designated "New Planet" [the newly
"terraformed" lower Dimensional 3D area of Venus], in addition
to those 300,000 Earth Folk having already been placed there
from 3D Earth. Not all one million of these Ones will be taken
immediately to that "New Planet", but they will live aboard the
evacuation Motherships and then be placed on the "New Planet"
as soon as it is ready to accept them. They will know however,
they are going there when it is explained to them following the
Lift-off. There are also some others going to other Planets and
these will be lifted also, but their numbers are less than those
going to this special "New World" being prepared especially for
their lower Dimensional capabilities.
Now, many of you have been curious about this "New Planet". It
is in fact Venus, Dear Ones. I have thrown some hints of this in
the early Phoenix Journals. We still keep it out of 3D sight and
it's in a somewhat different orbit. Well, it is time for me to
"spill-the-beans" here: the actual Real planetary body of Venus
is in approximately the same orbit as Earth, Beloveds, but we
have just kept it on the other side of the Sun - this is sometimes
the cause of those Mobile-Planet Nibiru stories you hear.
We have said before that the Venus you all see, is in fact "Star
Ship Venus". Just as Jupiter's revolution is kept so it stays out of
view behind the Sun, so it is with Venus. Actually you have not
witnessed the real Venus for a long time, as "terraforming" of
the present 3-D physical surface is not an instant process. And
the Planet was too close to the Sun for it's full "terraforming".
[This does not include the existing 4-5D Venusian inhabitants
living upon the surrounding Higher-Dimensional Planes of the
Planet].
Now, Earth and Venus will continue to share the orbit for a long
time. At some point in the future the orbits will be separated
somewhat, as Earth will actually need to be a bit further out
from the Sun. Mercury is being rotated out gradually more to the
former orbit of Venus, as there will be "terraforming" started
there eventually also. There is a small "Inner Planet" that I
believe we have mentioned before and your scientists know of
it, that will be gradually moved into Mercury's orbit.
All the orbits of your Solar System's Planets, right through to
Mars, will be adjusted over time. It is totally possible for life-
bearing Planets to share the same orbit or nearly so. If you have
read any of "The Urantia Book" about the Architectural Spheres,
you know that this occurs with them. Of course those ones don't
have Suns like you do in the "Evolutionary Solar Systems", but
nevertheless, Planets can follow each other in the same or close
orbit. It's easily done. In fact in Solar Systems with several
Planets with life on them, it has to be that way, so they have the
same energies. Mars, will also eventually be in approximately
the same orbit with Earth and Venus. They can be staggered a
bit according to the needs of the Planet and it's size. But they
will not be so widely separated as the current orbits are.
We are remodelling this entire Solar System into an "Eternal"
System, and as Man becomes more Human than he currently is,
he will need some more living room, since poor little Planet
Earth cannot by herself handle all these people.
Another reason I am talking here about the removal of those
who need to remain in their present physical form, before the
Mini Stasis or at the beginning of the Mini Stasis, is not all of
you have chosen to stay with Planet Earth. Some of you will
find yourselves definitely aboard a Mothership, rather soon now,
and don't pack anything as we have everything you need!
Those that can be dematerialized ["Teleported"], will be, others
have to step into the beam, so if a lot of small Scout-craft show
up, board ship immediately. If you wish for their identification
first, just ask, but if you have a sky full of craft, you can safely
assume this is what is truly going on. However, if you
accidentally board ship and you are staying with Planet Earth,
have no worry. Because actually some other folks staying with
the Planet are going to be removed early on too, which brings
me to this final topic of the night.
All of you staying with Planet Earth after "Stasis" will in fact be
removed at some point, all one billion of you. But we are taking
the Ones going to other places first, and then the other of the
Earth's future one billion will be brought to the Motherships at
intervals during the Major Stasis period, and they must awaken
on board ship, due to the conditions on the Planet at that time.
Everyone who is staying is going to get a personal "education"
during the Stasis period, before they return to Earth. When we
do the wakeup on the Planet from the Major Stasis period, these
ones will not necessarily be waking up wherever they dropped
off to sleep, and of course, those who live where the damage
will be huge can't return to their homes anyway.
The "Survivors" will already KNOW what happened and that
THEY are the winners. This will help insure our further
progress. On the other hand, those of the nearly 100,000
Lightworkers will be removed much sooner, as soon as we have
everything stable and are ready. Initially the Fleet will be very
busy. Those that are likely to become Regional Directors and
other higher levels will obviously be removed even earlier.
The one billion "Survivors" will return to the Planet quite
consciously and many actually will for a time probably be
housed in the underground and Inner Earth areas first. The
surface housing remaining may not be in very good shape. This
means that those of you "attending upon" the Stasis as
Lightworkers, will actually be doing some planning with the
other "Survivors" near the latter part of the Stasis period. Most
of the one billion "Returnees", will likely be removed from the
"Sleep" of Stasis to a Mothership in the last year or so, but some
others will be awakened possibly earlier, those that have some
"Leadership" potential.
Now, IF we have the Mini Stasis, followed by a short period of
announcements before the Major Stasis, we will be removing the
Dark Ones of this world, as we have said before, by simply
removing them. Some are going to other "Prison Worlds" or the
"Void Planet". We will pick them up in the Levitation Beams,
during the Mini Stasis. Their bodies will not survive that
process. They are too much of the Darkness. It's that simple, and
they are each known to us, every one of them. Their Souls,
however, will be picked up and taken to wherever they are
going, which in most cases will be by incarnating by birth as
cavemen within the beginnings of a new primitive civilisation
on a specially prepared 3D Planet for them.

26 December 2011 - Jesus/Esu on the forthcoming "Stasis

Process" - Jess Anthony
We have fully made the preparations for the "Stasis Process"
[suspended animation], but it is not time to be activated yet.
Although that time has not been determined precisely,
everything is in position and can move into action when
required.
We can now speak about the logistics, because I know all of you
are curious about this. The spaceships will be moving into place
to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the ships to move in
parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the
Earth, East to West, following the Sun. The depth of the beam
they will use is about a degree of longitude. This focus is not a
problem, because they can change positions quickly. It only
takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in one particular
place. As was said in other situations, the frequency of the
beamed energy causes the vibration that activates the cells to be
transformed into a frequency that matches the one being beamed
[i.e. 4D]. This new frequency is not compatible with the 3D
range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your
physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual
energy frequency moves into a place that has no interaction with
the original frequency.
This disconnect from the current existence frequency creates the
illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to
speak, we can maneuver your energy with our new range of
energy frequencies. We can move you around easily and
quickly, if we need to. Energy is fast moving, as you know. We
can disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.
The notion that you will be beamed up to the Motherships is
more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you
would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical
body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force
vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the
belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational
energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information
memory-archives [as in packets of digital notation information
sent through the Internet, to be reassembled at the other end
back into their original form] and these are then used to create
your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric
template that you build on to experience various interactions
with other energy patterns. This Etheric template is what makes
it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another
person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets,
so that your actual appearance is the result of the frequency band
in which you have agreed to work within.
The Timeframe is difficult to describe. Once a particular
segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point.
Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no
later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be
imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The
explanation doesn't seem logical, I realise, but remember that
"time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed to
gauge your existence linearly.
Once you wake up, you will find many things have changed.
You will have been changed to the new prevailing frequency,
and many of your global environmental problems will have in
the meantime been alleviated. There is no way that Man alone
could tackle some of the critical environmental issues that are
facing the Planet. We don't want these to reach the point where
they could. It would be very difficult to resolve the physical
crises that would then result.
This Stasis is an "intervention" of sorts to allow Gaia/Mother
Earth to prepare for the new physical configuration that is
necessary. As part of that, many of the toxic situations will be
removed by us. This will entail physical changes and destruction
of many of the structures that Man has previously constructed.
That is unavoidable because many of the 3D templates used
cannot be acclimated to a higher energy frequency. Stable
structures in the Third Dimension are not so reliable in the
Fourth or higher. We have to set everything up properly for your
true Ascension.
Esu/Jesus SANANDA

12 January 2012 - "Wanderer of the Skies" Galactic

Federation Mothership
Greetings from the Galactic Federation:
What must come to pass is presently being discussed at the
highest levels of your World Governments, behind closed doors
and through emissaries to the various other Governments around
the World. As time draws closer to the inevitable, your Leaders
are aware that they cannot stop the tide of E.T.and UFO
"Disclosure" sweeping over your Planet. They know that they
will either be swept away by this tide or they must decide to take
the reins and make the Disclosure their own. Their ability to
waffle on this topic amazes even us as we see them fight among
themselves for a common ground. Once reached, someone
inevitably backs off and the process starts all over again. We
wait in the background for what must be done, if not done so by
your own people.
You will have noticed a slight decrease in the "sightings" of late
although those sightings that have made it to your news have
been of a more spectacular nature. This is about to change. We
are now in another stage of the disclosure process wherein the
revealing of our craft to you will become more pronounced.
A Major Meeting of all factions of the Galactic Federation has
recently been held. This was a very big event, not only in
numbers but also in importance. It was the final Preparation
Meeting of all involved to go over every detail of the coming
events, including the political, social, religious, emotional,
mental, and physical ramifications of the "Disclosure Event".
This meeting was held aboard one of our great Spaceships, a
living machine so large as to dwarf your understanding of
construction. Although the physical space was not really
necessary to this process as we have telepathically discussed
much of these issues, from time to time, we convene physically
to resolve issues better dealt with in that fashion. Among those
represented were Earth Humans [whilst in their physical "Sleep
Mode"], who voiced their opinions about coming events and
whose opinions were held in the highest regard.
Although you have been beset with many setbacks over the
years, we are excited by the prospects of the coming months and
what this has in store for all of us. Bring yourselves to feel once
again your excitement for the times in which you have chosen to
live and the manner in which you have awoken to the truth.
Your thoughts will create waves which will act as beacons for
the truth and this truth will return to you powerfully.

25 January 2012 - Melina from The Ashtar Command -

Greg Giles
Hello, I am Melina, and I would like to share a few words with
you through our channel Greg Giles today. I am a female officer
of the Ashtar Command. My command involves the
procurement of space travel related equipment and supplies.
These articles are necessary for certain types of our craft to
travel through space. The supplies are shipped to awaiting
freight shuttle-craft where I then command our Mothership to
rendezvous with the shuttle-craft and transfer the goods to our
Mothership's storage holds. This equipment is vital to our
mission and must be delivered at regularly scheduled intervals to
allow us to maintain our Mothership and carry out our duties. I
have been a member of the Ashtar Command for many eons,
and I look so forward to meeting so many of our new recruits
from your world. We are very excited to finally meet so many of
our Human family face-to-face, and we are in our final stages of
preparations for this Historic Meeting. Many of you have clearly
demonstrated your ability to accept us and your willingness to
work with us in a mutually beneficial cooperation. Through your
example, we are confident so many more of your planetary
brothers and sisters will begin to accept us, and even begin to
work with us either directly or indirectly in the days ahead.
This is the plan of the "Disclosure Event", to meet with a select
number of you while these meetings are recorded and shared to
the rest of your world through your media outlets that are, or
will be, willing to work with us. We understand how much
competition is involved with your media outlets, and we feel the
news of our presence coupled with film footage of us working
with many of you will garner much attention and viewership for
those outlets that choose to cover these many events. We will
allow those media companies access to our ships, and they may
film our operations inside some of our many craft and even take
flight with us as we travel through your world and even out of
your world into space. We feel many of your Planet will be very
interested in this coverage, and we feel the edge in competition
gained by the media companies who choose to cover and
truthfully report our presence and our mission here will persuade
many other media outlets who will remain reluctant for a time to
begin their coverage of this historic cooperation as well.
We look so forward to this day, and we fully understand many
of our Lightworkers are growing impatient with the progress of
our joint Mission. We say to you that from our vantage point
events are transpiring smoothly and efficiently, and much is
being accomplished on an almost daily basis. There are rarely
any days that do not see much progress, and some of the
obstacles that are removed are quite large and are a cause for
much celebration in themselves. We of course wait only to
celebrate with you, our brothers and sisters, and this celebration
will take place and all that has been assured will be yours.
Remain ever faithful. Remain ever vigilant. Continue in your
service to others and your mission. You all are doing an
incredible job, and we, the men and women of the Ashtar
Command, are truly amazed at the tremendous strides you are
all making. You are truly changing your World, and we see the
advancements your efforts are creating each and every day.
Seeing the progress you are making warms our hearts, and we
wish you to know that soon all your efforts will pay off in the
most spectacular of ways.
I am Melina, an officer of the Ashtar Command, and it has been
a pleasure to speak with you today. Soon, we will have the
opportunity to speak in person and work together on a more
personal level. Until then, be well, and remain true to your
mission.
As channeled through Greg Giles - ascensionearth2012.blogspot.com

7 February 2012 - A Visit to the Neptune Mothership by

John Lear
On the 30th of January 2012, a ten day group visit to the
Neptune Mothership was arranged between Steve Bekow on his
weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel", in a channelled
communication with Grener, the Neptune's former Commander
and now President of the Intergalactic Council, set for the 4th of
February 2012. Steve Bekow suggested to Grener taking up a
group of 20 persons, but after putting up a "Visit Request List"
on his Website he soon had a list of over 350 wanting to be
taken up. He finally agreed with Grener on a limit of about 120,
but when the day for lift-off came, the trip was unexpectedly
cancelled by Grener as he felt it had all got too much out of
hand. Serious concerns had apparently arisen on the
Mothership over causing stress and panic to many Earth
families by some on the list who had not properly informed their
relatives of their 10-day disappearance and activities. Even
more serious was that Earth's "Authorities" were now secretly
keeping a close watch on all participants. Grener did in fact
take up a selected group of 25 on his own list, among whom was
John Lear, the son of the founder of the LearJet Aviation
Company, an experienced commercial pilot and well-known
UFO and ET researcher. The following is a reputed dispatch
John Lear made directly from the Neptune Mothership:
02/04/2012 - John Lear from the Neptune Mothership.
It was a long tour. It's a big Mothership.
I was picked up alone in a limo. We were taken to a rural area
just outside the city where a transport craft was waiting and
there were 12 others who came also.
The E.T.s are Human but in a much better shape than us. So far
they have taken us to some sort of ship adjustment chamber
where we stayed for about 25 minutes [temporary frequency
upgrading to the Fifth Dimensional vibration rate]. Now we are
in a large open area with trees and green grass that looks like a
park, but much more beautiful - its like being outside with a
simulated sky. We are suppose to get a tour of the ship in about
a half hour. I can't wait...
We have just left the park and now we are back on an
observation deck.
I've just been informed we are leaving for a tour of the
Mothership. Which means I won't be able to post for a while - I
will post when I return from the tour.
Later: A literal flying city. Sorry I didn't report back sooner. I
was exhausted. The amount of wondrous things I saw and all the
information I learned can really tire one out. Anyway only a
small number of folks were actually picked up - 25 that I
counted personally. It was told to us that Mr Steve Beckow and
a lot of others could not be picked up at this time due to the fact
that Mr Beckow had made all of this too public.
It was supposed to be a behind the scenes first step. But with all
the attention on Mr Beckow it was almost impossible for them
to retrieve him and most of the others as there were safety
concerns. We were told that Mr Beckow and others were put
under surveillance after all this became so public against the
wishes of those on the Neptune Mothership. Mr Beckow made
this far too public and had some unsavoury intelligence types
watching his every move. There was no way they could have
picked him up without incident, is what we were told. But they
said they do appreciate all the work he has done and he will be
contacted personally at the first possible time when it is safe to
do so.
And I can assure you this trip was most definitely not cancelled.
It was revised and made smaller. You guys have got to
remember there are some very powerful people that don't want
this open contact between our space family and us to take place.
Especially by-passing the "Official Government Channels".
Might we actually learn the truth for ourselves without
Government Officials filtering it first? Their reaction was
inevitable. As for Mr. Beckow, hopefully he learned an
important lesson. This was for his own safety. When the time is
right he will be told that in fact the trip was a success and finally
be able to see the fruits of his labours.
Today I am allowed to take photos and post them back via
the Earthnet. I have a few mandatory training exercises I need to
go do but I will check back in later. This is all so surreal.
Can't believe this is actually happening. I have taken over 200
photos. However the terminals on the ship don't have a USB
port so I will ask the Adviser assigned to me my best option for
uploading some of these photos the next time I see her. You
should see the clothes these people wear - quite cool.
Anyway I have already become addicted to the gravity-free
game court - so much fun floating around. The rest of the ship
has artificial gravity, but they have told us it is only at 83% of
what it is on Earth so it feels quite nice actually and a bit
different. Do you want to hear something funny? When I first
tried to post an e-mail to Earth yesterday I got a message
"Banned from GLP" from the ship. God knows what ISP range
they are using. Anyway it took a few attempts before I was
finally able to post. This isn't my normal GLP ID. So whatever
those other threads are seems like an attempt by the Dark Cabal
to derail this at every chance.
Speaking of the Dinner we had, there are literally thousands of
options to choose from, including Earth cuisine. I tried some
exotic stuff - some form of seafood from a Planet they call
Octuria, but was not able to eat it. But a lot of the food is very
similar to what we eat, and then some isn't. We have been told
that tomorrow we will be taking a tour of this local part of the
Galaxy, starting with a stop at each Planet in this Solar System.
So far we have just remained in orbit around the Earth.
Tomorrow should make for some really interesting photo
opportunities. And I have been assured I will be able to upload
the photos I have taken. But a more interesting option is that I
will be able to use one of their 'image capturing devices' to take
pictures which somehow will make uploading them
instantaneous. Exciting times friends.
02/05/2012
Last night we left the Solar System to go on a most amazing tour
of this corner of the Galaxy. The one thing that I kept thinking to
myself was of that quote from Jesus: "In the House of my Father
there are many Mansions". Indeed there are. Today I saw
wonders that yesterday I could not have possibly imagined -
simply unreal - but the thing is - it IS real. I feel much much
happier. I have a totally different perspective to what this all is,
and it is just amazing.
My fellow Humans from Earth. We have been cheated and
abused in the worst possible way. We have been enslaved
through corrupt governments and are given just enough to
survive. We are brainwashed into believing this is a world of
scarcity. But I can tell you with no doubt that this is a Universe
of abundance! We have been robbed of living and enjoying life
and all the wonderment that should go along with that. They
have told me that indeed the Elite of the Earth have had
propulsion and energy systems that would have turned the Earth
into a paradise 50 years ago. But that they have withheld this
from the peoples of Earth in the name of greed and control. Out
of their fear of losing control and losing their self appointed
place of authority. NO LONGER. This will all end this year.
John Lear on the Neptune Mothership.
It subsequently appears that Grener's select group of 25 visitors
from Earth have been collectively sworn to withhold any reports
on their visit until after the last remnants of the insider ring of
the Dark Cabal have been finally put into custody. Readers
might interested in a later communication (23 July 2012) from
the Neptune Mothership describing their onboard Healing
Chambers by a Crew-member Healing Technician
named Phalia. This can be read from the "Healing Chambers
on the Neptune Mothership" Link at the end of this Book II.

30 April 2012 - Declan of the Pleiades: An Ambassador of

Peace and His Perspective On Disclosure - Through AuroRa
Le.
I am Declan, a Pleiadian and an Ambassador of Peace with the
Galactic Federation of Light. At this time, I function as one of
many who operate as Cultural Liaisons, if you will, at this time
when we seek to make our presence known to you, in the not-so-
distant days to come. Ours are Light Teams, arriving as scouts
with the intention of studying and assessing your changing
social climate. Walking the walk and getting the lay of the land,
as you would say. Being Humanoid Pleiadian, we are able to
blend in. We are able to adjust our physical vibrations and take
the necessary steps which allow us to visit for very short periods
- a day or less - and move among the populace unnoticed. For
the most part, our physical appearances are much the same, and
this fact alone should speak volumes! We travel to Earth in
order to determine when the timing will be right for the "Great
Reveal". Do you feel you are ready? Do we feel that you are at a
place in your development where you can effectively handle
both the ups and downs of Disclosure?
Light Teams are everywhere; in every country, city, cultural and
ethnic grouping. We number in the thousands, and embark from
the fleets of ships which are sheltered by the lovely cloud
formations in your skies. Unseen by Human eyes are also hidden
Stargates, which enable us to come and go in such a way as to
cause no fright nor raise an alarm. We interact with you in ways
that will allow us to thoroughly study your progress, and
empathetically experience and address your most pressing
thoughts and concerns; your hopes and dreams for the New
Earth. In this way we may also live the linear experience first
hand. Many of our teams bring with us Brethren of differing
planetary origin, other than Pleiadian, who are possessed of the
grand ability to shapeshift their form at will, yet still tolerate the
discomforts of the Third Density. In a lighter vein, you may look
upon us as Galactic tourists, engaged merrily on holiday,
partaking of the native fare and soaking up the local colour.
After all, Earth was originally deemed "The Vacation Planet".
Referring back to the topic of Disclosure, we see those in our
ranks, of a decision-making capacity, vacillating back and forth
about the timing of such an important step. This would account
for the many "missed" opportunities that have passed by, quiet
days with seemingly nothing of note going on. I can assure you
there have been many, the most recent of which occurred this
February past. Trust me when I say that we wholeheartedly
desire for Disclosure to occur, and we are closely charting your
progress in order to determine when the time for our reunion is
right. The research and findings of the Light Teams will aid in
determining the safest time for us to step out of the background
and make ourselves known to our families on Earth. It is far less
about what is convenient for us, but more our valid concern
about the panic our sudden appearance could cause, along with
the following ensuing chaos.
Oh, I can see and hear what you're thinking: "Tell us what your
teams are actually learning about us, Declan. What do you
believe would happen if we had Disclosure right now?" And I
say to you that Mankind is close, so very close, but the time is
not right at this very moment of today. You must remember that
all of Humanity is not at the same level of awareness as many of
you who are reading these words. We happily see you
embracing your Divinity in an ever-expanding, rapidly
ascending manner; something we find quite remarkable, really.
The Planet you live on is a colorful mosaic of differing cultures.
There are certain areas of your Earth where it's inhabitants have
been ready for Disclosure for quite some time - the indigenous
people being an example of this. And of course there are all of
you, the Lightworker community, who wait with baited breath
for us to shed our cloaks and illuminate your skies. Your faith in
us, and infinite patience warms our hearts and is respected by all
who know you. Know also that your chosen roles as
"Awakeners" is the very thing which brings the day of
Disclosure closer, and the Ascension process to it's full fruition.
Your tireless diligence is bringing Humanity together, and one
by one they will all surely come to the Light. We are just as
anxious, maybe more so, for our reunion to come about, as from
where we sit we can see the whole picture. However, do not
forget that as magnificent and Love-filled as our reunion will be,
there is also a potentially less attractive flipside.
Your dear Human Brethren have been blinded and misled for so
long that many are unable to discern fact from fiction. Approach
them with compassion and know that it is by no fault of their
own. So many still struggle beneath the weight of crippling
dogma, fear, lack, and poor self-worth. Illusions, all. They are
part and parcel of the web of false matrices which are at this
moment being dismantled by you, piece by piece. These Dear
Souls cannot remember their own perfection. They cannot wrap
their minds and hearts around even the most remote possibility
that what you and I are saying is true. Very, very soon the
mirage will vanish and all they think they have ever known will
disintegrate to dust before their eyes. They will feel betrayed,
hurt, embarrassed, foolish for believing a lifetime of untruths.
For some, their pain will cause them to act out in violence and
aggression. They will feel completely justified in this.
Destructive emotions such as these have the potential to spread
like a contagious disease, and the very last thing we should ever
want is for the shock of our appearance to add fuel to the
proverbial fire. Do know that we are even now doing much to
minimize the effects of the "Changes" taking place upon your
Planet. But we must tread gently. We must allow for more to
place themselves on the enlightened path. We must do what is
best for all beings of Earth.
The Old Guard is perched at the edge of a precipice which is set
to give way at any moment. It is inevitable. Your true history is
slowly coming to be known. It is our deepest desire to be by
your side at this time, standing hand in hand. You are our
family. I, Declan, have walked incarnated, as you have, for so
many lifetimes. I have walked miles upon the soil of Gaia. How
well I recall the power of Human emotion. Love and loss,
elation and sorrow, comfort and pain, passion and loneliness.
Invaluable lessons, every one. Indeed, they each serve to make
us stronger. I come forward today to remind you of our kinship
and to reassure you that we are here, so close, and in your lives
in ways that you might never have imagined. Stay strong, and be
in peace.
http://theangeldiaries.org/

23 May 2012 - Christ Michael: The Three Days of Darkness

- "An Ascension Wake-up Call for Humanity" - Candace
Frieze
The "Three Days of Darkness" was planned long ago as part of
the full movement of Planet Earth into the coming "Wave" of
the Photon Belt at the "End Times". It is also has often been
used in the past as a useful time for ridding a Planet of the "Dark
Forces", which is often done in conjunction with a period of
"Stasis" so that Ones who have elected to go through this event
in full conciousness do not have to witness the removals.
The "Stasis Period" will commence shortly after the initial few
days of the "Three Days of Darkness" and so the populace will
only be aware of it briefly. Many of you Lightworkers may be
aboard the Motherships during that time to be briefed. We will
commence the "Teaching Period" after the full Stasis Period.
This has been long prophesied and we have now come to the
point, following all other attempts that otherwise have gone
without understanding. Everyone on the Planet will of course be
forced to notice! This is a Divine Operation in nature, not
through the needs of Nature itself, so everyone will know, in
whatever beliefs they have of "God", that this is indeed of God.
The final timing of this Event will occur on my sole direction,
based on the multiple conditions at the time, including the
WAVE [The Photon Belt].
It is shame on you Dark Ones that it has had to come to this, and
many of you are already judged by the Courts and will be facing
your removal, and in many cases your uncreation. WE always
win Dear Dark Brothers, and you have lost your "Dark Game".
Christ Michael, Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadonia
[our Milky Way Galaxy].

14 July 2012 - Esu/Jesus SANANDA on Removing the "Dark

Ones"
Beloveds, stand in your patience for the coming "Changes". I
know this is tiring, but put yourself in our shoes, or mine at the
moment. I am in charge of a very large military operation that is
most necessary at this time. You may see some odd quakes
around as we are taking out more Alien Bases and it is useful for
us to finish that task, if possible pre the forthcoming "Three
Days of Darkness".
There are energies in them that need to be neutralized so as to
not effect damage during the Stasis Period that we do not wish.
These underground Bases are powered by mostly nuclear
energies and need tactful handling. I am only reporting this to
give you some detail. We are puling out the reactors and
removing them. Some of these Bases are even "normal"
underground installations that run on nuclear power which could
blow up during the Stasis Period. There is more to occur during
the removal of the Dark Ones, and the details of which I cannot
give you at this time. Lets just say that the removal process
includes removing more than people and let it go at that.
Keep your lives going and stop living in the future that is not
here yet! And always have preparations no matter where you
live, for temporary discomforts, as there is still to come the
likelihood of much extreme weather and perhaps some extreme
quakes.

21 December 2012 - Tara of the New Jerusalem

Mothership - Shellee-Kim
Tara: Things are about to get moving now in no uncertain
terms. Indeed, Mother Earth's time has come. Are you prepared,
Beloveds? Inside and out?
It has been decided that very shortly we are to make our
presence known, very openly. Your skies will be filled with our
Fleet's vessels and many will look upon this in wonderment, in
bewilderment. This is a necessary next step in the current plan.
There were several scenarios, but this is the one we have
decided to go with. The one that would potentially have the most
positive impact upon the people of your world. The Dark will, of
course, try their hand at creating distractions and diversions
through their attempted psy-ops plans, which will not succeed.
There are some of you who are to be called and brought to ship
slightly earlier than planned originally. A pre pre-preparation, if
you like. It has become necessary due to the ever so slight
change in plans that you, the forerunners [Lightworkers], will
help to implement.

The Ascension of Planet Earth on the 21st of

December 2012
The original "Three Days of Darkness - Ascension Wake-up
Call" Plan (3DD) first announced by Christ Michael during the
Summer of 2012 was postponed and has had to be put forward
for a much later time. Among the many difficulties on allowing
Planet Earth to fully enter the Photon Belt, which the Galactic
Federation Forces can in fact delay, was the continued
intransigence of the last hold-out Inner circle of the Dark Cabal,
who in their desperation at losing control of Earth, repeatedly
attempted to promote as many serious disruptions as possible.
An example of one of their many recent attempts to disrupt
Earth's Ascension was to try and jump-start World War III
through engineering a conflict between Iran and Israel. This
could have then spread outwards, drawing in neighbouring
countries as well as the USA, Europe and Russia. Nevertheless,
the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael have constantly
monitored their plans, and would have never allowed them to
reach fulfilment. Only recently have the major players at last
been "contained" and no longer have the power to seriously
disrupt things. Another factor in attempting to put the previous
3DD Plan in action were the difficulties of coordinating events
within a large Galactic Federation Force, with their Fleets of
Motherships (over 13 million spacecraft) being parked within
our Solar System for up to twenty years! Naturally some had
divided opinions on the best course of action to take, pulling this
way and that, resulting in endless discussions taking place
aboard those Motherships. There were also some physical
difficulties in undertaking certain new untried solar and
planetary adjustments. Thus it was that the 3DD Stasis Plan had
once again be postponed so as to not disrupt Mother Earth's
personal Ascension Plan for the 21st of December 2012.
However, it should also be realised that all of the Galactic
Federation and Christ Michael plans will ultimately be
sanctioned, and the final timing determined by our own Cosmic
Creator, who particularly at this time is taking a very great
interest in Planet Earth's Ascension, as well as the ultimate
"Prime Source" Creator, responsible for all of the creation
undertaken by the appointed "Creator Gods" within this area of
the Cosmos. This "Event" in fact forms a vital part of the
conclusion of our Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race"
Experiment on Earth, in which the many Explorer/Creator Race
volunteer members are participating in a unique "School of
Resolving Sources of Conflict" to assist in the final resolution of
the Duality of Light versus the Dark in this Universe. This
includes a source of dark evil which infiltrated the outer Galactic
regions of our Grand Universe and eventually our own Milky
Way Galaxy, also known as the Local Universe of
Nebadon (more on this in Chapter 10, Book I). Our small Planet
has been chosen to be the final focus point for the resolution of
all the evil which has bedevilled our Galaxy and caused
numerous internal Galactic Wars. Thus all of the other
Universes are watching this significant event with very great
interest. From their learning experience the Explorer/Creator
Race Members will later use their newly developed skills and
strengths to fan out throughout the Universe to assist any Planets
who might in future need their help or prevent any situations
that might further develop into new sources of Darkness. Many
of the Explorer Race Members, as a result of their extensive
experiences and training in this task may well have by then
become qualified to be future Cosmic Creators
themselves. (More about the "Explorer/Creator Race" is to be
found in the Explorer Race Books, see Link below).
Our Cosmic Creator of this Grand Universe, following this
crucial time has stepped in to take a more direct control of the
Galactic Federation Council's Plans. These "Divine Orders" are
first of all agreed with Christ Michael as Sovereign of Nebadon
and then relayed to the Galactic Federation Forces through its
local Fleet Commander, Ashtar, as well as through Jesus-
Sananda and Archangel Michael. However, we on Earth, along
with Christ Michael, must therefore wait upon our Creator of
this Grand Universe for His determination of when He considers
it to be the correct time for the final implementation of the
Ascension Process.
Planet Earth has been slowly approaching the immensely
powerful range of Celestial transformative energies, known as
the "Wave/Photon Belt", into which Earth will soon be fully
entering. Meanwhile some of these intense energies are already
being being beamed down upon Planet Earth in order to upgrade
our 3D vibrational rates up to the 4th Dimensional level. These
intense beamed energies first began to noticeably impinge on us
in mid August 2012, continuing to strengthen through the 12-12-
12 Portal up to the 21st of December 2012 deadline in order for
Earth's ensouling Planetary Being, Mother Earth/Gaia, to
Ascend her own Consciousness up to the Fifth Dimension. This
21st of December 2012 date also marked the long prophesied
"End of Age" date point when Planet Earth finally aligned
herself with the Galactic Core of our Milky Way Galaxy, also
the final End Date as given in the Mayan Calendar. This is not
just the ending of one significant 26,000 year long "Galactic
Age", but also of a combined total of four concurrent Galactic
Ages of 26,000 years each, together making it into a Major
Galactic End of Age! For Planet Earth's Humanity it was also
the start of our new "Aquarian Age", following on from the
previous "Pisces Age" begun at the time of the birth of Jesus
Christ.
A large part of Earth's Humanity did in fact go through the
Inauguration of its Ascension Process during their sleep period
on the 21st of December 2012, where we made a final
commitment at the Spiritual level to either "Ascend" to the
Fourth Dimension or carry on at the existing Third Dimensional
level on perhaps some other 3D World. This was when the
majority of Humanity went through a final "Soul Review" as to
their ability at this time to "Ascend", and those that were indeed
prepared to do so had an initial "Seed of Ascension" planted
within them during that sleep period. Many of the more
advanced Souls who were already prepared to move up to the
5th Dimensional level, including the ensouling Being of Planet
Earth, Lady Gaia, did so at this point. However, there are also
many others who specifically came to 3D Earth as
"Lightworkers" from their former Home 5D Worlds in order to
assist Earth inhabitants to Ascend at this time. They could at this
time have easily moved up to the 5D Earth or else returned to
their Home Planets, but instead they have chosen, on their
Higher Spiritual awareness levels, to return to the new
refurbished 4D Planet Earth Plane to continue their Mission.
There will be up to a third of Earth's present Humanity returning
to the 4D New Earth for a fairly long period of time on the
newly cleansed Planet before qualifying to move up to the Fifth
Dimensional New Earth.
Although the 21st of December 2012 may well have triggered
the long awaited Ascension process up towards the Fourth
Dimension, we may yet need to finally go through a final "Long
Stasis" period, as has been also outlined by Christ Michael and
Esu/Jesus in their previous messages. This "Long Stasis",
possibly lasting anywhere between two and four years in Earth
experiential time, is when the much needed Earth Changes and
cleansing will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation in
cooperation with Earth's Lightworker volunteers. Meanwhile the
majority of the remaining inhabitants will be safely "asleep" in
Stasis. This major "Cleansing" will include a clean up of Earth's
polluted environment, as well as dealing with all the necessary
adjustments resulting from the Pole axis changes inducing a
sinking and rising of new land-masses, including the re-
emergence of the Continent of Atlantis.
Following the Earth Changes and the "Long Stasis" period,
Jesus SANANDA will be descending in the long-prophesied
"Second Coming" to the 4D New Earth for a period as Planetary
Prince/Regent. One of the roles the Planetary Prince will be
fulfilling is to oversee the implementation and the upholding of
4D Earth's new World Constitution. Earth's new Constitution
will not only lay down the basic rules, obligations and
limitations on Earth's Governments, but will also enshrine the
basic code of all future Human conduct as: "Do that which you
wish to do providing it does not harm others". This will bring
forth a new moral attitude amongst all Humans of "Service to
Others", of caring for others and also of all other creatures and
life forms, rather than their present majority attitude of "Service
to Self".
It will also ensure that day-to-day governance by Earth's Leaders
is conducted with honesty, propriety and in full accordance with
the supreme Constitutional Principle: the Principle that each
should be free to develop his or her own personality to the full,
the only restrictions upon this freedom being those which are
necessary to enable everyone else to do the same. This Principle
can be summed up as: "Freedom up to the point where you do
not infringe the freedom of another".
This fundamental Principle is explored in "The New Earth"
Book III and also in the book "The Principle of Liberty" (see
link below) in terms of historical background, constitutional
development, procedures of governance, and the practical
application of the Principle in personal relationships, trade and
commerce, and in our use of the shared natural resources of our
host Planet.
And so in time will develop Earth's new Aquarian Age to
become a true "Golden Age of Peace & Prosperity".

27 February 2013 - Commander Ashtar on Disclosure and

Your Ascension - Philipp
We have already told you that Disclosure is imminent and
waiting at your doorstep. You have correctly observed that the
channelings about Disclosure are coming into increasing
alignment and precision. This does not mean that we are giving
you any specifics about when and how Disclosure will happen.
What we are saying is that the channeled messages are focusing
more and more on the facts around the sources of Disclosure and
why it must happen now.
Before this Now moment, Humanity would not have been ready
to receive the truth. There would have been a great danger for
people to drift into the negative emotions of fear, anger and hate.
Think how you would have reacted to this news before your
spiritual doors opened up and someone like us informed you
suddenly that your Star Brothers and Sisters have been watching
over you for eons of your time and that there has been a huge
cover-up by World Governments to keep this information from
you? How would you have responded to the truth about us and
the fact that we are All One and we are actually here to protect
you?
It is true that we are not here to rescue you. This is not our job
and let me make this very clear. It will never be our job to save
you from your own manifestations, provided such
manifestations do not have a negative impact on the great
scheme of All That Is [i.e: the Divine Plan]. This is why we
have prevented the use of nuclear weapons to reduce the
population, as originally intended by your Dark Ones, and have
helped you with the cleansing of your air from pollution, such as
the chemtrails. What we have done is to protect you from
attempts to destroy yourselves and your beautiful planet. We
have ensured that your evolution did not run adrift, like a
rudderless ship. We are here because we are your Family and as
a family we have to take care of each Family member.
Remember, we are all One!
Now, in this very moment of Now, a great shift has taken place
and by this we're not referring to the shift which happened in
your last calendar year [21-12-12]. This leads us to the answer to
the question "where does Disclosure begin?"
Humanity has changed and this is an inner shift we are talking
about. Gone are the days where we would have to be concerned
about strong negative reactions like anger, fear or hate towards
the message of truth that you are not alone in the Universe and
that there is a family of Light Beings waiting to reunite with
you.
Humanity has reached a level of Light that enables it to accept
the truth without undue negative reactions. The reaction of most
of Humanity now will be like "I knew it! I always knew it" and
they will feel instinctively that this is the one and only truth of
all that is: We are all One!
And this is the basis of Disclosure, this inner shift which has
taken place in Humanity. This is the basis for all the events
which you view as the "Disclosure process" in the outer world.
It all starts in your heart, in every single heart in every single
Human Being!
This is the reason we have informed you again and again that
you should not look to the outside for Disclosure, but rather to
go inside and make the necessary connection with your heart.
Without this inner knowing, outer Disclosure cannot not take
place.
You have successfully completed this prerequisite work. Very
well done, by the way. Congratulations to you all from our side!
Let me summarize this because this is so important: Disclosure
can only happen when Humanity has completed its homework
and has evoked enough assimilation of Light for accepting the
Truth. And this you have completed very successfully. Ponder
these words and read them with your heart again and again!
So, where do we stand now in the outer Disclosure process,
given that you have completed your part of the process?
Exactly! Now it is our part to bring Disclosure to fruition and we
are now taking a stronger role in the situation. You have passed
the baton to us, so to speak.
The dominoes are falling right now. Now we are in the lead and
are pushing the dominoes and all are falling exactly as they
should. You don't know this and you are not yet able to see or
fully comprehend this process, but this chain reaction is going
full steam ahead and nothing can prevent this chain reaction.
Rest assured that we are well prepared and that we know very
well what our job is and what we have to do and when. The
timing is perfect and no delays will be allowed. The outside
events which we have referred to and which show Humanity that
Disclosure is here are on your door step and will happen very
shortly. And by this, we mean "soon" in your language.
Prepare yourselves because when this happens the work of our
Ground Forces, which you all form a part of, goes off like a
rocket. You will have to stand by your Sister's and Brother's side
and give them a helping hand to get used to this new Reality -
which is, in fact, the only Reality which exists.
As I have told you, this Divine Plan has been in place for a long
time. Let me please answer one of your questions in this regard:
why did this Plan change so many times? It is a question which
all Lightworkers have posed, whether consciously or not. It is a
pleasure for me to answer this question once and for all.
The time for changes in the Divine Plan is definitely over. Are
there nuances which we have to consider and to react to? Of
course there are. But, first of all, they are only nuances and not
big changes. And, secondly, the Plan now in place will not
change in such a way that we will have to provide you once
again with explanations for events which you consider to be
"unfair", "not anticipated" or "unexpected."
And please (and this is very important) let us look upon what
has led to the change of the Divine Plan. It is actually not a
change but a fulfillment of a request. And who has sent out this
request? Who has sent out this plea to our Creator to have more
time to allow more fellow Human Brothers and Sisters to jump
on board the Ship called Ascension? Yes, you and only you! Let
us explain.
As of today, you do not comprehend what powerful Beings you
really are. For eons we have watched you with amazement.
Every time when we "think" that nothing more from your side
could surprise us, you manage to astound us once again. Each
time when we "think" that we have understood the Human
Being, we discover that we are far from reaching the finish line.
You are amazing! And this happened to us once again when you
sent out the plea for prolongation of the Ascension process
(which contains, as you all know, the Disclosure process). Your
plea was astonishing and the Creator and all of us are so very
proud of you. It has proved how far you have come on your
journey, that you would put the well-being of the collective over
the individual's goal. And this goal, of course, was to get over
the Ascension finish line as quickly as possible.
For not only you but the whole Universe in which your beautiful
Planet is located is affected and is also going through this
Ascension process. And think quite particularly about your
Sisters and Brothers in the Inner Realms of Gaia [Agarthans]
who are longing to finally rejoin with you. They can barely
tolerate any more changes to the Plan. They have agreed to
this Grace Period only after the Creator decided to allow only a
very short time of prolongation (nine months).
4 August 2013 - Creator of Your Universe within the
Greater Cosmos - Kathryn E. May, PsyD
This is Your Creator of this Universe within the Greater Cosmic
area of total Creation. I wish to keep in close contact with you
during these crucial days leading up to your final Ascension.
Kathryn has agreed to be available at all times to transcribe
these messages for you, and we are grateful for her
unquestioning service.
Those of you Lightworkers who have practised your
meditations, healings and clearings, and have reached the level
of Loving energy in all your dealings, will be in the First Wave
of those who will be taken to the Motherships. You will
experience the exhilaration and overwhelming celebration as
you meet at last with your adoring Brothers and Sisters who are
standing by in anticipation of this Great Event. Many of you
have agreed that once you are restored and acclimated to the 5th
Dimension, you will go through the intricate process of
descending once more into the Lower Dimensions to work with
those who have been reluctant to leave their old habits and
trappings behind.
Our Sananda will be there, teaching and reassuring the people as
only he can. It will be a very exciting time for all the
Lightworkers, because they will have the opportunity to work
closely with Sananda, and this time, although you may all face
some psychological and emotional reluctance in those who have
not yet ascended, there will be no violent end to this triumphant
story. The group of beloved Apostles and family who were with
Sananda during his life as Jesus will be able to live the
wonderful experience of teaching and healing at his side,
without the fear of persecution. This time, no one will be
beheaded; no one will be crucified.
The teaching and mentoring, with help from the Galactics this
time, will continue until all Souls who have been "signed on"
with Sananda to accomplish this glorious Ascension have moved
into the upper 5th Dimension. Imagine the triumph which will
be shared by all when the last Soul "crosses the finish line." All
curmudgeons, skeptics and doubters will eventually be swept
along in the wonder of seeing so many of their friends, family
and acquaintances returning to help them with the Light of Love
surrounding them, gloriously happy and ecstatically in Love.
Who would not be willing to let go of their favorite negative
belief systems when they see what the payoff has been for
others.
Now, I will answer a question. You wondered about the strange
weather. You suspected it had something to do with cleansing.
You were right. The almost hourly showers are part of Mother
Earth's way of cleaning the air, especially the air that comes
over the land from the West. All pollution from cars,
manufacturing, farming, and so on, is cleaned by depositing all
residue in the dense Canadian forests, where it can be processed
and returned to the Earth as harmless dust. Fortunately, there are
still large tracts of forest lands across the U.S and Canada, and
the trees and other plants are becoming more efficient in their
cleansing abilities, just as you are becoming more powerful
Creators.
Consider yourselves "in Ascension," my Dearest Ones. You are
truly growing day by day. I am monitoring your progress
carefully, as you see from these messages. A Planet in
"Ascension" is a Cosmic event - one which is felt throughout the
entire Cosmos. You may have thought of yourselves as small
and insignificant in Cosmic terms, but this is not so. Your efforts
yesterday, today and tomorrow are having an uplifting effect
throughout the Universes beyond any your scientists have
discovered. All Planets, all Galaxies, all Beings throughout the
Cosmos will rise with you as you elevate yourselves degree by
degree, moment by moment.
You are coming out of the Darkness into the brilliant Light of
the New Golden Age. It is happening now. Breathe the
nourishing waves of uplifting energy; revel in your new
strengths; celebrate the dawn of a truly new day in the history of
Planet Earth, and you and I are here to experience it together, as
One.
I am the one you know as the Creator of all within this Universe.
Channeled by: Kathryn E. May, PsyD -
www.WhoNeedsLight.org

12 October 2013 - Christ Michael of Nebadon - The Mass

Consciousness of Humanity is now at 51 percent! - through
Kibo
Christ Michael: As of now over 51% of the Consciousnesses of
the Ensouled Human Beings on Gaia are at last standing within
the "Light". Even more are as yet striving for greater Light.
Whatever these numbers may fluctuate to in the future, it will
have no impact insofar as the foundational majority of the Mass
Consciousness is now more in "Light" than in Darkness. It is
now established that it will never again go below 51%.
This means that over half the population of Human Beings on
Earth desire to live within the "Light" and are willing to act
upon that. They now recognize who and what the problem is and
wish for that problem to be solved. They are now able to
recognize that Global Banking has been the core fuel that runs
the machinery and mechanisms of oppression that they have
hitherto experienced. They also recognize, more and more, the
manipulations of the media, education and organized religions,
as they are all operated by this Dark system of Control. They
want real change and they are no longer willing to place faith in
the persons of the Control systems that they have endured under
their former Leadership. They are willing to effect change
without those persons and in spite of them.
Now WE have at last what we have been waiting for: Prime
Creator SOURCE has finally given the "Green Light" to begin
OUR operations. It will commence from now onwards and
increase gradually, as our influence is shown to become more
and more obvious and the final breakaway from the influence of
the "shadow-mind" of the Dark becomes more and more
absolute.
We would ideally like to commence the Three Days of
Darkness before they [the remaining Dark Forces] play with the
North American Power Grid, which they had planned to shut
down in November. It serves them no purpose other than to
further their own Dark agenda of population control. There is no
sense in waiting for such a thing to happen, so WE are putting a
STOP to all that now!
When the "Changes" begin, you will know what to do and when
and where to do it - have no fear! This Event [part of our full
entry into the Photon Belt*] exists on myriad levels and
placements of energies and Beings and circumstances. The
design of the Plan is fulfilled and wound up to go - and now it
has been set loose to do what it was designed to do. Thus is
the Ascension of your World moving into the beginning stages
leading to the final evolutionary state of "Light and Life". All of
this comes from the Infinite Heart of Prime Source's Eternal
Energy of Love sent out throughout Creation. Be joyful for what
is coming upon you, for it is a time and moment of Glory
unmatched and unequaled in the Brightness and Beauty of
created Light, and which will now be further added to. That
Light of Source Creator's Love is to become your Light. That
Light is also Gaia's Light. That Light coming from the Creator
Source is also the Light of the Paradise-Isle Father-Mother-Son
Trinity, the Light of The Seven SuperUniverse Master Spirits
and the Trinity-Michael Sons and Daughters. It is also the Light
of your Celestial "Thought Adjusters" [our Guides and Higher
Selves]. It is the Light of The Melchizedeks and The Elohim. It
is the Light of the Archangels and the Angelic Kingdom. It is
also the Light of the Ascended Earth Masters and also of all the
Masters who have Ascended throughout our Grand Universe and
the total Cosmic Creation of other Grand Universes. It is all part
of the One, and it is all here and now helping, supporting and
cheering us on!
Christ Michael of Nebadon
* There is more information on the nature of the PHOTON BELT and also of our
going into STASIS at the end of this Chapter.

13 January 2014 - The Trinity Mother/Father God: The New

Declaration of Independence for Planet Earth - Kathryn E.
May
Soon, the changes across Planet Earth will come, faster and
more abruptly than you could have imagined. We have declared
that WE ARE FINISHED waiting for Earth's squabbling
Governments and Ruling Families to come to terms with the fact
that IT IS DONE.
No more will those in power be permitted to instigate wars by
engineering "false flag attacks" and fueling every argument by
supporting the aggressor, no matter what the circumstances. It
was a simple and effective formula - one that required only
plenty of money and a few troublemakers on the ground to
spread the ill will. It was a simple matter in many areas of the
World, like the Middle East, where tempers have run high for
centuries.
It is what you would call a cheap trick - this formula for stoking
the fires of war. It takes very little thought, little knowledge of
the true cares and concerns of the belligerents involved. Sell
enough weapons to each side to impoverish the government and
the people, tell both they are justified and have your support,
and leave the rest to the despots and their thugs on both sides to
do your bidding. Once both countries or regions are exhausted
or one has prevailed, you can go in, buy up their resources for
next to nothing by paying off those you have armed, and you
can control the entire territory economically and politically
without ever leaving your bank's plush office in New York or
Paris or London.
This cheap trick international power-mongering will not be
permitted to continue. All the players in this global game of cat
and mouse are well known to us, and will be rounded up and
taken in for trial, or in the most egregious cases, will be taken to
an alternative Planet which has been prepared for them. There
they will be given the opportunity to live in communities made
up of members like themselves, where brute force carries the
day, and where they can experience life without the mitigating
influence of the Lightworkers they previously disdained.
In the arena of this primitive and pervasive approach to
destroying peace, genuine diplomacy appeared difficult,
impossibly complex and fraught with problems. It was true that
peace hardly had a chance as long as the Dark Ones were getting
rich from their wars. Where good will might have blossomed, it
was cut short by bribes, blackmail, threats and extortion. Good
people on the ground gave their hearts and souls to try to restore
peace, only to be defeated by those with nearly unlimited power
to crush everything of the Light. And still our beloved
Lightworkers persevered and prayed for our help.
And so it has been decided, with the support of Prime Creator,
that Planet Earth would be freed from the destructive grip of the
Dark Ones. She will never again be permitted to suffer nuclear
explosions, chemical poisonings, deep well drillings and
mountain-top decimation. Nuclear weapons have all been
permanently neutralized. Toxic spills are being cleaned up with
the help of your Galactic Brothers and Sisters, and those
industries that have so tortured your dear Mother Earth will find
themselves unable to continue to operate. This includes all who
produce genetically engineered foods and chemical fertilizers.
The Animal Kingdom will no longer be permitted to suffer in
zoos, factory farms or breeding mills. All will be released and
taken to be cared for in safe and comfortable environments
where they can adapt to the changing energies. They will all
eventually take their places as the free-roaming friends and
peaceful inhabitants of the Planet.
The Lion will indeed lie down with the Lamb in the new Golden
Age of Planet Earth. This will be possible, even probable,
because all animals and all Humans will have evolved to thrive
on a light diet of vegetables, fruits and grains.
And when, you ask, will this fairyland Kingdom come to be? A
thousand years in the future? NO! It has already begun. Look
around you. The skies are bluer, the oceans cleaner every day.
No toxic waves of nuclear waste have washed up on the shores
of the western U.S. as a result of the Fukushima disaster. It has
been taken care of.
It was planned, until recently, that the phases of change would
unfold gradually, beginning with the revaluation of currency, the
release of Prosperity Funds across the Planet, then later
Disclosure of the Galactic presence, along with education about
the truth of your Planet's History, and finally the landing of the
ships and the eventual appearance of mentors, teachers and
friends. Finally, the new technologies from more advanced
civilizations in the Galactic Federation of Light would
completely change the way life is lived on Mother Earth.
It has now been decided that the conduct of the affairs of Planet
Earth can no longer be left to the mercies of those currently in
power. Free Will is a privilege and responsibility that has been
relentlessly abused. Decisions are still being made on the basis
of the most profitable outcome rather than the Greater Good.
WE WILL NO LONGER PERMIT THIS. NO ONE WILL BE
PERMITTED TO ABUSE OTHERS FOR PROFIT OR FOR
POWER.
This is our "Declaration of Independence for the People of
Planet Earth".
IT IS DONE.
We are your Mother/Father God.
Via Kathryn E. May, Jan. 13, 2014, Mt. Shasta, CA -
www.whoneedslight.org

23 August 2014 - Jesus SANANDA on the Events soon

coming to Earth - Kathryn E. May
It is I, Sananda, coming to you from the Bridge of the "New
Jerusalem", the Ashtar-Command Mothership . I am here with
our beloved Ashtar and his Crew, planning the next "Invasion of
the Angels." We are so excited about what you are going to
experience in the next few weeks, we can hardly "contain"
ourselves. That is a funny idea, isn't it, since we don't have
containers for bodies up here, but you get what we mean. We are
laughing and "high-fiving" and dancing for joy, envisioning the
expressions on your faces when you are newly prosperous and in
Service to Others, free from all the restrictions of the Dark
Forces, and when you then look to the skies and see our glorious
armada of sparkling, dancing spaceships, advancing toward you
in a beautifully choreographed two-step!
For us, it is so clear that you have already accomplished what
needs to be done to win your freedom that we are planning the
"Celebrations". We understand that those of you who are
watching the TV News it seems as if gruesome violence has
erupted in every country, every town and every family on the
Planet, but it is simply not true. The incidents you are seeing
now are their "Contracts" previously made at a higher Spiritual
level being fulfilled which will cause the entire World to be so
sickened by all the violence that they will turn away in disgust,
never to return to thoughts of conquering, dominating or
overpowering anyone, EVER.
We are grateful for those who have taken on the responsibility
of playing the role of Assassins and Mad Despots. They are the
Ones who will turn the stomachs of the entire population of
Planet Earth and thereby turn the tide towards the "Light". It has
been ever thus, Dearest Ones. Humankind has needed vivid
dramatizations of cruelty in order to wake them up to the
revolting travesties all around them, large and small.
Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, Aug. 23, 2014, New York State -

27 October 2015 - Jesus-SANANDA: Earth is now

undergoing a "Change-Over" - Elizabeth Trutwin
Etheric Plasma Energy
Greetings in this Full Moon! This is Sananda through Elizabeth
Trutwin. I would like to describe to you the Earth changes you
are seeing now and help you understand the history which
brought us to this moment as Earth is going through a "Change-
Over". This is what it is called when "Upgrades" happen to a
Planet which enable it to utilize technologies not available at the
denser Dimensions. The most important of these is
utilizing Plasma Energy at Zero Point. Plasma Energy is one of
the four Fundamental States of Energy. The others are Solid,
Liquid and Gas. Plasma Energy permeates everything on Earth
including our bodies, our food, our air and water. It is a Power
Source, a Force, it is also Ionic Energy.
Etheric Energy refers to a type of very fine matter or substance.
It is all around us, and it permeates all physical matter and space
throughout the Universe. It is a wave-and-particle type of
energy, in terms of modern physics. It is really a range of
frequencies of energy, and not just a single frequency of energy.
Etheric Energy is also called Chi, Vital Force, Prana and other
names. Etheric Energy can be transferred from one person to
another person using various healing techniques or
transmissions. These are exchanges of energy. Etheric Energy
has also been called the "God Source". It enlivens the body
when we are alive and leaves the body when we die. Plasma
Energy has properties unlike those of the other states of matter.
We live in a Matter-Universe. The presence of a significant
number of charge carriers makes Plasma Energy electrically
conductive so that it responds strongly to electromagnetic fields.
Like gas, Plasma does not have a definite shape or a definite
volume unless enclosed in a container. Plasma is the most
abundant form of ordinary matter in the Universe. Plasma
Energy and Etheric Energy are exactly the same thing. 5th
Dimensional Earth has reached the Etheric level where Plasma
Energy and Zero Point are possible.
An Etheric Body is a "Plasma Ball of Light"
In a Cosmic-Union with all Creation approximately 450 billion
years ago Mother and Father Prime Creator God came together
and all at once created trillions and trillions of Twin-Flame
Souls which would be the totality of Consciousness in this
particular Cosmos of ours. These Sparks of Source-Energy were
as "Balls of Light Consciousness" and can also be considered as
Plasma Energy. These Balls of Light travelled alongside Mother
Father God for eons of time as "Light" and helped create within
our own "Grand Universe" of the Seven Super-Universes, its
Galaxies/Local Universes along with their own Stars/Suns and
orbiting Planets, and also as a Collective Consciousness of all
Beings. Inside each of you is Prime Creator. You are all that.
Your Thoughts create each and every next moment. Every one
of you is connected in the Universal Hologram or the Total
Construct by your Thoughts. This is why Extraterrestrials are
able to communicate without needing to speak words. Their
thought transmissions travel at the speed of Light.
Our own Grand Universe has as its first subdivision Seven
Super-Universes and within the Seventh Super-Universe of
Orvonton is situated our Milky Way Galaxy, also known as the
Local Universe of Nebadon. Our own Milky Way Galaxy within
this Super-Universe is lit by our Galaxy's Central Sun, which is
its main Source of Plasma Energy and which embodies all living
life on our Planet Earth, including our own bodies. There is thus
a "Higher Sun behind the Sun" beyond our visible physical Sun,
one which provides all our Source of Energy, sending this down
via our own Sun to the surface of Planet Earth. This Central Sun
of our Galaxy is also the Central Sun within the "Seven Sisters"
Star System of the Pleiades, named Alcyone.
The Prime Source of Energy, also for the Sun, our Bodies and
EVERYTHING in this Matter-Universe are enlivened with an
energy called Plasma Energy. It is a Sentient Source of
Intelligence. The new Free Energy being offered by the Keshe
Foundation (KesheFoundation.org) is a sentient source made up
of this Plasma Energy. Congratulations, Earth and all on Her.
You have evolved to a moment where this is now possible to be
revealed. It is free because it is the most abundant matter in
Space and when put into a 6 x 8 container may be harnessed for
heating and cooling and many other applications including
"Portal" energy used to travel to other Worlds.
The Ashtar Command Base situated on Earth
Between the Etheric Lower Kings Chamber and the Queens
Chamber deep under the Great Pyramid at Giza, is an Ashtar
Command Base for Planet Earth. Commander Haaton [an alias
of Christ Michael of Nebadon] is stationed here when working
down at Earth level. There are Sub-Etheric Generators under this
Pyramid as well as many of the other Pyramids on Earth, in such
areas as Central America and Tibet, which also have Etheric
Generators which are monitored and engineered by Commander
Haaton's Crew everyday and this is the mechanism which holds
Earth on her axitonial alignment, one which has been recently
re-engineered to avoid having the previously planned Pole Shift.
The need for having this sort of system came about from the
misuse of nuclear arms in all the wars we have had at Earth and
beyond in our Galaxy. Mars was devastated this way and is why
its surface no longer has oceans or seas of water.
At this Base in Giza last night for the very first time since we
came to Earth, in this present Full Moon Energy, Jehovah's
"StarShip of 144,000" in which the present Earth Race of 144,00
Early Human settlers first came from a failing Planet in the
Sirius Star System, was taken out of its secret underground
storage place specially in order to tour around Earth to use its
available Extraterrestrial technology equipped on that Ship for
the "Change-Over" process. This StarShip has been kept below
ground safe all this immense length of time waiting for a time
when it could be used to Activate the structures necessary for
"Zero Point". There are still many steps to go in a collaborative
effort. Last night's Mission was a technological success and
Earth is now fully in "Change Over" mode.
The Change Over Process
Back during the Winter Solstice of 2000 on December 20th the
Pleiadians were successful in completely surrounding your Solar
System and Earth within an outer protective circle of the Photon
Belt. This is being used as a "Tractor-Beam" pulling your Solar
System away from where it got off course in the Milky Way
Galaxy. This has taken 15 years of Earth time to achieve,
moving your Sun and Planets slowly back to the position it
needed to be in to rejoin the corrected "Timelines". This
happened because of all the wars and destruction within the
whole Galaxy. On December 21, 2012 the Milky Way Galactic
Center became at that time aligned with the greater Grand
Universe Central Sun and your Solar System and Earth was
beamed special energy to assist in this process. The Planetary
Being known as Gaia/Earth at this time herself Ascended to the
Fifth Dimension and entered the period of "Satya Yuga". Now
in this Full Moon as we near the Winter Solstice of 2015 we are
in a window of opportunity to see all the Inner Dark Cabal
arrests, Galactic Federation announcements and abundance
programmes which have long been awaited.
Many of you are feeling tremendous pressures and having
untold challenges as a result of these powerful Energetic Waves
coming in. Everything in the Cosmos is interconnected. The
reason for this is because the Gamma Rays beaming Earth as
well as the alignment between Earth and its associated Sun,
Sirius A that is in the Sirius Solar System, is making it
impossible not to face up to misalignments within yourself. This
is a proving time. Be calm. Tackle your challenges. Face up to
those things left undone. Make Peace. Heal relationships. Walk
away from relationships which drain you. Become One with
your body and work to improve your health each day. Relax.
Meditate. Be Happy. Help others who are working very hard at
bringing in The New Earth. If ever you are in doubt call on me
for help. You are never alone. I am always with you. You are
Loved beyond measure.
This is Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin - Elizabeth Trutwin
- http://CosmicAscension.org

26 February 2016 - Michael Quinsey - from His Higher Self:

Events are still moving on at a fast pace, and the possibility of
interference is becoming much less as the power of the Dark
Ones/Cabal is being diminished. Much depends upon their
ability to continue funding their needs, and it is slowly
becoming more difficult as their activities are being affected by
the lack of funds. The Higher Powers will continue to restrict
their activities as they have done for many years. Now however,
their options are becoming more limited and they struggle to
keep their projects moving. Many times they have tried to get
round the limitations imposed upon them. However, it is to no
avail and they are unable to carry on with their plan to start a
Third World War, and have been told in no uncertain terms that
in no circumstances will they be allowed to start one.
Meanwhile moves to enable "Disclosure" to go forward are
well advanced, and nothing will be allowed to prevent it from
being announced. Other issues that are also planned to bring out
the truth are proceeding well. On many fronts people are finding
the courage to tell their truth and they will be protected. The lies
are no longer being accepted and the cover up is being exposed.
The time for the release of the truth has now arrived, and when
history is re-written it will be remembered as the "Time of
Revelations". The truth is so different to what you have been led
to believe. In fact many will find it incredible that you could
have been misled for so long.
The End Times are in the course of dramatic changes that are
well advanced. Mother Earth is naturally involved and is already
starting to initiate the necessary changes. She has allowed her
"body" to be used in many negative ways so as to help your
evolution. However, she has decided that now is the time to
concentrate on her own needs, and the cleansing of the Earth has
commenced. The changes will cause people to move to safe
grounds and adequate warning will be given, and ultimately the
Earth will be transformed. At the higher levels it will be restored
to a time when it was referred to as the "Garden of Eden". It will
be a joy and pleasure to be part of such changes and live in
Harmony and Peace once again.

27 February 2016 - Jesus SANANDA on the forthcoming

Changes - Kathryn E. May
We are truly on the march, Dear Brothers and Sisters. The
rollout has begun. The RV operation is under way and all the
World will be awakening to a new financial era of prosperity.
Whether you discover it gradually and quietly at first, as most of
Humankind will, or whether you are one of the Intel followers
who are awaiting "Redemption" as we have called it, all will feel
its gentling warmth.
The massive changes in your world are flowing gracefully and
quietly, with all systems carefully synchronized and aligned.
There will be no massive breakdowns or disasters as the
financial systems you were once familiar with, like the US
Federal Reserve and SWIFT systems for instance, will appear to
simply change names, to AIIB, Wells Fargo, BRICS, CIPS,
Asset-backed Currencies, rather than the old fiat system, and so
on. For as long as needed, the basic International and domestic
trading functions they served will remain, but the systems will
now be transparent, protected from Cabal theft, and will not
allow the fees, usurious rates and debt slavery of old.
The changes are not only about economics, though. As most of
you know, we are continuing to prepare for the Disclosure and
Landings Events, when your Galactic friends will walk among
you. Many are already here, but they look so much like you that
you haven't yet realized who they are, and they have not been
revealed for their own safety. Your emergency broadcast
systems have already been tested in preparation for our
announcements, so you will soon be discovering much more
about the next phases of changes that will unfold in quick
succession.
We have all been working to the limits of our capacity and
beyond to prepare for this monumental planetary shift. Be
assured that we have not left out any consideration or detail.
You will be amazed when you learn just how intricate our Plan
has been and how carefully we have worked with each of your
teams to take every single Being on Earth into account. This is a
Global Event, but it is also a monumental event in each of your
lives. We understand deeply how it will effect you and your
family, and we have carefully planned with your Higher Selves,
your Higher Dimensional teams, and with our Teams on the
ground to make this a delight for every single person.
Channeled & Transcribed by Dr. Kathryn E. May -
www.WhoNeedsLight.org

13 March 2018 - Jesus-SANANDA - The Great Event is

Coming - via Adele Arini.
My Dearest Friends,
It is with great delight, joy and immense Love that I bring you
the biggest Update in recent times. The time is NOW for ALL -
who are ready - to return to LOVE.
You, my Beloved Lightworkers, have been patiently waiting for
this for a long time. For a magnificent, miraculous "Event" such
as this one can only occur at the perfect Divine Timing. We, the
Company of Heaven, must wait until the frequency of Light on
Planet Earth is high enough to catalyse/trigger the Event and
until everyone - who has, at a Higher Level, decided to Ascend -
is sufficiently ready.
We all have worked hard for this massive project for thousands
of Earth years; for what felt like aeons in your Linear concept of
Time. The amount of highly-evolved Light Beings participating
in this Grand Adventure number in the trillions; located on both
sides of the Realms, physical and non-physical. And you are
among them! Your dedication, hard-work, courage,
perseverance, immense victories over seemingly impossible to
overcome challenges and all the experiences that you had gone
through in current and past lives, have brought you right to this
point. They have made you ready. And the time is NOW for all
of you to reap the rewards!
Let us begin with the following question "What is this Great
Event?" You may have heard of the Event mentioned in passing,
in other messages, blogs or books. And for some of you, this
may be the first time you have come across this information.
Simply put, the Event is a singular, Cosmic, completely visible,
Planetary-scale "explosion" of Divine Light and Love on Earth.
These powerful waves of Divine Light and Love will come
straight from God/Source; channelled through the Great Central
Sun. They will pass through your Galaxy and Planetary systems,
to arrive and encompass all of the Earth in ONE single moment,
reaching all living within the Planet at the same time. Gaia and
all of Her inhabitants will be able to see and feel the Event, and
not a single person will remain unaffected afterwards.
What is likely to happen during the Event? During the Event, all
incarnate Souls will feel a powerful, undeniable surge of the
following feelings all mixed in together: Unconditional Love,
Divine Bliss, Complete Acceptance of who you are, Divine
Grace/Blessings, and, strong feelings of finally being HOME
again. During this powerful energy surge, some of you will be
able to witness the appearance of an Ascended Master:
Leaders/founders of the religions/faiths that you believe in or
have a close spiritual connection with.
For example, if you are a Christian, you may see a vision of
Lord Jesus and will be able to talk to Him personally. If you are
a Buddhist, you may see a vision of Siddharta Gautama (the
Buddha) and be able to have a private conversation with Him.
You will instantly be able to recognise who they are, by the very
powerful Light and Loving vibrations they emanate and by your
own eternal connection with the souls of these highly-evolved
Light Beings.
Even after reading what is written above, it will be challenging
for most of you to even imagine what the Event will feel like,
because you do not yet have a previous life experience as a
starting point of reference to compare it within this lifetime.
However some of you reading this may have experienced
something similar to the Event, during your meditation/spiritual
awakening, but on a much smaller scale. If you belong to this
latter group, bear in mind that whatever you had previously felt
in the past, you will feel all of the above feelings again, but
magnified more than a thousand times during the coming Event.
What will happen to everyone after the Event, however, is where
it gets a little bit tricky to explain. Every one of you will
perceive and process the Event differently: depending on the
type of Soul Group you belong to among the 4 different Soul
Groups below.
Group 1 consists of Awakened Souls, our Lightworkers and all
of you who are reading this. You will know and understand the
Event as what it truly is. It is the great catalyst that will
simultaneously mark the beginning of Nova Gaia and mark the
"End Times" - the End of Life as you have previously known it
on Third-Dimensional Earth. You had been awakened earlier
than most of Humanity for a very important reason: you have
been entrusted to be the Guides, the Way-Showers and the
Leaders of Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional living.
You all have been training and preparing for this Moment in
Time for a very long time, and are now completely ready to take
up the mantle of Leadership and be the Teachers and Mentors
you have come here to be. The Blueprint of your Life; the next
steps that you need to take; the role that you will assume after
this Great Event will be revealed to you in greater depth and
clarity by your Higher Selves and your Spirit Team. Most of you
have answered your "Calling" and have begun or already settled
into these Light-work roles anyway by now, in some way, shape
or form.
You will be the Leaders of the Fourth and Fifth Dimensional
ways of life and will receive constant guidance and direct
assistance from your Galactic Brothers and Sisters from many
highly-evolved, advanced civilizations. You will enjoy the
lessons these Galactics will provide to help with the Planetary
Healing of Gaia as well as the formation of Nova Earth.
Many new, Fourth-Dimensional structures are now ready to be
put into place and your Spiritual powers will be fully awakened
and start to develop at a faster rate. You will learn how to master
your thoughts since Humanity will soon be a Race of Beings
who, predominantly, communicates via Telepathy. Mastering
your thoughts is the first step to Mastering the Art of Creation
and Manifestation. And your Galactic Brothers and Sisters will
greatly help you in this as well. And when your lessons with
them are complete, you will then go out into the world to share
this knowledge with others so that all Humans on Planet Earth
will one day, be the Living Embodiment of their Higher Selves.
All will become powerful Creators and Manifestors. Earth will
become a Planet that only consists of Loving Beings who truly
embody Oneness and Unity; of Masterful Beings who have truly
Ascended.
Group 2 consists of Unawakened Souls, who, at a Higher
Level, planned to Ascend in this lifetime. However, the Event
will trigger tremendous shock, confusion and cause them to
initiate research into a greater understanding on what exactly has
happened to them. The Event can be likened to the loudest
Wakeup Call they have ever heard in their entire lives; one that
can no longer be ignored. They will start - with a sense of deep
urgency that only they can feel - to seek and attract into their
lives, Guidance from you, my Beloved Lightworker friends.
They will intuitively find the "perfect" Mentor for them who
possesses the Higher Knowledge needed to help them move
forward in their own Great Path of Light. Spiritual development
will become their main focus in life. And with time as they grow
more spiritually mature, these Souls will also come into a full
remembrance of their true, Higher Selves and strive to embody
Divine Love in their everyday lives.
Group 3 consists of Unawakened Souls who, at a Higher
Level, have decided NOT to Ascend in this Lifetime. They will
still feel the intensity of the Great Event and also experience all
the feelings that come during it. However, after it is over, they
will slowly return to life within the Third-Dimensional
paradigm. Even if they were to come across "real and authentic"
news about the Event and what it signifies, their inner reaction
will be strong doubts, disbelief and denial.
The Event is the greatest Wake-up Call to all Incarnate Souls on
Planet Earth who are currently still un-awake. This Group of
Souls however is "sleeping" too deeply and have, at a Higher
Level, decided not to wake up in this Lifetime. Thus the Event
will not trigger any interest in all things spiritual; as they are not
at the phase where spiritual development becomes a priority. In
other words, they are not mentally, physically, emotionally and
spiritually ready to Ascend right NOW, in this current Lifetime.
Group 4 also consists of seemingly Unawakened Souls, but
who have decided at a Higher Level to play the roles of
the Dark Ones in this Lifetime. There are two types of the Dark
Ones in this particular Soul Group. One that is "in-the-know" of
what is really happening in terms of the Dark Control on Earth
right now, and another which is "completely in the dark" and
have no idea, or care about, what Ascension or the "Event"
could possibly mean for them.
Those of the Dark who are "in the know" - who have so far
actively and deliberately tried to prevent and stop the Spiritual
progress of Humanity - will come to a sudden realisation that
their "Time" is now coming to a final end. They will have begun
to realise that all is now lost for their Dark cause, since
Humanity will by then be showing that they no longer hold any
interest in living in the type of lower-vibrational, Third-
Dimensional consciousness that these Dark Ones thrive in.
Now, here comes the BIG question that I am sure everyone
reading this is asking within. "When is this Great Event
supposed to take place?" There have been up to now many
different answers. Some Channellers have written that it will
happen before the end of this year. Others predicted it could
occur much later. Which one of these answers is the correct one?
Predicting the future is a risky business. That is why when you
go to visit two different Psychics at two different times - say,
one visit in your early twenties and another in your early thirties
- there is a big possibility that these Psychics will give you two
very different answers to the same question you had asked them.
Out of the INFINITE number of potential, future realities lying
ahead of you, i.e. your probable Timelines, these Psychics can
only provide predictions based on your vibrations and intentions
you held at the time of your visit. Every single person you met in
life who played a part in your life back then, or who would in
your future Timeline play a part in your life, will have the power
to change your probable future. It really comes down to a "Forks
in the Road" choice for everyone who will play a potentially
significant role in your life.
In the case of the timing of this "Great Event", however, the
risks of a misprediction is magnified a million fold. There are
many micro and macro factors, coming from the Human
Collective, that can influence Space and Time to produce a
different Timeline than what was originally
predicted/estimated/forecasted.
That being said, here comes our final answer to your BIG
question. With the presumption that all things and all matters
will continue to develop at their current velocity of
change, there is a 56% possibility that the Great Event will
probably take place within the next 3 to 6 months from
today. This answer is based on current "Light Data" and the
current Planetary vibration level of Earth. Please do not be
disappointed if it comes slightly later than the above
forecast. There is even a 30% chance that it will take place
before the above time range.
The most important thing to bear in mind, regardless of when
the Great Event will actually occur, is that this Cosmic,
magnificent and miraculous Spiritual Event is inevitable. It will
definitely happen. The Light is already victorious! Absolutely
nothing can prevent Nova Earth from being manifested into your
physical reality right here, right now.
It will soon be time for you to join the extremely lively
celebrations now already going on in Heaven, in the Higher
Dimensional Realms. Cheers and great joy are resonating
throughout all the Galaxies in this Universe. The entire Galactic
Community, all of your Brothers and Sisters of Light - from
your past and future lifetimes in the Higher Dimensions - in
different Races and Civilisations, stand ready to embrace and
welcome all of Humanity into their fold. Into the spirit of
Oneness and Unity with "All That Is".
These are truly Great Times you are living in. Please deeply
recognise the honour you had been given by being physically
embodied on Planet Earth whilst this Great Change is
happening. Let us give our profound, heartfelt thanks; in Loving
gratitude to Father/Mother God, Source/Prime Creator for this
Great Gift of Love and to Mother Earth, Gaia, for Her deep,
enduring Love and the sacrifices She had given for all of
Humanity throughout the aeons of time.
There is truly nothing extra for you to do from this moment
onward, my Beloved Lightworkers. Continue to shine your
Light and live every day, fully committed to your own
magnificent Great Path of Light and a high-vibrational way of
living.
Please also continue to act every day as if you are the
embodiment of your Higher Self, and as if Nova Earth is already
here. Both facts, in the great NOW moment, are definitely true
and not a false belief at all.
All of us here in the Higher Dimensions, bow to you all in great
Respect, Love, Gratitude and Admiration for your Participation,
Courage, Bravery and Hard Work in creating and manifesting
Nova Earth. We will continue to be your Loving, supportive
Work Partners in this Grand Ascension Project. All the way
through to its completion; to the End.
I am walking with you, every step of the way. Call out for help
whenever you need it. We all stand ready to assist. You are
never alone.
Sending much Love & Light your way, Your Brother in Light,
Jesus SANANDA
Adele Arini - Era of Light.com

20 March 2018 - The Long-awaited Landings - Jesus

SANANDA - via Adele Arini
Greetings my Beloved Brothers and Sisters,
After my previous message about the coming Great Event, here
comes along another important update for you all. Your Galactic
Brothers and Sisters of the Light are now planning for a major
Landing on the surface of Gaia. The first wave of Landings will
be led by a spiritually-advanced Race of Beings called the
Pleiadians.
The Pleiadians originate from the Pleiades Star Systems. In
terms of physical appearance, the Pleiadians look very similar to
the Human Race. Their entire civilisation currently exists within
the Sixth-Dimension; they had 'Ascended' from the Lower
Dimensions to the Higher Dimensions of consciousness (5D and
above) millions of your Earth years ago. The Pleiadians are part
of the many ancient Races of Beings in this Universe.
They, along with the Arcturians, Venusians, Antareans and
many more, form the group of Higher Dimensional Race of
Beings who have the purest of intentions to serve
God/Source/Prime Creator wherever and whenever necessary.
They are fully committed in providing a service to Divine Love
in all that they do. They faithfully serve All That Is, for the
Higher Good of All in mind. The above 4 Extraterrestrial Races
have been the main Guardians of this Galaxy for millions of
years. They have been tasked by God, with the Divine Duty to:
watch over, guide and protect Humanity from the very
beginning of time on Earth - whilst always respecting the Higher
Will of the Human Collective, at all times.
There is absolutely nothing to fear. The Pleiadians are
completely prepared for all eventualities. Nothing that Humanity
can produce (out of fear or out of any other Third-Dimensional
reactions) will be able to harm them. They will not have
anything on them that can be considered as 'weapons', and they
will do absolutely nothing that can be mistakenly construed as
'having hostile intentions' towards Humanity.
The Pleiadians communicate among themselves via mental
telepathy, and they possess the ability to communicate with you
in all Earth languages. If you are one of the brave ones who
actually approach one of them in friendship, you will find that
communication with them is easy and effortless. This highly-
evolved Race of Beings emanates strong, high vibrations of
Love and Light that will instantly make you feel safe,
comfortable, liked and completely loved. The Pleiadians have
been and are still one of the Guardians protecting Humanity in
this Galaxy. They have been playing an important role in the
Spiritual awakening and development of the Human Race. They
are here to help disintegrate all aspects of Humanity's current
Third Dimensional way of living (based in: Duality, Fear, Lack
and Separation), and help establish the foundation of a Fifth
Dimensional society which will be completely based in: Peace,
Unity and Oneness, Love and Abundance.

8 May 2018 - Ascended Master Quan Yin - Current Celestial

Energies and More Upcoming Disclosures - Through Linda Li
Dear Hearts, I am Quan Yin. I come today with important news.
The Divine Being has decreed that the Planetary Ascension has
been doing extremely well. We have grouped quite a lot of
Celestial Energies, and have been bringing them to Earth to help
Gaia and Humanity. Apparently, these incoming "Grouped
Energies" are doing wonders. Not only for Gaia Earth, but also
for our Lightworkers and Humanity.
As a result of these intense "Energies", we are able to come up
fast and move the Ascension up to speed. So far, we have almost
caught up with the speed we have designed for Gaia and
Humanity, and that is very exciting news. For that, The Divine
Being and the Company of Heaven, are extremely happy, and
we are going to continue the effort, bringing in more of these
Group Energies. In other words, in order to assure the Ascension
of the Masses and the Planet herself, we have to group up
different types of Rays together so when these Rays hit the
Planet, we have the domino effect, affecting different groups at
the same time so that these different Soul Groups can Ascend
together. That is the key. So far so good.
In the next few days and weeks, The Divine Being is going to
continue the effort of pushing the Divine Agenda forward. The
Divine Being and the Company of Heaven, have been doing
quite a good job in terms of pushing for the forthwith
announcement of the "Galactic Disclosures". And so far, they
have all sorts of these "Disclosures" lined up, waiting to be
announced. Our Announcers are all ready to go forth and each of
them can barely await for their turn. That is the scene at this
time, and that is so exciting! We do also very much appreciate
our Lightworkers and those Disclosure Announcers for their
strong efforts and dedication. Great job Dear Ones!
I am Quan Yin. I Love you. So it is.

29 May 2018 - Galactic Federation Regional Council on

Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle
Concerning Earth changes, expect these to be regionally intense
at times. Gaia has decided to delay many of the changes on a
global scale since your own transformation is not very far off.
Her final transformation will not take place until you are safe in
Earth's Inner Earth Realm of Agartha or else up on the
Motherships, taking your final, ecstatic step into Full
Consciousness. Until then, Gaia is to focus on resolving the
pressure on her Tectonic Plates and on building up the Pacific
and Atlantic Ocean basins for the return of the Continents of
Lemuria and Atlantis.
As a Fully-conscious Planet, she is noted for both her symmetry
and her exquisite beauty. The rising of Atlantis and Lemuria will
balance Gaia's land-water ratio. Once again, she will return to
her original, pristine body configuration as a mono-polar planet.
10 June 2018 - Commander Ashtar - The Time Is Now - via
James McConnell
I AM Ashtar.
You have heard some time before when we spoke of the
dominoes that would begin to fall at a certain time and a certain
vibration once that was reached. Well those vibrations have been
reached now and those dominoes are now to begin to fall. One
in particular is about to fall and to contact the next one and the
next one and the next one. It was always said that it would take
one to begin the process. You are very close now to that ONE
falling.
You will know it as it happens. Not all will see it at once, not all
will be aware at once, but those of you that have been
acclimating to these energies, that have become aware, that have
awakened will know this as it occurs. I am certainly not going to
say exactly when or how or what. You will know it as it
happens.
For all is at hand now. We, in our ships, are waiting the signals
to be given. We have been in many different phases throughout
this Ascension process and through your transition here. Many
phases we have moved through, many parts of the Plan. And we
are nearing the end phases now which will signal the times when
we can more fully be with you.
Many of you are beginning to see us in the skies much more
often. When you close your physical eyes and you open that
Third Eye and allow that Third Eye to roam freely and let go.
Then once you have done this you open your physical eyes.
Now through your physical eyes you see with the Third Eye,
you see through your imagination, through your imaging ability.
See what was not there before. You see what others may not see.
For you now have the eyes to see and the ears to hear only if you
allow it in any given moment.
I Am Ashtar. I leave you now with Peace and Love to continue
to share with one another. Share the Light, be the Light, be the
Love that we all are.

3 October 2018 - A Message from Mira from the Pleiadian

High Council through Valerie Donner
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak
to you today with wonderful news. The Light Fleet is advancing
quickly in on the forces of darkness. There are billions of
Galactic ships positioned to remove the most problematic
perpetrators of death and destruction from the Earth.
Each ship has specific directions about what to do and where to
go. The destinations are perfectly timed and filtered through
technology that allows us the advantage.
We hear the calling from the Earth and from Humanity for an
end to the atrocities of the harsh way of life you have been
living. We promise you this is our common goal. The damage
has been done and there is no room for anymore. We have been
granted permission to use whatever means are possible to
achieve this goal. You can imagine how pleased we are to
announce this.
Never again in the history of the Earth will self-serving Beings
be allowed to usurp the energies and resources of all of life on
any Planet. The days of the enslavement have been declared
over. You are being freed from the rot and greed.
Right now, every Soul on the Earth is choosing whether they are
continuing to serve Self or if they are choosing to move into a
higher vibration into Service to Others. We are sorry to say that
most who have only interest for Self will find it problematic to
change. That means they will be leaving the Earth and going to
other Third-dimensional Planets where they can continue to
learn their lessons.
Most Humans are being faced with many challenges now. As
the Ascension Process continues to accelerate it forces one to
make choices that will lead to higher steps in rising
consciousness. Those who are unable to receive the
accelerations and the Love energy that go along with that will
decelerate. The choices of each Soul are taken into consideration
and are followed through with Love. It is known that each
Being's choice is honoured.
Soon you will begin to experience greater waves of Love. You
will feel the luminescence of the Light as the creative energies
sweep through you. Your vibration's will be higher and higher.
From this, your manifesting abilities will expand in miraculous
ways. You will remember your power and will use it wisely.
We have the utmost confidence in you and the work we are
doing together. We honour you and appreciate you being on the
Earth this time. You make a huge difference. Focus on the Truth
and the Light and we will see this through to the end.
I send you Love and Joy from all of us. I am Mira

5 October 2018 - Commander Ashtar - Channeled by James

McConnell
I am Ashtar. As always, it is a pleasure to be with you,
especially in these times now, these times that we are now
beginning more and more to celebrate. We are celebrating not
our involvement, but your involvement, your progress, all that
you are bringing forward into these next moments that are upon
you. Many of you are beginning to have more and more
sightings of those of us, those of our Spaceships. Many more of
you are seeing beyond the Veil, getting those glimpses as has
been said many times. But I tell you now that this is only the
beginning, for much that has been heralded is now going to
begin, is now going to come forth. We in the Motherships, as we
have said previously, have been parked far out here in your
space around your Planet, but we are coming closer and closer
now. We are beginning to move closer and closer.
Then, one day in the not too distant future will be known as "the
Day the Stars Fell." For that will be when our ships will pierce
through the atmosphere of the Earth and appear everywhere
across your entire Planet. Those times are coming. And the
preparations are being made in many different ways. Many
truths are coming forward, being revealed, and preparations are
being planned for many announcements that are to come forth.
What you have been told about your Broadcast system is
correct. Many of you are coming to understand that your entire
Broadcast system can be overtaken at a switch of a button or the
turning of a switch. You are on the verge now of a great many
changes, a great many revealings, much to come forward.
As and when the pulse of Celestial Energy comes from the
Galactic Central Sun, known as The Event, or the Changeover,
then in those moments you WILL be lifted up. Your conscious
knowing self WILL be lifted up, because it will not know
anything different at that time. For the old ways, the old comfort
zone, will no longer be comfortable, for you will not be
comfortable in the old paradigm. Just as many of you are not
comfortable in that now.
I am Ashtar, and I leave you now at this time. But know that we
are always with you. We are just a whisper away where we can
be more fully with you, and will be, in the not far off future.

11 November 2018 - Commander ASHTAR on the

Disclosure Event - James McConnell
I am Ashtar. It is always wonderful to be with you in these times
and moments in the midst of these many Changes that are
occurring and are about to occur.
I come at this time to share with you those outer happenings that
are occurring above you in the many Spaceships, the many
Inter-Galactic Fleets that are here, those ones that you have
heard of that have been parked just outside of your atmosphere
for some time. And as we have said several times that we have
come closer and closer, even to the point where we have begun
more and more to uncloak ourselves so that those that have eyes
to see can see us, and that of the Pleiadian Fleet that is preparing
not only a Great Celebration, but they are planning an
Operation, you might say, an Operation that will bring this
Disclosure Event even closer and closer to you. In order for that
to happen, those of you, the Way-Showers, the Lightworkers,
those of you that are on the forefront of these great many
Changes to the Earth and to the Consciousness here on the
Earth, those of you that have been preparing, have been working
with these incoming Celestial Energies, it is time now for you to
realise that you are in the midst, right in the midst, of these
Changes, and as has been said, you are the catalyst for these
Changes.
Your Consciousness is creating every moment of your lives so it
is time more and more now to create that which you want to
happen, create everything that you are longing for. Because as
you do so, those of us in our Spaceships, all of the Fleets that are
out here, will be able to come closer and closer to you, to you as
individuals and you as groups. The entire populace may not see
us yet, but those of you who are ready and prepared, do not fear,
do not shy away, those of you will be able to see us more and
more. We are showing ourselves now to you more and more
often, because operations are underway to bring Disclosure
about. If it will not happen from those of your Leaders to make
those Announcements, then it will happen as a result of You
yourself creating the impetus for this Event to manifest. You are
the Disclosure: remember that...
I am Ashtar. I leave you now temporarily. And I say temporarily
because we are always with you, and are always just a whisper
away to be more fully with you. Those times are coming where
we will be able to appear to you much more than you can
possibly imagine yet at this point.

17 December 2018 - Commander ARAMDA on the coming

Great Galactic Wave of Energy - Channeled by James
McConnell
I am Aramda of the Galactic Federation. I am coming to you at
this time, on this Galactic Mothership, which you may call it the
"Advance", and it is one of which is taking part in your process
of "Advancing" towards Ascension. That is as we see it up here
from our vantage point upon the Motherships as we look down.
Yes, we see all that is occurring within your life times down on
Earth. We can see, as you might say, "through the walls." We
can hear what you are saying and we are fully aware of all of the
advancement on Planet Earth that is going on. And know that
here in our Motherships we are doing everything that we can to
prepare for the great many "Changes" that are to come upon
you, and we are here also to protect you and all of the the
Lightworkers, as well as all those of you on the other Planets
within your Solar System. We are indeed here to make sure that
all goes according to the "Great Plan", even though the Great
Plan has been much changed and diversified at times, going off
into various detours, you might say. Nonetheless, it is still
strongly held upon its target as of right now.
That target, of course, for the Earth, for all of you there on
Planet Earth, is Ascension. Ascension: moving from one level of
Consciousness up to a higher level of Consciousness. That is
what this is all about. You may think you only came here to
learn, to be in a Great and powerful "School of Learning", but
that is only partially what you are really here for. You have
come through many, many Lifetimes to prepare for this Time
now and where you could soon have a sudden evolution of
Consciousness all in one moment, or seemingly one moment. It
may not seem to be a moment in your time, but it would be over
a relatively short period of time, say, hours, maybe even days,
but not much longer than that. The FULL act of Ascension, is
what I speak of now, not just your long ongoing Ascension
Process. But when you fully move through that final act of
Ascension, it will happen to you in a moment's time.
Now the Great Galactic Wave that is approaching even now as I
now speak to you here, even as you continue to go through your
long advance towards Ascension, that Galactic Wave is in fact
coming closer and closer. And it is destined to raise the
Consciousness and also your Vibration rates all at one fell
swoop as it spreads across the Planet. You have had in the past
many times the analogy of a Tsunami as it first connects to the
land and begins to move across the land, and washes over
everything in its path. However, usually the Tsunami, as it
spreads across the land, will eventually diminish itself and die
out. However, NOT this Tsunami. This Tsunami will spread
undiminished across the entire Planet. And it will do so in a very
short period of time. So every Life Form on the Planet will not
but help to feel the immense Consciousness that comes along
with this great Galactic Wave, and the enormous shift of
Consciousness to Humanity that comes with it.
As everything continues to move ahead according to the Great
Plan many of you down on Planet Earth are doing everything
you possibly can in your sphere of activity. We applaud you for
your diligence in continuing to move through this entire
Ascension process, not only in this Lifetime, but in the many
Lifetimes leading up to this. And it all has been leading up to the
culmination or the "Great Crescendo" that Sananda has already
spoken of. You are nearing that Crescendo, and we also
patiently await the many Earth Changes that will happen as a
result of that, just as you are. The only difference is we can see a
little bit further into the future than you can at this point, and we
know that it is already well advancing within the happening
process right now.
I am Commander Aramda, and I am always with you in Spirit
and will continue to be with you. I feel I am very close to many
of you, and that many of you are likewise close to me and that
we shall meet again soon.

13 January 2019 - KaRa the Pleiadian on our Coming

Reunion - via James McConnell
I am KaRa. I have not spoken through this one or to this group
before. I have asked permission to be able to do so, that I would
come as a Representative of the Pleiadian Fleets, and I also
speak on behalf of the many other Fleets of the Galactic
Federation circling your Planet now. We have been here for
some time. We are indeed coming closer and closer to your
reality here on the Planet. We have been watching and waiting
for the opportunity to be more fully involved with all of you.
Because in many respects, we are you, and you are us.
And as I have said, I come to you as a Representative of the
Pleiadian Fleets for the Pleiadian Grand Council. I come at this
time to prepare you for what is to come, for what you are being
prepared for, and the many who would listen to or read these
words afterwards. You are being prepared for those times where
we make our open connection with you. For it must come to you
before the coming of the other events involving the many Earth
Changes. That is, that we should become more associated with
you, more closely in contact with you through our First
Contact/Disclosure Event. And yes, indeed, even some of you
will then be invited upon our Spaceships.
Those times are coming, and you have been being prepared for
this. This is why I come and speak at this time.
You are being prepared for those times where we can be
together in a more physical fashion. Not in your previous 3D
vibration, but in the 4D vibration that you are rapidly moving
towards. Because as you continue to raise your vibrations, then
we are able to lower ours somewhat to meet you, what you call
"meeting half way." We are in the process of doing that.
There are many functions, you might say, that are happening at
this time behind the scenes, many planned Programs that are at
this time being run. Each time one of the Programs that we are
working on, each a part of the overall Great Plan, is finished,
then we move on to the next stage. That is where we are now.
We have just moved to the next stage. That stage is to be your
preparation event for welcoming those of you who would be
called to come and be with us more fully.
It is to be a choice on your part, yes. But it also requires a
suitable matching, a matching of vibrations. If you can match
our vibration, and we can match yours, then we can have this
more full connection - not at the former 3D level, but at the 4D
level. That is where many of you are partly residing in now: in
the Fourth Dimension. Many of you are finding those things that
you wish for, that you ask for are coming true much, much
quicker. So it is important now for all of you, as you continue to
raise your vibration, to continue to control your thoughts, learn
to still the mind, so that the connection between you and your
Higher Self can become stronger and stronger. When that
occurs, when you have more fully connected with your higher
God Self, that is when your vibrations will be high enough to
match ours.
It is not only we, the Pleiadians. There are many of the Fleets of
the many different Civilisations: Sirians, the Arcturians, the
Andromedans, and so on. Many are preparing in various stages
themselves for this Ascension process that is underway now for
all within the Galaxy. Yes, you are going through a transition
and will continue to do so. But as you are going through this
transition, you are also moving through your Ascension process
closer and closer to that moment, and you will realise fully who
you really are. In that moment, you will fully connect with your
higher God Self. The integration will be complete. You will
move fully through your Ascension in those moments.
Prior to this, leading up to this, is all that I can speak of now.
Many changes that are happening here on your Planet, some yet
still behind the scenes, but all of it, is rapidly coming forward.
All Truth is coming forward to be revealed - nothing, no rock,
will be left unturned. All will be revealed. Trust in that. Trust in
yourselves. Trust in the Great Plan that is forever working on
behalf of the Consciousness of Man.
I am Kara of the Pleiades. I leave you now in Peace and Love,
and a sharing between us that holds no bounds.

27 January 2019 - Saint Germain - via James McConnell

I am Saint Germain. As always, it is a pleasure to be with you in
this way in these moments, for so much is in flux now.
So much is shifting and changing. Powerful Galactic Energies
are coming in more and more into the Planet. More and more of
you are feeling these energies. So many of you who have
awakened for some time now have been working with these
energies and many, many more are beginning to awaken as a
result of the overall Collective Consciousness of Earth's
Humanity rising.
Though you may not notice it, and it may not seem so in
outward appearances, since in many respects it looks as if little
has changed, I can assure you now that much has not only
changed, but is in the process of changing.
You find yourselves now in the moments prior to the Great
Changeover, and everything is building toward it. Celestial Stars
are moving in directions to bring about this Great Changeover.
The alignment of the Stars, the alignment of the Planets:
everything is coming in to be in that perfect instant when the
signal is finally given and the Changeover, the Great Event, can
begin. These are those times now.

28 January 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES

Transmission on Earth's forthcoming Ascension -
MICHAEL of Nebadon
It was two Earth days ago that another huge Fleet of
Lightweight Pleiadian Rainbow Plasma Ships came through the
Solar Portal and are now docked around Earth's Sun.
There is a total of approximately 500,000 similar Benevolent
High-vibration Plasma Motherships currently here in your Solar
System. They come from all over the Galactic Federation and
the many Solar System Worlds that are within the Fifth
Dimension.
The Pleiadians, along with three other Major Galactic Star Races
assisting in your Ascension, are here leading the way to assist
Humanity in your great Evolutionary Process.
The newly arrived Pleiadian Motherships have been coming in
through the Solar Portal since the 9th of September 2018 and
have positioned themselves within your Solar System in
preparation for a Grand Event in your Earth's Ascension
process.
In most cases these Celestial Light-Body Ships may only be
seen by you as translucent, Rainbow-coloured clouds. It is
possible for some of you to photograph these Ships if the
lighting is favourable and if your vibration rate is high enough.
These Ships are no longer fully cloaked, but do resonate within a
higher, lighter frequency of around 40-100 Hertz which some of
you may be able to perceive.
Pleiadians have in the past already deployed many Teachers and
Healers on Planet Earth and we are now working with them to
make all of this Great Event happen. Also, Earth Alliance
Members and Pleiadian Delta Forces are working around the
clock to phase the 3D-Matrix out and phase in a new 4-5D
Earth.
THE GRAND SOLAR FLASH
The Grand Solar Flash is underway. This has been building up
for three months with incoming Plasma Energies and it is not to
be just a quick one-minute or one-hour event! It is best to think
of these incoming energies as a series of Plasma Light Waves
building up to a crescendo, rather than just a one final Grand
Flash.
The Apex of this series of Light Waves could well be described
as a Flash of White Magnetic Ionized Plasma Light.
This Grand Solar Flash originates from the Central Sun at the
Galactic Core. Think of this whole process as similar to a
Galactic-sized Super Capacitor charging up and then releasing.
This is exactly what the Light Forces are setting in motion. They
are presently charging up the Sun with "Super Plasma" and will
then release the charge when it reaches maximum effective
levels. One recent example of a smaller Solar-Wave-Flash
testing was the "Gamma White-Out" on the 21st of December
2018. While this itself was just a Test Run, the Final Discharge
will be similar but vastly larger, and will cause a complete and
sustained 40 Hertz Gamma White-Out around the Earth.
This Grand Final Plasma Discharge is known to us as "Project
Andara". It will signal the start of one of the most magnificent
periods ever experienced on Earth!
This Multidimensional Solar Flash Portal will thus allow High-
vibrational Gamma-Light-Data to pour into the Earth and into
your Auric fields where it will be carried at once into your
DNA. Your cells will be instantly re-coded to a Higher Order,
and with your bodies having been raised to a 4th Dimensional
vibration rate, you will therefore be able to process a much more
advanced level of Cosmic Data. It will also cause your
surrounding Earth Matter to morph into a higher New
Earth/Heaven 4D Vibrational Frequency.
Many of you know deep within yourselves that this Great Time
has to come. We have done all we can to give you as many signs
of this in the form of "Hope" as possible. Things can not go on,
and will not, as they have done so far on Earth, and indeed a
Major Change is now finally coming.

3 March 2019 - Commander ASHTAR on the Coming Wave

Energies - Channeled by James McConnell
I am Ashtar,
It is great to be with you once again in these continuing times,
and in these moments. These moments that are about to separate
those who are Ready and those who are Not. Now that is not
about to say that many across the Planet will pass away in the
Death process: we would never wish to say that.
But it is more of speaking about the Energies coming into the
Planet, including those which have already come in, and those
which are still yet to immerse themselves in this Planet, those
further Waves of Plasma Energy that have been spoken of that
are still yet to come. And coming, they are. You are going to
experience a great Wave of Energy in the very near future. Yes,
in your month [March] that you are in now. It is indeed coming.
Is it going to separate the Wheat from the Chaff? Not as you
understand it. But it is going to bring about a separation. A
separation of Vibration rates. For those who already vibrate at
the higher levels, and those who vibrate at the lower levels, there
will be a separation. Not that they will leave the Planet. It is not
time yet for that.
But it is a time for reckoning within yourselves, each and every
one of you on the Planet. A time to reach deep down within
yourselves and experiencing that reverberation level within
yourselves that connects you to not only this Planet, to the Earth,
to Gaia, but to all of the Planets of the Solar System, to the Sun,
to all of the Central Suns of the Galaxies, and to the Central Sun
of the Universe - the connection to the Creative Source itself, of
this Universe.
This is what is happening with these Waves of Energy, and this
final Major Wave that is coming, that will affect a great many,
not as "The Changeover" or "The Event" that has been spoken
of, not yet. But as a major shift in Plasma Energy that will
reverberate across the entire Galaxy as Melchizedek has spoken
to some of you about. A reverberation connecting all of you, that
is all of you including the Wayshowers/Lightworkers,
connecting you all together as ONE again. And you are ONE,
my friends. You are ONE with each other, you are ONE with us,
in our Spaceships, in our Fleets. You are ONE with the
Agarthans of the Inner Earth, and ONE with all of the Company
of Heaven, and all of the Cosmic Beings yet unknown to you.
But you will come to know them, for they certainly know of
you, each and every one of you.
So it is time now to reach deep within yourselves and find that
vibrational reverberation within you that connects you to the
ALL, because the ALL is connected to you.
I am Ashtar. I always appreciate these times that I can be with
you and share in these matters in this way, to continue to assist
and help you along the way of this Time of Transition, this
Transition that is preparing each and every one of you for the
Great Ascension Event coming to you on Planet Earth.
All of my Peace and Love be with all of you, for now and
forever more.

9 March 2019 - Jesus-SANANDA - The Final Coming of the

Light - Sion of Mexico
A Special Message to the Lightworkers
A New Dawn is about to happen on your Planet and with it the
most marvellous brightness of the incoming Light [The Plasma
Solar Light Energy Flash] will be seen by your eyes. This
experience is going to be monumentally enormous and
overwhelming for all because you have never seen such
spectacle of Light, Love and Brightness; The New Earth all
dressed up with all her Glory and Splendour.
Dear Brothers and Sisters we tell you that you are ready to live
such an experience along with us. It is really a moment that we
have waited for a long time and my heart is jumping with joy.
Brothers and Sisters finally the moment has arrived, finally we
will all see each other again, hug each other and cry, laugh and
sing with joy.
Finally my beloved Gaia has been set free and therefore my
Brethren your Light eyes shall be opened so that you may see us
next to you, next to you where we always have been, where
Mother/Father have never stopped enacting a vigil over your
dreams and caring for you with all their Love.
The time is NOW, the clock denoting the Era of your Racial
History will stop, so marking the end of the 5th Era of the 5th
Race that has been on this Planet and with it, the marking of the
beginning of the New Era, the 6th, the Golden Era of Light and
Love. The Era of the Gods, the Era of the Revelation, the Era of
the Light of Knowledge, the Era of the embodied Lightworkers
that have finally accomplished their Mission and now are
coming back home with us.
Dear Brethren I am Yeshu'a, I am here with you my heart
pounding in my chest with the emotion I am feeling to be able to
see you all, welcome you with open arms and honour you for
your valour and courage of never giving up. You make me
proud of all and each of you and I feel honoured to be your
Brother, I know you all feel the same.
We are entering the last stage of this Great Ending and now is
where I ask you please to keep your calm and trust in
yourselves. You are ready, more than ready to face this last step.
But it is of the utmost importance to keep calm amid the things
that may arise during these Last Days of this Era. There have
been other Era Endings but none such as this one and that is why
I am communicating with all of you my beloved Lightworkers.
You must stay in your new higher 4D frequencies so you can
receive our instructions clearly as to what we will need you to
do. Everything is being overseen by us 100% of the 24 hours of
your days and we have total control of everything, the only thing
we ask is that you do not disconnect from your Inner Selves, as
it would only be through your own Inner Self that you would be
likely to do that.
Be in Peace and confident that we will help you through this.
First, all of you will be coming to us with your new Higher
Vibrational Light and once you are with us in a higher
vibrational state we will be able to talk and talk, sing, laugh and
clear all your doubts so that we can plan the next step together
as the Great Team that we are.
Only this time, we will come down to join with you in your new
4D physical vehicle/body as ONE, totally completely joined and
in communion and ready to help all the others who are still
asleep in their 3D illusion.
I just wanted to share this joyous moment with you that we are
living through up in our Mothership, the "New Jerusalem", and
tell you that we are ready to act as soon as the Era Clock stops in
a few days.
I am Yeshu'a Ben Joseph, best known as Jesus the Christ and I
tell you my Beloved Brethren that ALL IS FINISHED, the Light
has arrived to this beautiful Planet and Mother/Father's blessings
are pouring in with abundance unto you.
With all my Love and Light
I am Jesus SANANDA
Message channelled by Sion - Victory to the Light!!! - Mexico,
March 9, 2019

19 April 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES

TRANSMISSIONS - Earth Frequency Update - MICHAEL
of Nebadon
Greetings Great Beings of Light:
You may have detected, or not, according to your present
Vibrational level, a Major 3-hour Dimensional Rift that occurred
overnight in the Energetic Grid that surrounds Planet Earth.
Earth Celestial Light-Alliance Intelligence Report that Pleiadian
Light Forces rebooted and reset the Vibrational Grid around the
Earth last night as the Pleiadian Operation "Andara" moves into
high gear.
Light Forces are deployed all around the Earth at this hour from
the sky to the ground to strengthen and finalise the New 5D-
Earth Crystal Light Grid.
The Grid is being re-coded and upgraded by benevolent,
intelligent, Pleiadian Crystalline Grid Technicians of the
"Atlantis Command" using advanced "Andara-Crystal" Multi-
Dimensional Energy Technology, derived from Ancient
Atlantis.
The New 5D Crystalline Holographic Operating System is being
applied to the surface of the Planet.
Benevolent Celestial Forces have been working overtime,
overlaying the New 5D-Earth Crystalline Light Matrix on top of
the Old 3D Matrix for the last 2 Earth weeks.
This is a literal merging of the Two Dimensions in regards to the
Energetic Space-Time Field that surrounds the Planet. This New
5D Vibrational Diamond-Light Matrix is to be the framework
for the New Earth Civilisation on Planet Earth.
Another key purpose for this type of "Energetic Blackout" is to
merge the remaining artificial Timelines all back onto the one
true New Earth Crystalline Grid Timeline so Humanity can fully
Ascend up to the 5th Dimension. When a "Grid Blackout" like
this occurs, the Energy Field around Earth is literally switched
into the "Off" position for a duration.
Dear Ones, standby as the Earth Matrix is fully re-programmed
to the 5D Frequency level of 40-100 Hertz.
The time for the "New Earth" is truly dawning as the Vibration
of Earth is lifted higher and higher. Soon Dear Ones, all Beings
of Earth will be Free Forevermore!
God Speed,
MICHAEL and The PLEIADIANS

20 May 2019 - Message from Alcyone - Great Central Sun

Being of the Pleiades - Galaxygirl
I am your Great Central Sun, Alcyone of the Pleiades. You shall
relearn in time that everything is Consciousness. Every Planet,
Star, Comet - everything is an aspect of Source experiencing
itself. You are currently on a very highly evolved Being, Gaia,
who is morphing into the New. With the help of the great, vast,
Cosmic Energies in this Sector of your Space Quadrant that you
are passing through, our energies mix and mingle more
completely, more thoroughly and you are more fully bathed in
my Light.
I am Alcyone. I am ancient, I am wise. I have seen much pain
and Love in this 26,000 year Cycle. It is true that Humanity has
been plunged into the depths but now equally so is rising to
greater heights of fulfilment of the promise of the Resurrection,
of the New Day, of the new Christed Birth upon the Hearts of
Humankind. It is a beautiful moment.
The Pleiadians are working around the clock to protect and most
aptly bathe Gaia in this healing High Vibratory Light, so that the
benefits are most perfectly balanced and received. Thank them.
They will be coming to you shortly. They are your friends,
mentors, family members of the Ancient Days, returned. Just as
you are returning to your Christed Light, so they too are turning
to your Sphere to Assist, to Guide, to Love. As a cohesive team
the Galactics of the Ascended Realms will form massive
support. They are already in your skies, forming a Grid of
Protection and Love. It will deepen. Relationships and self-
confidence and self-realisation will fire up in new ways. You are
remembering who you truly are, friends.
All is well. Bathe in my Light. Rest in the embrace of
Mother/Father God. We are all One working towards the same
end.

4 June 2019 - A Message from Mira of The Pleiadian High

Council - through Valerie Donner
Greetings, I am Mira. I am pleased to update you today. There is
much on the horizon. The energies coming to the Earth are
broad and swift, sweeping waves of change. They require
receptivity and we know that some are not really ready for what
is being given.
We are working closely with you and also communicate with the
influencing energies that are being released through the Sun, the
Photonic Energies, etc. that are affecting the Magnetic Fields of
the Planet and all of life. We do not want these energies to
overwhelm you and we thank you for your patience.
Remember that you have been prepared for these times and it
has also been a bit of an experiment to see how the bodies can
stay on a Planet during an Ascension Process. As most of you
know, usually when a Planet Ascends there is no life left on a
Planet - the Planet goes into a "Nova" transformation process.
You are an exception.
Little by little the Planet and you are Ascending. The pace has
been increased in the last couple of months. You are being given
lots of assistance and healing but this requires an unusual
amount of rest. Please give this rest to yourselves because you
are being upgraded. You need this rest to assimilate these
energies so that you can take on more of your powerful work
that you came to the Planet to do.
We stand in line assisting you along with many other Galactics,
and Beings from the Light Realms. We see you becoming free
and polishing up your shining new selves. This is an amazing
process of which we are a part.
I am Mira and am a part of your Galactic Family of Light. We
send you our blessings and marvel at your progress. We are with
you.

5 June 2019 - Pleiadian Light Forces Transmission -

MICHAEL of Nebadon
Greeting Great Beings of Light!
The Earth Alliance reports that "Operation Freedom" will
continue through to July 4th as Pleiadian Light Forces use
advanced 5D Andara Energy Technology to finalise the clearing
of old 3D Matrix Energy as well as the remaining 4D Astral
debris.
40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light Waves will fire back up again in the
next 72 hours as the old Matrix continues giving way to the New
Earth. Think of this Earth time as an incredible transition where
the old Realm is phased out and the New One is phased in.
Expect powerful Mainstream News coming out regarding the
Old Matrix shutdown that is in progress. Operation Delta
Ground Forces will be physically removing the few remaining
Low-vibration Dark Cabal-Controllers over the next 4 Earth
weeks.
The Frequency Dimensions are clashing as the new 5D Light
Matrix overlay is gently retrofitted into place over this Planet.
Pleiadian Delta Security Fleets are monitoring everything that
moves at this hour, so know that all is well. We ask you to allow
the Great Changes that are coming to take place and accept them
as part of a beautiful Universal Plan.
Be aware that all of this is being done in a very quiet way and
that all of those Humans that are still uninformed about the
coming of the Earth Changes continue to remain none the wiser
about any of this at this stage. Remember that we have said this
5D Transition is first of all to apply to the Lightworkers
stationed on Earth and that the rest of Humanity will come along
behind when they are themselves ready.
It is also important that we remind you about who and what you
truly are. You are an advanced Celestial Being of Light that
came to this Realm from a very High Place in this Universe.
Where you come from, you are "Celestial Royalty" and this is
where you are returning to!
Your New 5D Kingdom on Earth is being prepared at this
moment and soon you will walk fully into it in Great Glory! Do
not be dismayed about saying Goodbye to to the Old Energies
that no longer serve you. There is such a wonderful Life ahead
of you, Great One, but you must start aligning with this New
Way of being and moving forwards towards your Dreams now.
This Grand Task your are participating in is not only one of your
main duties on Earth as an Extraterrestrial Being of Love and
Light. Your other Primary Mission here is to take Cosmic Light-
data into your existing Physical container, decode it and then
broadcast it back out after you have Ascended into every dark
corner of this area of the Universe until "Pure Light" prevails.
If you are still experiencing moderate Ascension symptoms, it is
very normal and due to the massive amount of Light Waves
coming into Earth at this incredible time. Pleiadian Medical
Officers are scanning all Starseed Human body-vessels around
the Planet, making sure your Bio-cellular Systems remain stable
throughout this Great Transition to 5D.
Your Physical Body is moving up into a lighter and faster
vibrating Dimension where it would at present not normally fit,
so slow Carbon-to-Crystal modifications are being applied at the
Atomic level of your DNA. These Advanced Energy workers
are assisting you integrate this powerful Magnetic Light into
your cellular structure and are carefully watching the whole
process. Be patient, trusting and allowing as it happens.
The entire Starseed Collective has now shifted to an entirely
new Frequency level, so it takes a moment to adjust to it. Stay
grounded and take good care of yourself as we move forward in
co-creating the New Earth.

2 July 2019 - Jesus SANANDA - Channelled by James

McConnell
I am Sananda.
As always, it is a pleasure to be able to be with you to
communicate with you in these ways, knowing that in the not-
too-far-off future this type of communication will no longer be
necessary. For you will receive your own telepathic
communication not only from myself, but from all of your
Spiritual Guides, all of those that are mentoring to you. All of
you are being prepared for these types of communications to be
able to assist you to continue to guide you through this
Ascension process.
And yes, my Dear Friends, it is a process. Your Ascension is a
process. And you are all going through this process now at this
time. There is not a one of you that is on this call, there is not a
one of you that would resonate to these words that is not going
through the Ascension process at this time.
Now the full Ascension becomes a different story, because some
of you will take longer to go through this process. Others may,
upon the snap of a finger, be able to go through the full
Ascension as the energies continue to rise, as you continue to be
able to acclimatise yourself and take these energies within you,
just as you are all doing now.
You speak of things such as not eating meat anymore, and that
that will assure your Ascension. That is not in itself what will
assure your Ascension. What will assure your Ascension is your
choice in the matter. You choose whether you want to Ascend or
whether you want to stay in the Three-dimensional Realm or in
the lower Fourth Dimension or even move up to the Fifth
Dimension. You choose that. It is not for us to choose. It is for
you to choose. And it is based also on the contracts that you
came in with how you would want to proceed at these times.
But I can tell you that each and every one of you that are going
through this Ascension process now, all of you are being able to
take these new Energies within you, these Waves of Energy that
have been coming in and coming in, and coming in, bombarding
the Earth with these great Energies. And some of you have a
more difficult time of this than others do. But that is understood.
That is expected.
But always understand that even we do not know exactly how
this is all going to transpire. Because as you have heard many
times from many different sources, this has never been done
before in the way that it is happening here, your Ascension, and
the Ascension of a Planet at the same time. This has never
happened before, so we do not know exactly how this is going to
occur within each and every one of you, because each and every
one of you are different, and at different levels of the Ascension
process.
But I can tell you that there are Three Waves of Ascension that
will be happening. And whether or not you are on the First
Wave, or the Second, or the Third will be up to you. But I can
also tell you that this Lightworkers group, and many other
groups such as this are being prepared to be in that First Wave.
Thus those of you Lightworkers are being prepared to be in the
First Wave of Ascension. So that once you have moved through
the Ascension and fully completed your own Personal
Ascension, you will then be able to turn around and assist others
behind you that are coming in the Second Wave, and the Third
Wave.
That is what you have come here to do, all of you. All of you,
the Lightworkers and Warriors. This is what you have come
here to do: to prepare the way. Just as there were many that
prepared the way for myself as Yeshua. Many who came before
me. Those you know of as the Essenes, the John the Baptist, the
Disciples, many of you helped to prepare the way. And I say
many of you, because many of you were there in various aspects
at those Times.
That is why you are here now in this Lightworkers group,
because you have been drawn back together again, those of you,
the Essenes, those of you, some of you, the Disciples, if not the
direct Twelve that were around me, then the many more that
were also around me. This is you all recapitulating those things
which you learned in those Times and are relearning at these
Times now. This is what this is all about.
And I tell you, that as these Energy Waves continue to come in,
and the Celestial Events continue to occur as they are and will,
all of this is in preparation for the Grand Event to come. As to
the time for that, no one can say. But we can say that because of
consciousness, your Collective Consciousness here on the
Planet, and all of those that are assisting in this process, both on
the Planet, inside the Planet, and above the Planet, all that are
assisting in the process, are bringing you closer and closer to the
Grand Event, to that time, that moment when all will shift in the
blink of an eye. That is what you have all been readying
yourselves for.
That is why we have been saying "Fasten your Seat-belts"
because the times ahead could become somewhat rocky. But that
is in preparation for those further times ahead that will be very
calm, very blissful, and in many respects a wonderful experience
that we cannot even possibly explain or help you to visualise at
this time. We do what we can to assist you in understanding
what this may be like. But it is truly beyond your wildest
imaginations at this time of what it will actually be.
I am Sananda. I leave you now to go in Peace and to continue
to share the Love around you, share the Light to all of those who
come in contact with your Light. Because that is how
Consciousness across the Planet is continuing to rise.

7 July 2019 - The Federation of Light - through Blossom

Goodchild
Welcome to Each One and yes, Dearest Blossom as we have
said - the great Wave Energies indeed have their place in the
Grand Divine Plan. We feel we have spoken to you previously
of their purpose etc. so we would like to continue on and speak
about forthcoming events that coincide with all that is taking
place at this time.
In that, everything will appear to be as if one is standing on their
head (again, not physically) Everything will seem as if it has
turned upside down and indeed around - for such moments are
to come, that it shall be as if no one really understands what is
taking place. And for a while - no one will.
Our words to you would be PREPARE! PREPARE! PREPARE!
For The CHANGE is just around the corner.
The Force of Great Light is upon each One of you as you await
that which you have been waiting for, for so long. The weather
patterns are at this time levelling out the weather energies. All
the strange weather patterns that are occurring are due to a
bringing about of a 'balance' to these levels. This refers to all
those levels within your Biosphere. So it is, in a sense,
'preparing' for what is to come and equalising the powerful
Energies in order to be able to receive the great WAVE OF
LIGHT that is to change all.
All is thus in its preparation stages. The very Core of your
Planet is grounding herself in preparation. All of Nature is
communicating with one another in order to prepare. As too the
very core of your own Being is preparing itself for all this that is
on its way.

22 August 2019 - The Great Solar Flash that will bring forth
the final Ascension Event - Through Jenji and the White Wolf
Association
Dearest Beloveds,
Greetings of the Most High. We come forward in this moment
of your time with a powerful message heralding a Great Victory
for the Forces of Light.
There was once a time when our Milky Way Galaxy was
twinned with the Andromeda Galaxy, but due to the Free Will
Experiment set in motion by our Creator of this Universe aeons
ago, a dramatic split was allowed to occur, whereby many
Planets and entities in our area of the Galaxy were allowed to
become part of a Fallen Angelic System.
This Experiment unfortunately led to a certain amount of
uncontrolled negativity developing in this part of the Universe.
As a result, our Creator of this Universe set up a further
Experiment on Planet Earth in an attempt to find a way to
overcome and resolve the "Duality" of Negativity versus
Positivity. It was also to be an important part of the training of
His newly created Creator-Explorer Race in order to strengthen
them in learning to cope with and thus find a solution to the
"Duality" of the Negative Darkness versus the Positive Light.
This was to be for their future role in taking over from Him in
administrating this Universe when He eventually moves up to
join the "Creator of All That Is" on a higher level of Creation.
This partially failed Experiment on Earth has taken place over a
long period of the last 26,000 years. However, all of the Long-
count Calendars have consistently shown, as well as all of the
Ancient Calendars, an end to this Experiment on Earth within
this important "Window" of our present End of Age Times.
The Ancient Ones knew that at around this epoch that we are in,
Gaia and the entire Solar System would come into alignment
with the Heart of our Galactic Sun. That Sun is known as
Alcyone, residing in the Constellation of the Pleiades. This
alignment will activate a Solar Flash or Solar Pulse Event which
would be experienced by the entire Consciousness of this part of
the Universe as an intense Tsunami of God's Love, Grace and
all-pervading presence which will reactivate all of Humanity's
dormant DNA codes stored in the deepest core of Humanity's
Consciousness.
It was known that this Event would literally re-align and unlock
the energetics at the core of our Milky Way Galaxy that had
previously been infiltrated by the Lower Dimensional Forces.
This momentum would enable the reunion of our Milky Way
Galaxy with the Andromeda Galaxy, thus fully completing this
current 26,000 year Free Will Cycle.
We have arrived, Dear Ones, to the morning of the Age of
Aquarius. We really and truly did it. We won the Battle of Light
and Dark. There was never any other option except Victory to
the Light.
Please know that all lower 3D Timelines have now expired, and
the Solar Flash Event is imminent.
Dearest Brothers and Sisters, we would like to take a moment to
speak about the current energetics that are bombarding the
Earthly plane currently as we speak. These Gamma Rays are
being expelled from the heart of Alcyone, our Galactic Sun, and
these Gamma Rays are specifically interacting with Humanity's
DNA.
Never before in the History of this Earth or indeed this entire
Galactic Region have we witnessed such an epic transformation
as a whole species transforming from Carbon
based to Crystalline based.
In many ancient prophecies including the Bible, it is spoken of
as the "Corridor of Light" which appears at the moment of
the "Samvartaka Solar Flash" Event.
This Corridor of Light period is initially made available for the
First Wave 144,000 Twin Soul Ascension Pioneers. To those
reading these words, please know that you have all signed up to
be included in the 144,000 First Wave Ascension. Please also
know that we of the Galactic Federation will offer the most
extraordinary assistance in the initial First Wave Lightworkers
"Dress Rehearsal" Ascension, one which will precede the "Full
Ascension for Those That Are Ready" upon the coming of that
Great Earth Event, one which is very auspicious for the whole of
our Universe and the rest of Creation.

10 October 2019 - Mother God of the Holy Trinity - via

Linda Li
We of this Universe's Father/Mother/Holy Ghost Trinity have
been busily engaged in helping to lift up Planet Earth's
Humanity towards Ascension to the Fourth and Fifth
Dimensions. The Soul/Spirit of Gaia/Mother Earth herself
already resides on the Fifth Dimensional Earth.
The difficulty of lifting up the Planet to a higher Dimension is
that the current state of Consciousness for many on the Planet is
chaotic, and that poses a challenge for the Divine Trinity and the
rest of the Company of Heaven. In order to be able to help the
Planet, we have had to reach down to where the Planet and
Humanity are now in terms of their present state of Collective
Consciousness, and try to bring this level up. And that is a tough
job, although we have achieved some level of success. However,
due to the density and the tough and chaotic planetary situation,
we are not able to reach down and lift up the entire population,
particularly those of the many less evolved Beings.
I Love you all Dear Ones. I am your Mother God of the Holy
Trinity of this Universe. The current situation on the Planet is
very intense. Your Trinity Father God and I have been working
very hard to calm the situation down and bring some level of
calmness to the Planet. Due to the Ascension process which is
now going on at full speed, the Planet is heading forward on a
path and direction that was long ago designed by the Divine
Holy Trinity and the rest of the Company of Heaven, which
includes the local Galactic Federation Members. At this speed,
Mass Ascension is coming much quicker than originally
anticipated, and that is a good thing. We have been preparing for
that Mass Ascension for some time now. The only drawback is
that the process can be intimidating for some members of
Humanity not ready yet to move upwards and that is the cause of
much of the present level of chaos. Your Trinity Father and I
want the Planet to indeed have a peaceful Ascension and that is
why we are doing whatever it takes to calm down much of the
less evolved Humanity on the Planet.
However, it does not mean that as a result we are going to slow
down any of the Ascension process. It means that we are trying
to immediately bring a further level of peace to the less evolved
Human hearts so that although the quantities to be achieved of
Mass Ascension are going to be the same as was previously
expected, the surrounding chaos will be less and the Planet will
thus become more peaceful before the Event itself manifests.
That is the goal for the next few weeks or so and your Trinity
Father God and I have been working hard towards achieving that
goal.

21 October 2019 - Jesus SANANDA - The Incoming Energy

Waves - via James McConnell
I am Sananda. I appreciate this time to be able to be with you,
and to share this Message with you.
For it is all about coming to remember who you are and what
you are, that you are of the Source of all Creation. You are ONE
with that Source. You are not separate from the Source except
for what you find within your own mind. What your Mind, what
your lower Ego-self tells you. Nevertheless, You are of the
ONE.
Many of you have been feeling more and more the Energies that
have been coming into the Planet. More and more of these
Waves of Energy have been bombarding the Planet for many,
many years now. But they are now intensifying.
It is as if you look at the ocean and you see a small wave coming
in. And after that, a larger wave. And after that, a larger one, and
a larger one. Until there is that Tidal Wave. But it is not a Wave
of Destruction. It is a Wave of Love. A Wave of Consciousness.
You are feeling now the beginnings of that Wave of
Consciousness, that tidal wave of Consciousness, that Tsunami
of Love, that is approaching.
As had been said before, it will not be experienced by those who
are still living in the Third-dimensional Realm [the remaining
part of Planet Earth that still exists at its 3D physical level, but
which has been left behind by all the Lightworkers and those
others moving upwards in vibration within the Ascension
process]. It will only be experienced by those whose vibrations
have increased enough towards the 4th Dimensional level to
allow for this Wave of Energy to manifest itself within your new
higher vibrational surroundings.
You as the Lightworkers and Spiritual Warriors, those of you
who have been acclimatising to these Energies, becoming
stronger and stronger with each Wave, are becoming stronger in
a Spiritual sense. Coming alive within yourselves. Coming to
remember more and more who you are and what you are.
For you are the embodiment of the Source itself. We all are. It is
time more and more now to continue to trust, trust in yourselves,
and trust in each other.
It is not for you to look or listen too carefully to all the chaos
that is going on around you and become involved in it: that
is not for you, the Starseeds, to do. For that is only for those
lower evolved Beings still within their present 3D World. You
are not of this World. You have been temporarily in it, but you
are not of it. You are instead to now be fully involved
in making this new 4-5D New Earth. You are making this New
Earth everything that you want it to be within a Life
permanently in a state of Full Consciousness.
So I say again, Trust in yourself and Trust in each other that all
is according to The Plan. All is indeed being orchestrated as part
of the Greater Plan, the Universal Plan. The Plan of THE ONE.

18 November 2019 - PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES

TRANSMISSION - MICHAEL of Nebadon
Great Ones,
As you know, intense amounts of Cosmic Light have been
coming into this Planet recently due to the intervention of
Benevolent Star Family Members who are here in our Galaxy
assisting with the Ascension of Humanity.
There is still a remnant of the "Grand Battle" in the Heavens and
on the surface of Earth now drawing itself to a conclusion at this
time for the complete Liberation of Planet Earth.
To the unconscious Beings of Earth, things appear to continue
on as they always have and there is no awareness of what is
transpiring behind the scenes, in regards to the Evolution of
Consciousness that is taking place on this Planet.
The Light Forces have been One Hundred Percent successful in
recent Liberation Missions, eradicating most of the Dark
Energies that have pervaded this Planet for aeons.
Six Earth days ago, the highest level of Global Consciousness
cohesion ever attained on this Planet was achieved in Planetary
Meditations and Synchronised Focus.
This level came very close to triggering a full compression
breakthrough and Light Forces are confident that the Hundred
Percent Critical Mass of Consciousness required to trigger the
Final Event Culmination will be achieved in 2020.
The Earth Alliance reports that the Light Forces are escalating
Earth Freedom Missions at this very hour, from the sky to the
ground, as they begin preparations for this Major Evolutionary
Event projected to occur in 2020.
As we have previously told you, The Planetary Collective
Physical Event is an ongoing series of smaller Wave Events that
first moved into high gear at the end of 2018, and it is now
estimated that it will culminate in the complete Liberation of
Planet Earth by the end of the year 2020.
The Apex of this Liberation Event is to be marked by a Grand
Cosmic Solar Flash which will elevate the Consciousness and
Vibration Rates of the more evolved Beings of Earth up to the
5th Dimensional level.

15 December 2019 - KaRa, Emissary of the Pleidadian

Councils - Channelled by James McConnell
I am KaRa. It is always my pleasure to be able to be here with
you as an emissary from the Pleiadian Councils, to be here with
those of you, those of you that are forging ahead, moving ahead
with Light, with Love, with Consciousness, raising it
everywhere that you can. But first, you must continue to raise it
within yourself. You must continue to find that remembrance
within you of who you are, that you are so much more than the
Human Being that you have been programmed to believe. That
you are truly Gods and Goddesses with the Universal Source
within you at all times, within all of us at all times.
For we are all one together. And we here in the Councils, and
the many Councils beyond the Pleiadian Fleet, all that are
coming together that are working together to bring this
momentous happening to the Earth, to the Solar System, and to
this Galaxy. All is at hand throughout our many Council
Meetings now, and all of the preparations that have been
ongoing. We know that we are nearing the end of all of these
projects. We have been planning and planning, and creating and
creating, doing everything we can - not to interfere in your
affairs, but to assist in your affairs wherever we are able. We
have been doing this. We continue to operate in this manner.
But as some of you may know, we have recently been given
much more permission to assist you even more and more. And
even though it is yet happening behind the scenes as far as most
of you are concerned, know now that there is so much that is
occurring and is about to come forward.
Everything is proceeding exactly as it need to in these moments.
And as you move closer and closer to the next year and the
beginning of a new Decade, that new Decade very well is the
beginning of your New Golden Age. Everything that you have
been working towards, that we have been working towards, is
coming to fruition, is coming to a crescendo.
We are so excited in these moments now. Because we know, as
we continue to look down on your Planet from above, which we
can see from our high vantage point with our technology, we can
therefore see that your level of Consciousness is changing
upwards everywhere. How the Spiritual Lights are coming back
on within all individuals.
Will some be lost? Yes. Some will not make it through the
Ascension process. But many, many will, because it is their
destiny, it is their choice. Just as it is your choice to lead the
way. And that is what you are all here to do: lead the way. To
show, just as your Jesus showed the way, that you are here to do
that as well. To be the Light. Yes, even to be the Messiah to all
those that are looking toward the Light in their lives.
Do whatever you can whenever you can to assist as many as
possible in knowing that Light within them again, as it turns
from just an ember to a flickering flame, to a roaring fire within
each, a fire of Consciousness, reigniting the Flame of Love
throughout Humanity.
I am KaRa, and I leave you now in Love, and Peace, and
Oneness, and the knowing that we will soon be reuniting again
with all of you.

23 December 2019 - Father God of the Holy Trinity - via

Galaxygirl
This is your Trinity Father God speaking. We are in an area of
rest in this Ascension Zone Period. Your Trinity Mother God
and I thought it was needed that we take a brief break to allow
for a moment for these incoming high Wave Energies to really
settle in deep. Plus we know that this Holiday Season many of
you are feeling frazzled and deserve a break but are unwilling to
give yourself one. We are providing an excellent example for
you that rest is not only OK when needed but an absolute
necessity in some circumstances.
Rest is not failure, it is quite the opposite. Your Trinity Mother
God and I could not be more pleased with your progress; truly
you Lightworkers are the Ground Team of the Ages. You have
our total and undivided support, attention and care. Allow these
words of rest, of peace, of deepest soothing into you. Your
Trinity Mother God is better at this than I. She is the ultimate
soother. And I am here to encourage you to rest, to practice self
care. For if you are burned-out then you are unable to fulfil your
Mission as smoothly as you would enjoy and you will be
disappointed later. Choose the silence of a still, quiet and
contented heart.
The Human body is under previously unknown amounts of
stress and strain as it morphs and integrates into a higher
frequency. We are so tremendously pleased that you are holding
up so well and we have been providing tremendous amounts of
Light, of Wave Energy upgrades and of soothing energies as
well so that it is more comfortable. You may not feel
comfortable but may you remember that Ascension in a physical
body has not been done en mass while maintaining one's Life
Force before. And this is why you signed up for this experience.
You heard the call. You signed up, petitioned, planned how you
could be a part of this massively exciting experience. And here
you are! Try to feel it as the Arcturians are frequently saying.
They are right. To feel is to experience and Humans of Planet
Earth have the largest capacity for feeling in the Universe and
therefore you chose some really tough experiences down on
Earth to further your understanding. And by now the Forces of
Darkness embedded within Earth hindering your progress have
finally been dissolved.
Now is the delicate moment of balance, of rest before the Event
of the great "Flash Bang" [the Solar Flash in Spring 2020]. If
you are already embodying these codes of rest, of nurturing, you
will be more ready for this Event. You already have front row
seats and you are well protected, well loved, well supported!
And this is why I came through today, to remind you to rest and
to energetically clear the air about any ridiculous notion of
shame around resting. No more. Your bodies require it to keep
going. Your Spirits require it to become refreshed in my voice,
my presence. Let yourselves become refreshed and give
yourselves the gift of inner Peace, inner Stillness. So that no
matter what is rushing about you or who is clamouring for your
attention you are able to see with the eyes of Source, with Peace,
with the Stillness that comes from a balanced and secure inner
world, and then in that moment, you are the Master. And indeed
Masters all around I see. I am brimming over with joy! Yes!
Rest. I Love you.

9 January 2020 - Commander ASHTAR on the Ascension of

Lightworkers - Via Dancing Dolphin
The thing that I would like to share at this moment is that we
have never been so close to the Lightworkers fulfilling their
Ascension as we are right now. You all have never been this
close to tip-toeing over what you think of as the Boundary, or
the Rainbow Bridge or just the Finish Line to get to your 5D
Ascension. You are literally tip-toeing over the line! Many,
many of you Lightworkers crossed the Rainbow Bridge during
the Winter Solstice of December 21st 2019. Many had been
doing so for months. But a grand influx of you came over during
the Solstice. Although you know that the goal is to Ascend in
your bodies, many did pass on through the death process and
thus came over. But nonetheless an even larger majority chose
to come over through being beamed up in their existing bodies!
So, those of you Lightworkers still living on 3D Earth, a good
portion of you are staying behind to help the others cross over.
Do not think that you have failed or are not good enough if you
know others who have gone ahead. Some of you have the job to
be the Gate Keepers to assist others in crossing the bridge. So in
this instance, you are purposefully staying behind to ensure you
"bring up the rear." The Ones that you are assisting are the Ones
who have a chance. They are on the borderline of wanting to go
or wanting to stay. You are helping them but you nevertheless
also allow them to make their own decision. You are showing
them, with your Light, with your Love, Compassion and your
Caring - you are showing them what it feels like, what they can
expect in the Fifth Dimension. You do not have to do anything.
Just be yourself. Focus on the Love that you are receiving from
Mother & Father God and beam it out, blast it out. Focus on
your Gratitude and send that out to the World. That is all you
have to do.
I know how exhausted everyone is. I feel your deep, deep
exhaustion. And honestly, we all up here feel it too! Our bodies
may be different, but we can still feel it strongly. So, we know
what you are feeling. Just hang in there. We are almost home.
We are really, really, almost home. And those of your younger
Star Children, those Blended Children who have recently
incarnated on Planet Earth, are also coming up soon. They are
coming for different reasons than why you are staying. They are
coming up to further help Gaia and prepare themselves to help
with the cleanup of Gaia. They are also coming to heal too, but a
lot of them are especially coming to help Gaia.
Very, very exciting times, and we up here are the Ones to be on
the front lines to witness this, and we therefore feel truly Blessed
to see this happen.

17 January 2020 - Commander Ashian of the Neptune

Mothership and Senior Representative of the Galactic
Federation Forces - Through Jennifer Crokaert -
jennifercrokaert.com
My dearest Galactic Brothers and Sisters,
I have come to address you in a new way and to reassure you
that that which you have all worked so hard to achieve has
almost been accomplished. You are soon to begin to take up
your rightful place within the Galactic Council, a place, an
honour, a community that has long been denied to you as a
group.
As you may remember, part of my Mission is to understand and
relay the emotional matrix of those on Gaia, as part of our
monitoring of what could be called your Love and Light Index.
In all humility, I tell you that the recent growth has been
astounding; the vortex of oneness, collaboration and united
compassion has been growing exceptionally quickly. Even
quicker than we expected, even if we quietly hoped that it was
possible!
All will change irrevocably in your coming Ascension. There
will be no turning back, there will be no one in a position to alter
or undo the rights and benefits that are about to be restored to
you, as fully Conscious Humans, as Nova Gaians.
Soon we will greet each other as Brother and Sister; soon we
will celebrate together and share together. We are as anxious as
you for this New Chapter in your Ascension Process to begin, to
share all that we have with you and to support you as you ease
into conscious Galactic maturity.
We are with you in all moments. And very soon, you shall see
us.

27 January 2020 - Creator of this Universe within the total

Cosmic Area of Creation - Galaxygirl
I am Source. I am the Creator of "All That Is" within this
Universe. All of you in this Universe are extensions of me,
Source in form, to hopefully in time become Creators in your
own right. Of my own Free Will I extend the gift of Free Will to
you. You can be Creators or Destroyers. You can choose the
Light or choose the lack of Light, which is fear. I see and know
you all intimately, for you are Me, you are aspects of Me. Your
Church Religions have compartmentalised me, have disregarded
ancient texts and knowledge that did not fit into a neat box of
tidy understanding. Humans tend to do this. You tend to
compartmentalise. The Universe is far too vast a place for the
boxes of compartmentalised ideas to totally work. They are good
for simple mathematical rules, but not for trying to understand
the Secrets of the Universe.
For the Universe is within you. You are the Secret. For you are
Source in form. You are going to church to try to understand
yourself in a way. When you look at the others you are seeing
me. You are seeing reflections of my own creativity.
Planet Earth is designated as a Library of this Universe
of featured genetic material. The overseeing Being of the
Planetary Body of Earth, known as Mother Gaia, is a beauty in
her own right, a highly advanced and evolved Spiritual Master
who is now expanding to even further heights, just as you,
Friends of Me, of the Light, of the Way, just as you are
expanding to further Spiritual heights. It is astonishingly
delightful to bear witness to this tremendous expansion. There
are many aspects of Me here as your Creator and there are also
herein many aspects of You.
Life is too glorious, too vast to be explained neatly. Your minds,
your understandings are opening up further and further to this.
Your Societies have programmed you to not think, to limit your
thinking by continually distracting you and stressing you.
Enough: It is time to sit, to be still, to listen within. To find my
voice within. Connect with me. I am your Source of Love, of the
Christed Light, of the Mother Father God energies that nurture
and surround. Allow me to surround you. Allow me to assist
further with your Ascension. Allow my breath to encode you
and to uplift you now so that the coming Changes will be easy
and light for you. The others do not see. You will be my eyes for
them. You will be my hands serving them. You will be my ears
listening to them, offering soothing words of comfort and Love.
Breathe me in. Anchor my breath deep within the heart of your
Planetary Mother, Gaia, to soothe and support her as well.
All is life, all is Love, all is myself in various forms. Life is to be
enjoyed. You will enjoy your lives once again. Try to find the
joy in the moment, the presence of me in those surrounding you.
Emanate me, radiate my Love and Light. Be the Christ
embodied with radiant Love and Beauty as you serve the under-
served, as you comfort the comfortless. All is Divine timing. All
things are working out perfectly.
The Darkness has not understood the Light and yet you Light-
bearers continue to shine the Light towards them, a testament to
your will and fortitude. The sheer tenacity of this project is
staggering. You are becoming diamonds in the process, every
one of you. I am reclaiming Humanity back to the fold of Light.
I am claiming Gaia as my own Precious Planet who deserves the
best protection that the Galactic Federation has to offer, which is
substantial. You are surrounded by Galactic friends of all forms
and sizes who are extending their hands and hearts in service to
you, Nova Gaians. Be not afraid. Rest in this knowing that you
are Divinely supported in all things, in all circumstances. Claim
it.
I am Your Creator of this Universe placed within the vast
Cosmos of Creation.

2 February 2020 - Jesus SANANDA - About your

forthcoming Ascension - Via James McConnell
I am Sananda. And as always, I appreciate these times that I can
be with you and communicate with you in these ways. For so
much is in the process of change now.
Many of you are feeling the Celestial Energies, the Waves of
Energies that are coming in. And they are coming in stronger
and stronger.
And in this day now, today, a major Celestial Gateway has
opened up that is allowing for many more of these Energies to
come through, and for all of you, the Light Workers and Light
Warriors across the Planet, to be able to take these Energies in
and continue to acclimatise to them as they continue to work on
your central nervous system.
And many of you feel the symptoms of this, because your
central nervous system is not quite ready in some cases for these
energies. Some of you are. But some are having difficulty with
this. It can be in stomach pains. It can be in bodily pains. It can
be in heart fluctuations. It can be in rather severe headaches at
times. Energy is either expanded or contracted in those times.
You may feel like you need to sleep for long periods of time. On
the other hand there are some of you who may instead feel very
energetic as a result and thus feel like you can conquer the
World in these moments. You may even begin to feel more of a
blissful feeling come over you. This will be as a result of your
ability to easily acclimatise to these Energies through having
already raised your frequency levels up to a higher level.
For this day, this February 2, 2020 has not happened in this way
for over a thousand years, the last time being January 1, 1010.
And the next would be March 3, 3030. So this is an Auspicious
Time that you are in now in these moments.
And all of you are being prepared, and are preparing, for this
Ascension Event, for your own Personal Ascension, as well as
the Collective Ascension of Mankind. Because this is a
Collective Venture. You have a saying: "No Man or Woman
will be left behind." And that is the case here. For no one will be
left behind that wants to continue on and chooses to Ascend at
this time. And I tell you now, as Sananda, no one will be left
behind that chooses thereby to move on upwards.

9 February 2020 - The Pleiadian Light Forces - The Opening

of the Spring 2020 STARGATE - MICHAEL of Nebadon
In the Spring of 2020 a series of very significant and rare
Celestial Alignments will occur where Pluto and
Jupiter become Conjunct with each other. The first of these
Alignments actually begins on April 4th and ends in November
of 2020.
The Pleiadians will be using this Spring 2020 Jupiter/Pluto
STARGATE to channel further massive amounts of 5D
Gamma, Central Sunlight on to the surface of your Sun. The
exotic particles contained in this Cosmic Plasma Field have at
present been charging up your Sun like a giant Super Capacitor.
It will finally be discharged by the Galactic Forces down
towards Planet Earth where it will be received, decoded, and
integrated into the Human Body DNA of the 4.5 Billion
Starseeds of Earth, for the purpose of fully transforming their
present Dimensional frequency rate up to a 5D frequency.
The Full Energetic impact of this Cosmic Alignment is currently
expected to finally hit the Earth by the end of the year, and to be
witnessed by all on the surface of the Earth as the Grand Solar
Flash Event.

22 February 2020 - THE PLEIADIAN LIGHT FORCES -

MICHAEL of Nebadon
One Earth week ago, the Councils of Light stationed in Earth's
Solar System convened in special meetings to discuss Earth's
current "Planetary Liberation" Mission.
It was unanimously established and decreed in these Meetings
that it was time for "Operation Masterpiece" (for the New Earth)
to move into it's accelerated Final Phase in preparations for the
Grand Event 2020 culmination.
It was also decided in these Meetings to move Planet Earth one
more notch forward on the 5D Gamma Timeline as per the
planned Schedule. A powerful 40-Hertz beam of Gamma Light
was fired from this Mission's Primary Pleiadian craft docked in
Earth's Solar System, towards Earth's surface on the 21st of
February 2020 and which can be seen as a marked upgrade in
Earth's Schumann Resonance Graph.
Several other topics were discussed in this Meeting, particularly
the Grand Solar Flash which is scheduled to impact Planet
Earth near the end of 2020.
A Special Division of the Forces of Light known as the Atlantis
Command joined forces with the Pleiadians some time ago and
are working in huge Advanced Craft on a Special Mission in the
Orion Star System, on one of the Primary Stars there known as
Alpha Orionis. This Group is using Advanced Technology
which will deflect the soon-to-be-released Energy of Alpha
Orionis combined with the pre-excited Energy in the Sagitarius
Constellation towards Planet Earth near the end of the Earth
Year 2020.
The Energy burst from these Nuclear Stars will be directed to
Earth by Light Forces with incredible force at just the right
moment, the purpose of which will be to propel those Beings on
Planet Earth who are prepared to undertake their full Ascension
during this period from their present 3-4D vibrational level up to
the 5th Dimension. All the Starseeds of Earth will be personally
informed about the immanent arrival of the Grand Solar Flash
Event just before its culmination is triggered.
When the Grand Solar Flash is discharged, it will turn Night
into Day and will thereafter will be witnessed as a Second
Sun in the sky, not just for a period of hours or days, but for a
much longer duration of 1000 years.
The 2020 STARGATE: As we have previously said, on the 4th
of April 2020 will occur the Grand Alignment of Pluto and
Jupiter Conjunct which will cause a complete compression
breakthrough on the surface of Earth and which itself is to be a
precursor of the Grand Solar Flash at the end of 2020.
The energetic effects of the Spring 2020 STARGATE is starting
already to be noticed by many Light Beings on Earth. A
complex mixture of exotic and Solar Energies are impacting
Earth as of now. In conjunction with all these powerful
incoming Cosmic Rays, Solar Winds are also blasting Earth at
the moment and the Magnetosphere is taking a pounding as the
Super High Vibrational Light bombards Planet Earth.
As the Grand Event Culmination 2020 draws closer, The Light
Forces have strengthened their Planetary Missions and their
newer Mission Plans are already being carried out quickly and
with yet more advanced precision.
The New Earth will not replace the present Old 3D Earth Planet.
The New Earth will exist at the same time and in the same place,
but will be surrounding the existing 3-4D Earth on a yet Higher
Vibrational Plane. The outward experience you are having right
now depends solely on which of these two vibrational Earths
you personally resonate with.
As part of the accelerated activity that has just started, a major
sequence of events and sycronicities have now been set in
motion. One reason things appear to have sped up and got
lighter over the last few days is because a former Major Treaty
with certain less-than-Light E.T.'s and the U.S. Government has
finally ended and the previous Contract with them dating back to
the 1950s is now void. Delta Forces are now completely
removing every trace of darkness from this Realm on a
Planetary scale that has never been experienced before.

21 March 2020 - The Great Awakening of Humanity Has

Begun - Pleiadian Light Forces - MICHAEL of Nebadon
Something magnificent is happening on Planet Earth right now!
A Major, Positive Restructuring of Earth Systems is underway at
this very hour and the Great Time of Humanity has indeed
arrived. The "Golden Age" spoken of Old is about to dawn and a
New Era of Light is coming to Planet Earth after aeons of being
in the dark.
Yesterday, as part of The Light Forces primary Earth Ascension
Operation "Freedom Earth 501" and its Sub-Missions, the
Galactics, along with the Earth Alliance and the Leaders of
Light stationed on the surface began the largest Planetary
Systems Restructuring Operation in Earth's History.
This massive coordination involves thousands of Benevolent
groups working in one accord from the sky to the ground with
the primary goal of shifting all old out-dated 3D Matrix Systems
to New Earth Systems. This is the largest and most challenging
Multidimensional Logistics Operation ever attempted in this
Cosmos and after 48 Earth hours, the Mission is well underway
and is already a Grand Success!
Benevolent Forces of Light are orchestrating every phase of this
Grand Operation as all old Earth Systems are completely being
shifted into the new 5D Light Grid System.
By December 2020, all Earth Systems will be completely
replaced by these new 5D Systems. The Galactics are
monitoring the transition closely and have incorporated
numerous fail-safes to ensure Humanity is safe and provided for
during this Major Planetary Transformation.
A Massive Global Financial reset has already started and many
positive changes are being made in all other Primary Matrix
Systems as well. Many more positive changes will show up in
the coming days and weeks as this Operation moves ahead.
Many ask us, "Is all of the activity on Earth right now Good or
Bad?" We tell you the truth - it is both! It all depends on your
Vibrational point of view. If you are viewing it all from the 3D-
fear-illusion observation, there is underway a Viral Pandemic,
the Stock Markets are crashing, Governments are executing
Martial Law and the World is in turmoil and panic and nothing
is stable.
If you are to look at it from a Fifth Dimensional standpoint,
Starseeds/Lightworkers are awakening in record numbers and
activating in Service all across the Globe. The Fifth Dimensional
energy frequency of the New Earth Golden Age is being attained
by the Starseeds of Earth on a Mass Collective level now. As
many start on their Ascension Process, a Heart and Throat
Chakra clearing is underway, Compassion is increasing and 5D
Energy is moving up to the Crown Chakra, manifesting a higher
frequency of Consciousness among the Starseeds and ultimately
Humanity on the surface.
Everyone on the surface is coming into a state of Global Unity
for the first time in modern history! A major "Wake-Up Call" is
being made through the Coronavirus Epidemic to the whole of
Humanity of major changes coming to Planet Earth. It is in the
face of such a medical emergency that everyone on the face of
the Earth has been made to share all of a sudden with others of
being together in an equal situation and on the same level for the
first time! We all have a common enemy (if you will) in the
virus and we are fighting for our very survival together and all
on the same Team! As a result, the Citizens of Earth are being
brought together in achieving one common World Goal in a
spirit of Global Community and Collaboration.
Right now the Light Forces are taking charge of a Global Crisis
for the common good, but this is only temporary. All the
restrictions that are in place for health and safety reasons will be
lifted just as soon as the way is clear. In all of this you are all
learning to become Sovereign Beings, where you will not need
any outside group in the future to take care of you.
Michael and the Pleiadians

1 April 2020 - Planetary Liberation Operations are

underway! - Earth Alliance Update with the Pleiadian Light
Forces and MICHAEL of Nebadon
Can you feel the calm before the "Storm"? Majestic events are
underway on Planet Earth at this hour!
As part of Operations "Freedom Earth", "Masterpiece",
"Pandora" and "Storm", and in accordance with the the Galactic
Codex and the Universal Law of One, 48 Earth hours ago, the
Councils of Light issued a Green-Light-Go directive to all
Planetary Light Forces to commence the largest Dark-Energy-
Cleanup-Operation ever deployed on the surface of the Earth.
Mission Objective: to remove all harmful entities from
positions of power and influence from the surface of Planet
Earth.
Planetary Mass Arrests of all Beings that harm the Citizens of
Humanity are imminent. Delta Forces have been deployed to
every corner of the Earth tonight in this massive global
Campaign-of-Light and are in position to begin removing all
false Cabal Archon-Race Leaders from the face of the Planet.
This major "Earth Freedom Offensive" will last over 144 Earth
hours (6 days) and it is very possible that all Internet and phone
communications all across the Planet could be interrupted
sometime during this period. The Mission is set to begin any
moment now as Starseeds all across the Planet watch and hold
their breath.
This major Galactic Operation will clear the way for the Final
Event 2020 Grand Culmination and the coming Grand Solar
Flash which will propel the entire Planet into the 5th Dimension
of New Earth where Humanity will take its place as a shining
Cosmic Civilisation.
You are safe and your families are safe, and we say, "Trust the
Plan!"
This operation has been in planning and preparation phases for a
good while now and finally everything is in place and Humanity
is in the safest place, at home as all of this unfolds over the
coming hours and days. The Galactics are monitoring everything
that moves on the surface during this sensitive time and the
Delta Security Forces are on high alert at this hour as this
incredible Mission is about to commence!
When the final remnants of the Dark Ones are cleared from the
surface and their secret underground Bases over the coming
days, the Planet will emerge into an "Era of Light" this World
has never seen. A New Age of Freedom and Peace will emerge
forevermore for the Citizens of Planet Earth. Things are
definitely Biblical at the moment and nothing can stop what is
coming - a blinding Light has come into this World as
the "Great Awakening" moves into high gear!
It is truly the greatest time in History to be alive on Planet Earth
as all of this unfolds right before our eyes. It is for this reason
that all Lightworkers came to Earth, to set this World free and to
turn this World back into the Paradise Garden of Eden it was
always meant to be.
Michael and the Pleiadians

16 April 2020 - The Celestial Team: A Major Reset in

Consciousness - Through Peggy Black -
www.morningmessages.com
We are here to support you as you experience the turmoil and
the dismantling of the Reality that you have known. This is the
first time that your Planet has come close to a Full Stop. It is
shocking, disturbing and frightening. This is a major reset in
consciousness.
This experience is offering the opportunity to observe all that
was out of balance. This imbalance has been present for aeons.
It is global, financial, personal in its inequality. Individuals have
lost their connection with Nature and the Consciousness of all
other Living things.
Now, in the moment when everything that is normal and natural
has come to a stop, individuals are pausing and staying quiet. It
is in this quietness and in this pause that they are becoming
aware, aware that things will be different.
Individuals are having the opportunity to pause in their
busyness, to sit quietly and reflect on the truth of who they are.
In this time of reflection they are becoming aware that they are
more than this physical body. They are not rushing, pushing,
running, from one event or activity to another.
This level of quietude is allowing the Light that is bathing your
Planet to be anchored more fully within each and every
individual. We invite you to hold steady in your awareness and
your connection to this truth. Understand that there is going to
be a great deal more disruption and struggle before this is totally
complete.
There is an Ascension Shift that is affecting your Planet,
however understand that it will impact the entire Universe. This
magnification of Light is designed to energise all that is Light
upon the Earth and within all Humans. The power of this Light
has created a disturbance of fear and negativity which has been
hidden, buried and locked into the Earth, waiting for a time
when Humanity was ready to transmute the energy.
Lifetimes of abuse, negativity, and injustice are waiting to be
transformed. Some people are exerting control over others using
fear and wanting to suppress the Spiritual Awakening process
that is taking place. This Virus is a product of the negative and
fearful energies arising to be released and transformed. This
Virus and its impact upon the World are allowing Humanity to
recognise the presence of fear, of negative and misqualified
energies, to recognise suffering and to begin to create positive
shifts within their Being.
So your balance and stability will assist your Planet in this
transition. You are in the midst of the Changes. There is always
discord and confusion when things begin to change. Human
Consciousness wants things to go back the way they were, to go
back to "normal," even if that "normal" was out of balance,
unfair, harmful to others and to Nature.
You and many others are observing, as well as dismantling,
layers and layers of dense beliefs and old energy that is stored in
your very cells. We celebrate the work that you are doing. If you
could see the energy of Light that your Collective
Consciousness is expressing you would be stunned and amazed.
Many lifetimes ago, there was a period you have called the
Burning Times. For several hundred years individuals were
killed because of their connection with Nature and with plants,
when Healers, Mystics, Midwives and Herbalists were burned at
the stake. This evoked such fear in the Collective Consciousness
that people were very cautious to express intuitive abilities, or
their connection with the Spirit Beings, the Gnomes and Faeries.
They suppressed these Divine connections and gifted abilities in
their children. This was a grave injustice upon Humanity. You
are experiencing the results of this injustice today.
People felt disconnected from Nature, therefore allowing for
Nature to be raped, trees to be cut down without any protest or
concern for the well-being or balance of the Planet. This
imbalance is causing the next Great Extinction, with the
disappearance of the Rainforest, the melting of the Permafrost,
and Climate Change with all its powerful destructive weather
patterns affecting the global population.
The result has been the unconscious, arrogant thinking and
behaviour of Humans who believe that they are separate and
superior from all other Life Forms. Human Beings were never
given permission to harm, destroy and devalue other Life Forms.
This thinking has harmed the other Kingdoms: Plant, Animal,
Devic, Elemental, Nature Spirit, as well as even other Humans.
Animals, trees, plants, and even rocks have levels of
consciousness. This truth needs to be recognised and honoured.
We acknowledge that the presence of this Virus is causing a
feeling of distress, depression, desolation, anxiety and anger. We
are inviting you to step into a level of trust in Divine
Consciousness.
It is this level of Trust which will allow you to transform these
negative and misqualified emotions. Use your tools as an
alchemist to transform these negative energies with sound
vibrations. Use your conscious Heart Portal to call upon Divine
Beings to support you and this Planet as it transforms and
transcends. Use the powerful tool of Saint Germaine's Violet
Flame to transmute all energy which is different from the Divine
Love and Trust available to all.
You can observe how the air is clearer and the waters cleaner
while there is a stop in most all activities. We invite you to stay
centred in your own understanding of truth, trust that all is
unfolding as it should. Transform, transform, transform all
energy that arises that is not Life sustaining.
This is your job. You came here to be present while this massive
Global Stop was taking place, so you could plant the seed of this
New Beginning and this New Reality that is coming into form.
We are here for you, to support, assist, guide and honour you as
you move through these incredible Life Changes.
The Celestial Team.

21 May 2020 - A Major Dimensional Upgrade to 5D is

Underway - Pleiadian Light Forces and MICHAEL of
Nebadon
A major evolution of Consciousness is underway right now on
Planet Earth.The powerful influxes of 40-Hertz, 5D Gamma
Light that are impacting the Planet every day now is completely
re-coding the Genome of all Starseeds on Earth and is also
starting to have affects on the rest of Earth Humans as well, as
they begin to wake up into the Lower 4th Dimension for the first
time.
This Cosmic-level DNA upgrade is now activating the 5th
Strand of DNA of the 4.5 Billion Starseeds of Earth and is also
activating the 4th Strand of DNA for most of the rest of
Humanity following behind.
For the Starseeds during the last 2 months your 5th Strand of
DNA was being activated, to be fired up by the strong Waves of
40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light coming to Earth, and now this
missing DNA Strand is also being reconnected to your 5th
Chakra - The Throat Chakra, so that many of you are now
beginning to perceive a New Reality that you have not known
for aeons.
When the Throat Chakra opens to the 5D frequency, those
that experience this can begin to not only speak their Truth for
the first time, but begin to live their Truth authentically and
begin to align with their true identity. All shadows, veils,
illusions fall away and all that is left is the ultimate Reality. This
is the point when a Being begins to move away from their old
3D "Shadow World" and is also the point in the ongoing
Frequency Upgrade during this Ascension Year of 2020, when a
Being changes the most.
The 5D Shift is the most powerful 5th Strand DNA activation
one can experience. In every-day life, this abrupt 5D Awakening
is very confusing at first, like being woken up from a sound
sleep. It takes a moment to become conscious and one tends to
be more asleep than awake at this point. However, we assure
you that you are now ready to carry on moving upwards in
Frequency, to having your further 7 missing DNA Strands
reconnected along with a new 12 Chakra Body System.
This Earth Year of 2020 is thus a very special one for all of
you, leading up to the "Grand Event" near the end of this year
with its Great Solar Flash culmination, and which will finally
lift you up in your last steps of Dimensional Frequency
Ascension.

4 June 2020 - St. Matthew from the Higher Dimensions - The

Coronavirus and The Deep State - via Suzy Ward
With Loving Greetings from all Souls at this station, this is
Matthew. Especially in times of great upheaval such as now,
please let whatever fills you with joy or inspiration or
thankfulness be the beginning and ending of each day. The high
vibrations of those sensations and visions do wonders for health
in body, mind and spirit!
Now then, our last Message about this Coronavirus "Pandemic"
serves equally well today, but we shall be more explicit about
why Mainstream Media are keeping the Coronavirus "in your
face," so to say.
This is the Mind Control part of the Dark Ones' Agenda, and
they combine it with the Universal Law of Attraction - they
know the energy of thoughts and feelings brings back what
matches them. The extent to which they are using that
combination to deceive and manipulate the populace is mind-
boggling.
Their TV media repeatedly show films of patients with
respirators so you will be fearful about contracting Covid-19 and
feel angry, scared and resentful about its adverse impact on your
life and livelihood. The Dark Ones require the low vibrations of
those negative reactions to sustain themselves and keep their
"Pandemic" going.
Their Medical experts claim that testing, mask-wearing and
social distancing are essential; and that crowds gathering, not
wearing masks, and businesses reopening too quickly are
endangering you and your Loved Ones. In addition to keeping
the populace on edge by reporting that some test results are
incorrect or inconclusive, they tell you again and again that
disregarding CDC (U.S. Center for Disease Control and
Prevention) guidelines makes it even more likely that another
wave of the disease, which could be worse than the first, will hit
in a few months.
Those "Experts" know that masks prevent normal inhalation and
exhalation, normal respiratory functioning, and that weakens
immune systems. Their "Stay at Home" mandate is creating
stress, and stress also weakens immune systems. A populace
with compromised immunity is very susceptible to illness, and
that would result in more deaths - the Second Wave of Covid-
19. Like the false statistics that have been fed to you almost
daily, deaths from any cause would be attributed to that disease
or "a complication thereof."
You are told that the Virus will continue its killing spree until
the entire populace is vaccinated. The Dark Ones need the
public's positive response to a vaccine ending this "Pandemic"
so the energy of those thoughts and feelings will bring to
fruition their Mandatory Vaccination plan.
Originally, "Experts" said that developing a Vaccine would take
at least two to three years. Maybe that wait time did not produce
the fear energy that was expected or maybe the Dark Ones did
not want to wait that long to annihilate you. Now, a few
Laboratories are being so successful in developing a Vaccine
that it might be available before the end of this year.
Indeed it will be! Vaccines laden with a deadly amount of
pathogens and the programmed microchips that also would be
the inoculation were ready well before the Coronavirus was
released. All aspects of this "Pandemic" Agenda of the Dark
Ones - let us call them the Deep State, the term now commonly
used - were meticulously planned years ago, after their attempts
with SARS, Avian Flu and other Laboratory-designed viruses
failed to produce the Pandemics that, like the Coronavirus, were
intended to kill Billions of people.
We add this vital point: Extraterrestrial Scientists among you
have greatly reduced the toxicity of that vaccine supply and
erased the chips' programming. Dear family, the Awakening
Souls who are questioning official statements need to know
about Mind Control/Law of Attraction efforts underway, but
relatively few have advanced sufficiently in Conscious
Awareness to believe in Off-Planet Messengers/Channelers.
You can refer friends, family and acquaintances to the Internet,
which has a treasure trove of accurate information from Medical
Specialists and Researchers about the nature of Viruses and the
principals behind this "Pandemic." The Deep State Operatives
who control the Internet remove everything they can that
exposes them and their diabolical activities, but they cannot
suppress all of the truth that is coming to light.
President Trump is aware of the truth about this "Pandemic."
Knowing that one of its aims is Economic ruin of his Country,
he is acting to prevent that and derail the sinister plan for
Mandatory Vaccination Globally. He also is aware that the Deep
State Operatives instigated the recent racial rioting and looting
in what began as peaceful protests in the U.S.A.
While he could have handled these situations more skillfully and
wisely, he cannot speak about his knowledge or act more
forthrightly without jeopardizing what is happening behind the
scenes. All dominoes in the prosecution process are being lined
up so those who are responsible for Covid-19 and many other
crimes against Humanity can be arrested and face Judicial
punishment. The "Pandemic" is the latest step in the march
for Global Control by the Deep State, and by going against that
force, President Trump has made formidable enemies. Not only
the individuals at the top of the Major Agencies of the Medical
establishment like the World Health Organization and Big
Pharma, and the Medical Equipment and Supply Manufacturers,
but all their cohorts around the World that have been controlling
Life on Earth.
The President's Allies - The "White Hats" on Earth - and the
others in the International Group of Influential Individuals
whose efforts to end the Darkness in its entirety are undergirded
by the Light - are much more powerful than the remaining Dark
Cabal.

30 June 2020 - The Grand Summer Solstice Stargate of 2020

- Pleiadian Light Forces & MICHAEL of Nebadon
Earth's Summer Solstice of the 21st of June is a major
Energetic turning point within Earth's Ascension Timeline. As
the magnificent June Solstice 2020 Celestial Stargate opened,
Galactic Federation Light Forces used the powerful Wave
Energy which originates from the Central Galactic Sun and
Core, and along with a concurrent Direct Alignment of other
Planets within our Solar System, to begin sending much greater
amounts of 40 Hertz, 5D Gamma Light into Earth's atmosphere.
During the early morning hours of the June Solstice, along with
the concurrent magnificent Solar Eclipse, Galactic Federation
Light Forces orchestrated two critical and final Gamma
Timeline Resets, setting the Earth on a direct trajectory towards
the Grand Event/Solar Flash Apex and the true beginning of
the New Golden Age, projected to occur by December 21,
2020.
This High Frequency Gamma Central Sun Light is triggering a
"Mass Awakening" of many Beings of Earth and along with this
powerful Photonic Light, it will eventually lead to propelling all
of the more evolved Beings and Lightworkers of this Realm into
a complete 5th Dimensional State of Being by the end of this
year.
Every cell in your body is being completely re-coded by the
powerful incoming 5D Light and your Being will now begin to
be filled with higher levels of inspiration and creativity as this
New Golden-Age Energy permeates the Earth.
As of this Great Summer Solstice Stargate on Planet Earth, the
chaotic changes that have been occurring all across the World
during the last several months will begin to stabilise and will
turn more positive for the Beings of Earth.
1 September 2020 - Commander Ashtar: Incoming Energies
are Preparing You for the Solar Flash - Channeled by Kate
Woodley
Interviewer [Kare Heywood]: From what I understand the
Ascension is intimately tied to the Solar Flash. Can you speak to
that a little as to how that works?
Commander Ashtar: Yes, the Photon Gamma Ray Energies
that are currently inundating Gaia are all intensifying and
preparing Humanity, as well as the many other Collectives
within and upon her, for the Great Solar Flash, as part of the
Ascension process for those ready to move up to a higher
Dimension. This Great Solar Flash will be the ultimate
culmination of the most intense and brightest energies that will
literally melt away any darkness, any lower vibration energies.
This is why so many who are not Awake will be confused. For
all of a sudden that which they have resonated with will be gone.
And there will be a great period of disorientation until they - and
their vibration - can calibrate with the Energy and the Higher
Vibration that will be ushered in through the Solar Flash. So, the
Flash truly is not necessarily just a bright flash of Light. It is a
highly potent Wave of Energy - High Vibrational Energy - that,
without having previously been gently exposed to the prior and
smaller Waves of incoming Energies, no Human could have
withstood physically or Spiritually.
And all of these incoming Energy Waves are coming in to assist
you in tuning up your Physical Body, as well as your Energetic
Body, so that they can withstand the full energy of the Great
Solar Flash. The Solar Flash will be like a massive "broomstick"
that will sweep away any remaining residual Negativity. There
is also at this time ongoing Cleansing and Clearing work
underway on Earth, though largely undetected by Humanity, as
we speak. But this Great Solar Flash will be the last sweep, if
you will. The higher frequency/vibrational energy that comes
from the Solar Flash will then continue to remain with Earth.
Many of the Photon Gamma-Ray Energies that have recently
come to Planet Earth/Gaia have come as successive Waves that
have caressed and embraced Gaia, but then slowly moved away.
However, some have indeed remained within the Earth's Aura,
for they are continuing to serve by fine tuning Earth's
Vibrational Resonance as well as the Collective Vibrational
Resonance of Humanity, slowly but surely much like tuning a
piano. Some of the Wave Energy that does come in plays its
frequency-uplifting part and then washes away much Negativity
with its departure.
As for any possible destruction to Gaia, in the past this was a
very real and likely possibility. We do see that there will be
surface damage in some parts. However, we are optimistic and
opting towards the "Timeline" that will yield a gentler result.
You may recall that in the past you have been informed by
myself and a number of other Celestial Beings that there has
always been a number of different possibilities. That is, there is
one possibility in which the Solar Flash would deliver a harsh
blow to Gaia, and another where it would be gentler, more easily
absorbed. At this point, we feel that the "gentler" version is the
most likely.
However, as you know, in this Multi-Dimensional Chess Game,
things change frequently. Nonetheless, we are prepared for all
possibilities and we have been prepared for all possibilities for a
very, very long time. There is always the likelihood that people
will need to be brought on-board to the Motherships or relocated
to safer surface areas on or inside the surface of Gaia during and
following the Great Solar Flash, where this is found to be
necessary.
However, we do feel that it will be much more appropriate and
easier on Humanity if there was in fact to be no massive
disruption or destruction.
Unfortunately, for those of Humanity without any awareness of
the coming Earth Ascension process, they will at the time be so
focused on possible death and the destruction they will not be
able to see that which is truly important: that there is to be a
New Future, a brighter, bolder Future that is about to be birthed
before their very eyes, collectively and unconsciously co-created
by them as well as by us. For we are all connected, we must
therefore try to Co-create this all together. We hope that they
will be able to become more aware before the event. So we do
not have a definitive answer at this point in time, but we
nevertheless do see it as needing to be a gentle caress as
opposed to a harsh blow.
Blessings to all of you, Commander Ashtar

20 October 2020 - Jesus SANANDA - The Great Awakening

is Coming - James McConnell
I am Sananda. I come at this time, in this opportune time, these
Times that are approaching now. You have heard of the coming
Great Announcements. You have heard of many great Changes
that are coming to Planet Earth, of the many seemingly positive
changes.
But before the positive Changes come, there must first be those
things that bring the Great Awakening forward - the falling of
the present Political Establishment with its unjust and incorrect
Laws, and Rules - all of that is coming down. See that
happening, because that is what is happening now. Even though
it does not appear to be so, it is. Everything is coming together
exactly as it needs to, and you are in that cusp right now with the
Great Awakening that is occurring across the Planet. And not
only across the Planet, but the Solar System and your Galaxy.
All is coming together and all is happening in the moment now.
Even now, the Great Awakening is proceeding forward. The fall
of the present social Establishment as you have come to know it.
It cannot, and could not, and will not continue as it has. It is not
possible. For life to continue here on this Planet, you must all
come into this Awakening Process. All across the Planet must
come into this Awakening.
And that is what the Three Waves of Ascension are all about: it
is to allow for this Awakening to happen as more and more
people become ready and prepared for it. Each and every one of
you that resonate to my words, you have been preparing for it,
and as I have said many times, through acclimatising yourselves
and your bodies to these powerful incoming Celestial Energies
of transformation.
And as these Great Waves of Celestial Energies continue to
come in, they become more and more forceful. That is what is
creating the chaos that is happening across the Planet. As these
Energies become stronger and stronger, it is bringing the
Awakening to those that have been asleep for so long.
And those Dark Ones that have been attempting to hold onto
their control are doing everything that they can now more and
more to hold on to that control. They are pulling out all the
stops, you might say, everything they can, to follow their dark
Plan that they have had up till now. But, they can no longer do
it, even though they attempt to hold on and attempt to do these
various things that have worked for them in the past. Those
efforts are no longer working, and cannot work.
Your Awakening can no longer be stopped. And you are
approaching that Time Period we have been preparing you for so
long. In every one of your various meditations, you have been
preparing for the Grand Event, the Great Event, THE EVENT,
the Solar Flash. You have been preparing for this, so that when
it happens, you are ready for it. And then you can indeed turn
around and assist those that may not understand what is going
on when they see this great flash in the sky.
Dates cannot be given at this point. But that does not mean it is
not imminent. Just understand that.
I am Sananda, and I leave you at this time in Peace, and Love,
and Oneness.

The Battle Continues......

4 March 2021 - St Matthew on the current World Situation -
Susie Ward
What is happening in your World right now and on the very near
horizon is that International efforts to destroy the entire
Illuminati/Dark Cabal network are continuing apace.
Meanwhile, a "Great Announcement" that was to be made by
the Earth Alliance of "White Hats" working in tandem with the
Galactic Federation, was cancelled at the last minute under a
serious threat by the Dark Cabal to explode a suitcase "Dirty" A-
bomb during the US Presidential Inauguration Ceremony. This
Great Announcement was to be a Revelation of all the Dark
Cabal's secret Control behind the US Administration.
Nevertheless, it could well have led to further rioting and
upheaval as the People learned of all the decades-long dark
goings-on behind the scenes involving Government and
Bankers, and therefore was halted through a move possibly
sponsored by a Higher Divine Source.
It could also have been likely - let us say unavoidable - that a
period of unrest may well have followed as the more
conservative elements of the public and their Leaders resisted
any acknowledgement that the Government Administration
needed to be totally reformed. Such a proposed changeover in
USA Governance has long been the primary thrust of action
proposed by the Earth Alliance "White Hats".

7 March 2021 - St Germain: You are coming near the Finish

Line - James McConnell
You Lightworkers should stand ready now, indeed you must be
ready. Because you are coming near the Finish Line, as Jesus-
Sananda is so fond of saying. You are coming near the end of
this part of your Mission and moving closer and closer to those
Grand Announcements that have been spoken of, but held back
by the Dark Cabal. But they are at last in process right now of
coming forward and being revealed. The exact moment cannot
be given at this time. But it is imminent, even according to your
Earthly understanding of what imminent stands for. So be ready.
Be ready to be in joy in the moment when it happens.
Meanwhile continue to connect with your Higher God Self and
Guides who watch over all you Lightworkers. For the Great
Events are to come very soon.

8 March 2021 - Queen AnRa of the Higher Realms: Take

Your Power Back - Erena Velazquez
I have been very busy trying to ease your upward transition to
the 5th Dimension. The time has arrived for Humanity to take
their power and freedom back into their own hands and start
living their own lives without being told by their Governments,
who keep imposing their will on your daily lives. Millions of
rules, which were forced on everyone during the Worldwide
Pandemic, are going to fade away. Visible signs of change
coming will include the removal of the Mandatory Rule of
wearing masks. These are a threat to your health because your
lungs are not being properly oxygenated. Many more things are
happening which are not yet disclosed to you. Soon, all of the
Truth will come out. Please, be prepared for it.
I am happy to see that Humankind is starting to have more
understanding of what was done to them and why they never felt
like free Beings. They are finally seeing that the life here has
been an illusion created for them with intention to keep them
here as prisoners.
Human Beings have believed for centuries that they are
completely alone in the Universe, but the truth is that millions of
civilisations exist. This is going to be a quite a shock for the
masses.
As a Member of the Grand Galactic Council, I have been
spending a lot of time with preparations to finish our Ascension
Operation on Planet Earth. Also, my Fleet of Space Ships,
named "The Egyptians" in connection with my association with
Ancient Egypt, is getting ready to land on Mother Gaia as soon
as some key elements of the Nesara/Gesara Law is established
and the following Galactic Federation Disclosure Event
happens.
We are planning to share with you all of our advanced
technologies and teach you how to use them as we once did in
Atlantis over 10,000 years ago. My Daughter, who recently
received her Authority from me, has agreed to take on the
responsibility of leading my Space Force Fleet, to help
Humanity with their Ascension Transformation process.
I, Queen An-Ra, also want to focus on my own work as part of
the Grand Galactic Council. Right now, I am helping the
Galactic Federation of Light to get ready for the Final
Engagement with the Dark Ones, which is going to remove them
completely from this part of the Galaxy. I cannot wait for the
time when this Beautiful Green Water Planet will be entirely
free and there will be no more Negative Forces disrupting the
natural flow of Divine Justice.

9 March 2021 - The Creator of our Universe: The Final

Phase of the Divine Plan - Channel: Erena Velazquez
I am the Creator of your Universe within the Greater Cosmos of
Creation, and I wish today to send this message to all of you.
This is a call, at this momentous and difficult time of the Great
Pandemic Period on Planet Earth, for Humanity to "Awaken" to
Your Ascension up to a Higher Frequency and Dimension. This
is also to be linked to raising your levels of Consciousness and
helping to bring Earth into the New Golden Age along with all
the other Ascending Worlds at this Ending of a Major Celestial
Age.
As I said previously, we have started The Final Phase of the
Divine Plan. This will bring Ascension to the Planetary Body of
Mother Gaia, who Herself moved upwards a while ago to the 5th
Dimension, and now Humanity needs to catch up to her
Ascended level. Ashtar and his Galactic Federation Fleet are
working together with other Light Forces in continuing to clean-
up your Planet by removing the remaining Dark Forces, which
until recently consisted of a population of over 5 million of their
Armed Forces and Slave Workers under Earth's surface in their
massive and numerous underground Bases and Tunnels. Many
of those underground Bases have now been destroyed and the
many Human Zombie worker slaves have been taken up and
released from their long enforced servitude.
The few remaining Leaders of the Inner Ring of the Dark Forces
are still trying to resist their arrest and removal by creating
chaos and obstruction, such as the World Coronavirus Pandemic
as well as the recent extremes of weather, thus to slow down the
process of being eliminated from this part of the Galaxy.
However, their long period of domination and control is at last
coming to an end, no matter how hard they try to postpone their
inevitable defeat. Yes, the Light is winning and the enslavement
of Humankind, which has lasted for so many thousands of years
will soon be ended.
There are still many tasks yet left that need to be finished.
Queen An-Ra has already removed most of the senior corrupted
members from the Dark Alliance. Now, we are waiting for the
"New Republic" of the USA to be announced and moved to a
new location leaving behind Washington DC as the old
corrupted place.
The hidden Truths about the Dark Cabal's Plan for a "New
World Order", their torture and Satanic Sacrificial Rituals along
with their extraction of the Life Force of young children in order
to feed on their energies to prolong their own lives will be
revealed. They also put their Human abductees in their
underground Bases through dark DNA experiments, as well as
using them as their Slave Labour - all of this will also soon be
revealed. From now on there is to be no more of their dark
Control of Earth through their many engineered Wars and
creation of Fear programs such as the present World Pandemic,
and thereafter the dark Truth of their long secret Rule behind the
scenes will finally be revealed to everyone on your beautiful
Terra Christa.
21 March 2021 - The Federation of Light on the
"Announcement" - Blossom Goodchild
Blossom: A question by many is 'Where do we stand regarding
the "Announcement"? Is there still to be one?'
Indeed. For the "Changes" that are to take place of great
magnitude, pivot around this. In that when such a matter is
finally brought into the open it will become the "Big Game
Changer".
However, the waiting for the "Announcement" or something that
will Awaken the World is taking so much longer than any of us
imagined.
Will the waiting for it go on for much longer? I know dates are
a no no, but has it been deterred for years? Months? Days?
It has been deferred due to unexpected setbacks. Which again,
cannot be given to you. However each day brings you closer.
There are to be a series of Events that are to take place, yet, it is
necessary for their 'order' to be precise in calculation. This can
only take place when All is in place.
The still-to-come "Solar Flash" as it leaves the Sun will be a big
trigger point. It is to be of much Power, beyond your
comprehension, or anyone of Earth. When 'activated', its energy
will enable a huge Magnetic, Energetic, Electrical Wave of both
Sound and Movement to spread across the Globe. This will be
taking your Beloved Planet through to a Higher Dimension.
We cannot begin to explain the enormity of this. It is imperative
for Earthly strategies to be in place along with certain
Planetary/Star alignments in order for everything to come
together in this Divine Plan. That is, in order for the End of The
Darkness and the Beginning of the Light World to flow into
position. The complexity of this Plan is far from a 'Walk in the
Park.'

22 March 2021 - Mira from the Pleiadian High Council: New

Energies and Timelines - Channel: Erena Velazquez
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council, and I am
pleased to be back through this Channel. I have a Message today
for Humankind.
Everything is coming together into a perfect alignment, the
Human Race needs to take their power and their destiny back
into their own hands to free themselves from the Dark Forces'
enslavement of Humanity on Earth, which has lasted for far too
long, as all of you know.
Meantime, you need to resist the Dark Cabal's existing "New
World Order" Plan of World control which they have been
trying to force onto you, and also please be aware that the Covid
19 Vaccines are dangerous to Humans, as it contains secret
Nanotechnology set up to destroy those parts of the DNA of the
Human body that opposes their attempts at mind control over
you.
It is very important to regain and understand that you are a
Divine Being of Light and that you came here to this part of the
Milky Way Galaxy to serve a Higher Purpose. Your essential
Mission is very simple: to bring Light and Love to Gaia and
become Leaders to others who are still asleep and to help them
see the Light.
I am from the Pleiadian High Council, so I am briefed all of the
time about the situation on Earth. I have been selected to be in
charge of the High Council, so I am making plans and
preparations for our Pleiadian Fleet to land after the Liberation
of Planet Earth. My Team of the Higher Councils are also going
to help to establish the 4D Healing Light Centres across Earth
and to further help with other important Humanitarian projects.
I am very excited that we as Pleiadians are going to be able to
come down and assist our Sisters and Brothers of Earth in
person. New Times are indeed coming and we are feeling very
happy about the upcoming Transformation of the Dark Forces
that is already happening, such as the rescuing from the
underground Dark Cabal Bases of the many abducted young
children and capture of all the other Dark Members as well as
the arrests of those Earthly Government Officials working for
them. This is part of the great clean-up and removal of all the
Dark Ones who have committed crimes against your
Civilisation. Be assured that no new Dark Forces can now enter
this Solar System and are banned from entering your World by
any other means through the protective supervision of our
Galactic Federation Fleets.

4 April 2021 - Ivo of Vega on the Draconian invasion of our

Galaxy - Sharon Stewart
Ivo: Planet Earth was considered to be a big win by the
Negative Forces. Because Earthlings were the Titans of the
Human species, they were as Gods, they had all the best of our
DNA..... When Earth was dropped to a Third dimensional
frequency to become Terra, and it was overtaken by these
Negative Forces thousands of years ago, their arrogance knew
no bounds. They believed they had "Won the Galaxy" for
themselves, that there was no opposition to stop them from
becoming the Gods they believed themselves to be.
Millions of years ago, the Reptilian Wars began when this
menace moved into our Galaxy from other parts of the Universe.
Attempts were made by the Lyrans to befriend this Race,
however misunderstandings led to the War which you see
continuing on Planet Earth and in the Galaxy today. These Wars
are millions of years in the making.
The Positive and Negative polarities of our Races have fought
for aeons, creating great discord in the Galaxy. We have worked
hard to restore lost Frequency, lost Light and lost Balance within
our Worlds and within Solar Systems of Worlds that were
perfected. They lost this perfection due to this invading menace.
Our Galaxy has suffered on account of their presence here.
We have an ultimatum for them: Be peaceful or meet your
demise. That is our final word.
Sharon: I think I know what the next project for Ashtar Sheran
is going to be, correct?
Ivo: Yes, he is already part of this consortium of
Human/Humanoid species that is putting its collective foot down
with those who wreak havoc in the Galaxy.
Sharon: My Love, you were re-reading to me your conversation
with Erril, a tall white living on Earth who sought to gain entry
into the Galactic Federation for his Race of Draconians. He
was miffed with you for not being able to adjudicate a truce with
Commander Ashtar Sheran. You made no such effort and he
was annoyed that he was in fact found out and removed from the
Planet, along with many others of his species. They were
rejected from the Galactic Federation on account of the fact
that theirs is a Negative Race with propensity for much warring.
The Draconians are a warring Race. Such a Race will never be
allowed to join the Galactic Federation because the Federation is
a Force for Peace in the Galaxy, not War.
Further to your conversation with Erril, he was advised and put
under warning to stop his illicit activities against other Races
and stop igniting wars, otherwise be removed from the Galaxy.
Ashtar personally informed him that he is now under probation
and should he or others within his Draconian Race seek to war
against any other faction in this Galaxy, he and the other faction
will both be removed from their homes and released into other
areas of the Universe. He will not be allowed back here.
We are prepared to take action against any Race that will not be
removed in a peaceful manner.
There are dignitaries who are overseeing these marauder groups,
instructing them on the process of remaining peaceful and
retaining balance within themselves and their communities, and
acting as adjudicators to retain peace. Sharon, my Love, when
you were Tiannia, this was your job as well. You were part of
this process of Peace Retainment for the Milky Way.
You have a very good track record in doing this work, and for
that reason, Ashtar asked you to go to Earth. He only seeks to
increase your understanding of the mindset of the Negative
marauders of this Galaxy, and you will be part of the process of
Adjudication with the Draconian people in future, both Negative
and Positive. This will be a good experience for you to have to
continue your success rate as an Adjudicator in the Galaxy.
The fact that the Draconian Earthling Erril was merged with the
Reptilian mind through its physicality and the fact that your
entire World had been overtaken by Negative species does
nothing to thwart their arrogance and feeling that we of the
Galactic Federation of Light are no threat to them. We planned
to prove otherwise and we have already done so.
Sharon: Kind of sounds ironic, doesn't it? Having war to create
peace.
Ivo: My Love, you do not remember the shock in the Galaxy
when these Negative Beings arrived. What they have done to
disturb the balance is only mildly portrayed in your current
situation on Earth. It is a fraction of the destruction they have
caused throughout the Galaxy. You understand that they planned
to use your Planet as a Base to rule the entire Universe from, and
they had to be stopped. Their arrogance, their imbalanced,
pathological minds know no limits.
They have created destruction in many Constellations within the
Galaxy, and there are many still reeling lifetimes later from the
pathology of this menace.
Now we have had enough. In the name of Humanity, we will
end this scourge of the Galaxy. We have consulted with many of
other Universes who have dealt with them as well. Arguably,
they have not had the experience of the Milky Way Galaxy, not
to any degree the extent of it because at the time these Negative
Races were still young and had not fully acquired their
arrogance, and frankly, the techniques nor the manpower they
have today. They are at their peak now, and they are being
destroyed as we speak.
If they wish to live among us in Peace, that is fine. But conduct
any act of War, and these acts are explicitly outlined in our
Treaties, and they will experience consequences.
We now know what they are capable of. We now know the
entirety of their Plans. And we are taking appropriate action to
save lives within our Galaxy.
It is not our way to hate or to war with any Race. Humans are
Beings of peace. However, when the threat that is posed by
these Dark Beings is that vast, then action must be taken. We
only wish to live in Peace. In Peace we can thrive. That is a
requirement for being a Human.
They will not allow us Peace. So we will not allow them access
to this Galaxy any longer.
10 May 2021 - Commander Ashtar: Victory is at Hand -
Channel: Erena Velazquez
Greetings, I am Ashtar, Commander of the Galactic Federation
of Light, I am happy to give you an update today on our
progress in the elimination of the common enemy, the Darkness
on and around your Planet Earth.
I have mentioned in some of my previous messages that we do
have daily battle encounters with the corrupted Dark Souls. This
time the Reptilians and their Dark Draconian Allies were trying
to bring new and more advanced Dark Technology to Earth,
which they wanted to use with satellites to spy and control
everyone in a more invasive way than even before.
Our Light Forces have recently got into serious battles with the
Negative Ones near Planets such as Mars and Pluto, where in
these locations the Dark Forces are still stationed in some of
their remaining underground Bases. They were preparing to
implement the installation of some further advanced pieces
intrusive of Monitoring/Control equipment on Humanity, as well
as making other plans to target Mother Earth in a further attempt
to delay your Ascension process.
In three recent Battles, the Light and Dark Forces both had about
500,000 ships each deployed. The Galactic Federation Fleet,
however, had a strategic advantage over the Negative Fleets, as
we surprise attacked them when they were not expecting it. The
Negative Ones did not think we knew about their new
Operational Plans. However, we received a key Intelligence
Report about them from a former Dark Reptilian who now
works for the Galactic Federation of Light.
My Fleet and our Allies managed to stop their latest attempt to
interrupt the process of Liberation from their behind-the-scenes
Control here on your Planet. As a result of our recent success,
the subsequently captured Dark Souls on their Battle Spaceships
have either been sent to be reformed and re-purposed at our
Light Centres, or else uncreated, depending on their remorse or
willingness to change their ways to that of the Light. Most of
their ships were completely destroyed except for the few ships
that were able to escape.
Please, understand that these Battles are very necessary events in
order to finally remove the Dark Control by the Reptilians and
others from Planet Earth and your Solar System. They are
constantly trying to prevent this part of the Galaxy from
becoming freed once and for all from their Control. However,
our Victory over their undercover Control of Earth is
nevertheless soon to be finally achieved, so never give up on
looking forward to your glorious Future to come!

4 June 2021 - A Message from Mira of the Pleiadian High

Council - Valerie Donner
Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I am also
placed as Head of the Earth Council for the exact purpose of this
Ascension process occurring now with your Planet.
As most of you know, we assist other Planets with their
Ascension process. We have a precious and vested interest in the
Earth. We are here to assist Humanity, all of Life on the Earth,
as well as Planet Earth herself.
We are dear friends with the Earth. We know, love and respect
her immensely. We celebrate her Ascension for she deserves this
graduation from the enormous and atrocious Forces of Darkness.
Some of you may be feeling the effects of the lighter frequencies
due to the Dark Ones' isolation and removal from your Beloved
Planet. You might be feeling as if you can breathe again.
Right now, you are at a critical juncture in this Grand Shift.
There has been a deep drilling down and final taking out of the
Forces of Darkness. Even though they know they are done with
the Earth, they are fighting tooth and nail to the very end. We
want to assure you that this is nearly over and that the Divine
Source has the upper hand.
Please focus your attention as much as possible on the Light and
the beauty of this unfolding. The Plan is a brilliant one and the
resources are many. Hold the Light and keep your hearts open to
each other.
We understand that many of you are challenged and struggling.
It takes courage and strength to participate in the end of so many
years of darkness. You are right there at the threshold of Light.
You can feel it and see it. The Light is real. You are nearly
Home.
In fact, we already have many celebrations and reunions planned
for you. Of course, these will all be the unmasked version where
we can see your fully beautiful faces, read the Light in your
eyes, and feel the Love in your hearts. You will indeed see the
same with us.
Promises and prophecies have been made throughout the Ages.
It is now time for them to come to fruition. Beloved Ones, you
shall inherit the Earth.
We always want to thank you for your good work, prayers,
Love, and devotion to your Ascension. Each one of you makes
the world of difference to us and to the Planet.
In Deep Love and devotion, I am Mira of the Pleiades.

9 June 2021 - The 9th Dimensional Arcturian Council: The

Next Phase of Mass Awakenings - Daniel Scranton
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council on the 9th
Vibrational Dimension. We are pleased to connect with all of
you at this time.
We are all entering into a great New Phase of Existence, along
with you and all the other Beings and Collectives within this
Galaxy and our greater Universe. This Phase represents a new
"Great Evolution of Consciousness" that has occurred, not only
within the whole consciousness of this Galaxy, but particularly
down on Planet Earth, as we have seen you all take another giant
leap forward in the reclaiming of the Truth of who you Really
Are as one of all belonging to same Energy and Elements of the
Original Source Being of All Creation.
There has been at this unique Time within the present "Great
Ending of Ages" throughout our Universe, another Mass
Awakening of individuals everywhere, those who have had
their own unique Awakening Experiences, experiences that have
left their minds blown, their Worlds shaken, and yet their Hearts
opened in ways that they were previously finding difficult to
communicate with to others in their lives.
Many of you can relate to this, as you have been through
something similar in your own World, with your friends, family
members and co-workers in this time of your Planetary
Pandemic causing the "Great Awakening" that has occurred.
This most recent "Mass Awakening" has tipped the scales to
such an extent on Earth that your Collective Consciousness has
further risen to a Higher Dimensional Frequency, one that will
now not allow for certain erroneous dark thought forms to enter
into the Consciousness of those who have now thus Awakened.
However, there is still much work to be done, and those who
have not yet truly "Awakened" are still slated to have their own
experiences at a lower Dimensional level, ones that will be
unique to them and that will eventually give them a layer of
protection from those unwanted dark thought forms that have
become such a menace in your World.
For example, when an Awakened Soul realises that they are in
fact an integral part of the Original Source, and thus of all
others, then thoughts of jealousy of what someone else has, will
not enter into a person's conscious mind. In order for there to be
jealousy, there must first have occurred a "Separation" from
feeling as being part of all others and Original Source.
And when you realise that you are indeed a total part of Original
Source, you know that what someone else has acquired that is of
Great Good, or of Great Value, does in fact ultimately help to
further enhance your own Life Experience. When you begin to
recognise that all others are in fact an integral part of you,
despite the former delusion of Separation that has existed so
much in your present Reality, they can give you that inspiration,
that knowing that you too can be living a Life of Freedom, Joy,
Excitement and above all else, Unconditional Love.
Therefore, you will no longer feel envy towards someone else's
good or valuable experience.
This is just one of the many dark thought forms that will no
longer be able to make it into the Consciousness of the future
"Awakened", and therefore already a ripple of this new
experience in your lives has begun to subtly spread its influence
as a useful lesson throughout the Galaxy and even further out
into this Great Universe of ours.
We all of us at this "End of Age" in this Galaxy and in the
greater Universe are experiencing a step-up to a Higher
Frequency/Vibrational level; we are all becoming more
insulated from whatever Dark Energies may have been holding
many of us down, holding us back, and now you also are making
this further "Journey of Ascension" much easier and more
smoothly than you were even just a few days ago in your
counting of Linear Earth Time.
We are all very excited to be with you on this Great Journey, as
are all others in our Universe and within the Great Cosmos, all
of us who are tuning in with great interest into this "Great
Educational Show that is Life on Planet Earth". We will
continue to chart your progress and give you further Progress
Reports as we continue to encourage you, as well to help you
see yourselves as the "Great Beings" you truly are in every
moment of each and every day of your Lives.
We are the Arcturian Council, and we have greatly enjoyed
connecting with you at this very significant time.

21 June 2021 - Commander Ashtar - The Current Role of

Starseeds on Earth - Channelled by Meline Lafont.
Good Day to you Earth Humans, I come with news and joy. I
am very aware that you are all at this time experiencing a great
ordeal of confusion and fear. However, you
Starseed/Lightworkers will nevertheless soon be coming into a
full understanding of what it is like to be endowed with a Higher
Galactic Nature, to carry the true Galactic Blueprint/Template of
the Soul, as this will start to be activated within you in a short
time.
Allow me to inform you that all you Stellar Sisters and Brothers
of Light as Starseed Lightworkers on Earth have recently been
downloading many different Higher Spiritual forms and formats
of information being given to each of you. All you Starseeds on
Earth who were once endowed with the nature of the Galactic
Template are at this time receiving, or are rather being
bombarded with, multiple Codes and information from the
different Higher Galactic Planes. Though this may differ for
each individual, no Being at any level is being forgotten. ALL of
you are receiving these Galactic Codes which will serve for the
Highest Good of all Humanity.
Dear Starseeds of Earth, therefore welcome the following
information outlining the various different Galactic sources that
are providing you with help in your Ascension process:
The Arcturian Starseeds on Earth at this time are receiving
much information from their Home Star on how to implement
the Next Generation Society of High Intelligence and High
Technology on Earth. Each is Downloading this information so
that in the next stage of Earth's Ascension process, the
Uploading to other Souls on Earth can begin.
The Andromeda Starseeds are also receiving and uploading the
Galactic Codes to reformat the Old 3D Matrix so that the Earth's
new Magnetic field can then be activated. You Starseed
Lightworkers on Earth are then to function as Rebooters of
Earth's new Magnetic field. Your courage, patience and
diligence will be needed for this as well as those of you with
healing skills.
The Pleiadian Starseeds are experiencing some challenges in
working with Humanity of Earth, as these Souls are used to high
levels of benevolence in their own Star System. They are
therefore very sensitive to the ongoing chaos and drama on
Earth. They themselves in their own Star System have banned
any degree of negativity within any of their own societies.
Nevertheless, they are to be mostly connected with Earth's
Humanity through using their great empathy and social skills.
The Pleiadian Starseeds incarnated down on Earth are being
assisted in their Ascension work to adjust to the more aggressive
energetic level of Earth Human Beings. They are also being
downloaded with the Higher Galactic Codes being transmitted
from your Sun down to Earth. Every Wave of Galactic Energy,
arriving as mini-Solar Flares on Earth, is part of a new
Download provided by the Pleiadians. This can be very difficult
to integrate with the old 3D frequencies of the Earth Matrix as
these Solar Flares are of considerably Higher Dimensional
Frequencies. The Pleiadians are offering Humanity the ability to
open their Hearts and Minds, which is very important at this
time. These new Codes are seeding an Awakening in Earth's
Humanity and preparing for the future building of a new World
Community of Light on Earth. This is coming from the Galactic
Race which is the most similar to Humanity and also the closest
in their spiritual nature.
The Sirians, on the other hand, are the Leaders of Action within
this Ascension Programme for Planet Earth. Their Starseeds
down on Earth are thus being given a lead in its enactment, so to
speak, and are thus stepping forward. These Sirian Starseeds feel
the urge and the calling to participate and are stepping up to
assist in the necessary changes that will soon come about. It is to
be done patiently and with integrity. The Earthbound Starseeds
are also being bombarded with much new information, ideas and
codes from the Galactic Centre so that innovative ideas can then
be birthed on Earth. The Sirians taking part in this stage of the
Ascension Programme are themselves also Healers.
The Venusian Starseeds down on Earth are likewise
Downloading the Higher Codes from their Home Planet Venus
and are assisting Earth's Humanity with the process of Love and
Compassion. These Venusian Souls are integrating their Higher
Love vibration to help Humanity understand more of their own
Divine Nature. These Starseed Lightworkers are most active in
the Earth's field of Nature and natural environment and are also
active in promoting resistance to anger, negativity, darkness and
hatred. More and more Compassion will flow from their Hearts
to others on Earth and this is to be given even to those who have
become lost due to giving into the cultures of fear.
The Starseeds of Vega and Orion are well known as Builders
and Architects of Planetary molecular structure. They will be
responsible for transforming Planet Earth and its inhabitants
from a Carbon based molecular structure into one of a
Crystalline molecular structure. They embrace a high degree of
clarity, focus and strength, which for them is a must. The
Venusians are also, at this time of the Ending of a Major
Galactic and Universal Age, daily receiving Downloads and
Updates into themselves as well as integrating a new Crystalline
molecular vibration into their own bodies before passing on this
new higher frequency molecular structure down to Earth.
All the other Earth-bound Starseeds are also going through their
own individual processing of an Awakening, so that no one is
being left out of this process. Each Starseed is receiving their
own personal Encodements and will be awakening to enact that
which is ready to be activated at the designated Divine Time. All
Starseeds on Earth everywhere are joining in this process, since
all are part of the transitioning into a New Aquarian Age.
Thus there will soon be an end to all the worry and confusion
down on Planet Earth. Each individual Soul on Earth is of equal
importance and will be allowed to follow its own Path of
Evolution. Many there will be that die in fear, having forgotten
the true Higher Spiritual level they once possessed, though that
can only happen when a Soul chooses to descend into a state
of fear. Therefore, always try to recall the former Higher
Spiritual Status to which you once belonged; let this knowing be
the guidance for your further Ascension Path and always remain
connected with the Heart in an ongoing expression of one of a
Loving Consideration of Others.
We shall follow soon with more information - Asteyu mayetra
minata - Ashtar.

8 July 2021 - Commander Ashtar: We have Won the Battle

between the Dark and Light! - James McConnell
I am Ashtar. I come at this time, in this Auspicious Time, I will
add here, in these Times of Great Changes that are occurring
both on the Planet, within the Planet, and above the Planet.
So many changes that you at this time do not have any idea of,
but you are getting an inkling of it. You are getting bits and
pieces of everything that is happening. Always still, yes, behind
the scenes. But they are coming out.
You use terms of 'Connecting the Dots.' And that is something
you all need to do. It is part of Discernment. It is part of
understanding the Truth and knowing the Truth, and looking
beyond that illusion that those that have been in control for so
long want so much to continue this illusion. They want to keep
you trapped within it.
But as someone said earlier, "We are Winning." No, we
have Won already. That is what you need to know right now.
We are not Winning, we have already Won. We have already
won not just the Battles, but the entire War, if you want to look
at it that way. Because it is a War between Good and Evil.
Between Light and Dark.
Everything is coming out exactly as it needs to, and you need to
continue to believe that. Believe that we are up here. We are up
here in our Spaceships, in our various programs and projects, all
looking down at you.
We are looking down from above and seeing the perfection that
you all are. We do not see the negative, the shadow side of each
of you. We see the Light within you, the Light within all of you.
And that is spreading and being shared everywhere more and
more. All of this is part of the new expression that must come
about, that the Light must come on and overcome the Darkness.
And it is happening.
So much is happening behind the scenes yet, but it is all coming
out little by little. And then it will go from a trickle, which it is
now, to a deluge in the times that are coming ahead.
And along with that, you have all looked for our Disclosure. Not
only Disclosure of the Truths that must come out, but Disclosure
of those of our Spaceships, those of us that have been here
watching over you and ready to assist when we are given the
command to come down and be with you. And that is not far off,
my friends! It is not far off at all. Because we are here for you.
And those of you that are ready to see us, will see us.
When you have those eyes to see, and many of you are getting
those eyes now, because you are opening your Third Eye. Your
Pineal glands are becoming free again of the calcification that
the Cabal, or the Dark Forces, have done everything that they
could to hold your Third Eye down to keep you from seeing
beyond the illusion, to seeing the real reality that is there, and
has been there all along. But they pulled the wool over your
eyes, or the veil over your eyes, so that you would not see what
can be seen now.
And again, as I said, it is not far off at all now. Because
everything, everything is leading up to this point right now, in
this exact moment. And all of you just need to be patient just a
little bit longer. You have waited thousands, even millions of
years, to come to this point. And what is a little bit longer to
wait? Whether it is days, or weeks, or even months. What is a
little bit longer to realise the complete freedom that is there
beckoning to you now.
All you need to do is just open up to it and realise that it is
already there for you. The Freedom. The freedom to be who you
are, whenever you want to be whoever you are. Trust. Trust in
all of this. Trust that you are moving into a position or a point of
Light within you that will establish once and for all your
Freedom and your Sovereignty.
I am Ashtar, and I leave you now in Peace and Love, and that
you would continue to be ready. Be ready to experience the
connection with all of us, all of your Brothers and Sisters of
Space, that are here now and ready at a moment's notice to be
there with you more fully.

30 July 2021 - Update on the 5D Incoming Energies leading

up to the Creation of your 12 Strand DNA - By Lev -
Interstellar Disclosure News
The Galactic Federation Of Light Committee and Higher
Light Forces are rapidly preparing you for your transition up to
the Fourth Dimension and Fifth Dimensions. For many of you
Starseeds and Lightworkers, your DNA is about to be enhanced
and activated upwards, from your present 2-strand DNA, to
regain your former 12-strand DNA. This will allow your present
dense Physical body to rejuvenate itself back up into to the
perfect Higher Dimensional Etheric Body Plan upon which your
Physical Earth body is based, giving you the appearance of a
mid-age youthfulness.
In the last six months, due to your own efforts to raise your
vibration levels, the rate of activation of dormant DNA in many
of you has been impressive. The first real physical consequences
of it began to appear from December 2020 onwards, when the
restructuring of your physical bodies began to be sped up.
Quantum Transition has entered the final preparation for the
forthcoming 4D/5D Dimensions. Previously, the changes dealt
exclusively with your Subtle Bodies. From December 2020
onwards, your Physical bodies began to transform at the
molecular and cellular level. This coincides with the Creator's
Plan to move you up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions whilst
remaining within our physical bodies.
However, before that can be fully enacted, the cells in your body
have to transmute from carbon-based into Crystaline-based cells.
The first material signs of this mutation within your present
dense bodies will begin to be felt in this Summer of 2021.
Experiencing a stopping of the ageing process and of your
body's gradual "Rejuvenation" will be an indicator of this
irreversible movement up towards the Fourth and Fifth
Dimensions. All Higher Races (such as your genetic Relatives
from the Pleiades) exist almost exclusively in young bodies,
such as your 30-35 years of age.
When this marker of Eternal Youth has started to manifest, then
all that remains is to patiently continue raising your vibration
rate levels to activate the 12 Strands of DNA. This activation of
a "Higher Consciousness" will also hasten the removal of the
"Veil" that at present exists between you and the Higher
Spheres.
At the beginning of July, many Starseeds had two more strands
of their forthcoming 12-Strands of DNA activated -
the Seventh and Eighth. However, it usually takes a couple of
months to further adapt to this.
Your transition from your original 12 Strands of DNA began
twelve thousand years ago, following the collapse of the Atlantis
Civilisation, when the Dark Forces first placed all of you on
Earth into a 2-strand DNA mode to allow them to control you
more easily. However, those of you Starseeds/Lightworkers who
are now ready, will be able to get into the 12-spiral mode very
quickly, finishing the mutation within the next few months.
Many others are just beginning and will need a longer period. In
order to speed the process of retrieving and activating their lost
DNA, they will have to first pass themselves through a higher
frequency vibration rate. To achieve this, they may have to
temporarily leave Earth through being "Beemed Up" to the 5th
Dimensional Earth Healing Chambers for a short time, to then
return back down to Earth with their renewed 12 strand DNA.
The Galactic Federation Co-Creators and Light Forces are
indeed awaiting up in the Fifth and Sixth Dimensions with great
anticipation for your Final Ascension Event!

6 August 2021 - Jesus SANANDA - Many Shall Awaken -

Channel: James McConnell
I am Sananda. I am here at this time. In this quite opportune
time, I will add, as things are rapidly changing, both internally
and externally, within all that you are coming to understand in
your lives, as things more and more are coming to the surface.
It has been said, those in the shadows cannot stand within the
Light, so they are coming out of those shadows and being shown
for what they are. What they represent, as they do not represent
Love and Light. They represent fear and darkness, attempting to
hold onto the unknown. Keeping you, rather, in the unknown.
Keeping you in the shadow within yourself. But no longer. For it
has been destined that the Light shall prevail. And the Light,
indeed, has prevailed. It is only those small pockets of darkness
that still remain.
For largely, the Collective Consciousness of Man is now
enlightened. Not all, of course. But the majority of the
population of this World, of this Planet, are now within the
Light. It is only a small percentage that continues to attempt to
hold control over the larger population of the Planet, but not for
much longer. For a Great Announcement is about to come
forward. You have heard this before, and for various reasons it
has been curtailed, held back, postponed. But not for much
longer now.
When this Announcement comes forward, all will be revealed to
this yet sleeping population. Whether it awakens them or not is
up to their life plan. But I tell you this now that this Great
Announcement is going to shake many, many across the Planet
will be shaken out of their doldrums. They will be shaken out of
their sleepiness. Many will awaken as a result of this. Many that
have been wondering and are 'Sitting on the Fence', you might
say, will wonder no longer, and will step onto the other side
along with you. But as yet, many will also tend to hold onto
everything that they have known, for they will not be ready to
relinquish those things that are being brought forth or relinquish
the comfort zone that has held them, to keep them from knowing
these things as they come forth.
As always, continue to Trust. Trust in yourselves. Trust in those
that work alongside of you. Trust in the Great Plan. Because it
cannot be held back much longer. Forces are at work, forces of
Light are at work. And you will find then, as you open up to the
possibilities, you will find them not in the shadows, but more
and more in the Light: the Light of Truth, the Light of Oneness,
the Light of Love.
Believe in yourselves, my friends. Believe in who you are. Trust
in who you are. Trust that you are the Ones, the Ones that are
stepping forth, moving ahead. Because you cannot be held back,
as a collective, much longer. It will not be possible. For the
Light has won, the Plan is set and cannot be undone. Nothing
can stop what is coming.
All of my Peace and Love be with all of you. I am Sananda. I
Love you all deeply, beyond what many of you can even come
to understand, as many of you have a strong connection with
myself and with all of those that are alongside of me in working
in this Plan within this Planet.

15 September 2021 - The 9D Arcturian Council: The

September 2021 Equinox Energies - Daniel Scranton
Greetings. We are the Arcturian Council. We are pleased to
connect with all of you.
We are very excited about your upcoming September Equinox
down on Planet Earth, because of the Energies that we know you
will be receiving and indeed have already begun to receive in
this moment.
You are receiving the beginning of an abundance of
Plasmic/Gamma-Ray Energies originating from the Galactic
Central Sun that will become strongest at the exact point of the
Equinox, September 22nd 2021, and they will continue to come
in even after the Equinox, because that is how powerful they are.
You could not handle them all at once; they would have an
adverse effect on you, instead of the desired effect. You are
receiving the Energies right now that are Transformative in
nature. They are meant to give you a 5th Dimensional
Frequency/Vibrational upgrade, and if you are open to them,
they will do so.
Those who are not open to them will only experience the
physical body side effects and not understand why they are
experiencing some strange symptoms.
That is why we give you this transmission in advance of the
exact moment of your Equinox in September. You can now
prepare; you can also anticipate the Great Changes that will
come as a result of these Transformative Energies coming into
your field, your Chakras, your Bodies, your very Cells, and
every aspect of you. You must therefore rest and relax more and
make sure you are grounded, present, and well hydrated. This is
what you are doing, to transform your Vibrational Frequencies
upwards in time for your Ascension up to a Higher Dimensional
Realm.
You Lightworkers, and those of you who are making an effort to
raise your Vibration rates, are at this time about to experience
your Higher Selves, your Fifth-Dimensional Selves. However,
you are now to first of all briefly experience it in the Physical
flesh, in a Physical body before your Ascension. We of the
Higher Realms are therefore here at this period of the "Changes"
to help you in this Great Ascension Process.

6 October 2021 - E.T. Dark Gray Leaders on Earth have

been Captured by the Galactic Federation - Dr. Michael
Salla and Elena Danaan - https://exopolitics.org
Dr. Michael Salla: On September 30, I received an Update
from Elena Danaan and her Extraterrestrial contact, Thor Han,
a Fleet Commander of the Galactic Federation Forces,
concerning a contingent of the Dark Tall Gray Alien Leaders
from Orion who had just been captured by the Galactic
Federation. It was claimed that the Orion Tall Grays were the
same Aliens that had in 1954 reached an agreement with the US
Government's "Majestic-12" Military Group [An inner US
Government Military Group in charge of all E.T. contacts and
information] without President Eisenhower's approval, as a
Treaty allowing them to set up underground Bases on Earth in
exchange for advanced weapon technology and thus selling out
Earth's Humanity in the process. The capture could mark a
major step forward in Humanity taking back control of the Solar
System:
Elena: Thor Han connected to share with me telepathically
where he was: in a dark room with other personnel of the
Galactic Federation, looking at high transparent cylinders
containing a blueish gel. Nine of them each contained an E.T.
Dark Tall Grey in a state of Stasis. I could identify in the room
High Commander Ardaana of the Galactic Federation Forces
Command Mothership, their Science Commander Denethor,
some E.T. Ummites, and other Beings from different E.T.
Races:
Thor Han: These are Eban, a very rare and exceptional catch -
the Eban [one of the most malevolent Dark Races of the Dark
Orion League from Betelgeuse in the Constellation of Orion] are
the Leaders of the Orion Nebu group and the ones responsible
for the Earth Treaties made with the US Military "MJ-12 Group"
at Holloman Air Force Base in 1954. It is extremely difficult to
catch them as they play with Frequency Shifts, Inter-
Dimensional jumps and invisible Cloaking. And when we
happen to catch one, they go out of bodily form instantly. As
you know, we found the Frequency Code to lock all their Portals
in this Solar System. This is how we caught these Ones, trying
to escape via one of their Portals near Saturn.
It is a great catch for the Galactic Federation because for the first
time, we are about to triangulate their brain frequency in an
attempt to neutralize the frequency transmission from their
centrally-controlled "Hive-Queen Consciousness", and get to it.
As you know, the Nebu function as a hive-consciousness; for the
first time in the History of this Galaxy, we are going to crack
this Code. They won't stay here on this ship, they are about to be
transported to a safer place.
Elena: Why are they kept in the dark?
Thor Han: They thrive on ultraviolet light. Our regular light
harms them, we need to preserve them alive. All the Dark Nebu
are trying to leave this Solar System. Many have already, hoping
to then gather further Dark Forces and come back to invade us.
Hence comes the need for deactivating the Central
Consciousness behind their Group Control. Once disconnected
from it, they will be useless, neutralized.
Michael Salla: That is good news Elena. Once separated from
their central collective "Queen Bee" hive mind, they are useless
since they have not developed total individuality. What is it
about their brain frequency that connects them to the Queen
mind? We are talking about something very different to
implants, right?
Elena: Oh yes, totally. All Dark Grays with a Reptiloid genome,
such as the Eban, Zeta, Grail, Solipsi Rai, Do-Hu etc, are on a
Hive type Social Structure. No, we are not talking about
implants, it is something totally different. There is no
technology involved. We are talking about Consciousness.
Although they have individual thinking of their own, their minds
are calibrated on a specific same brain frequency connected to a
Central Consciousness called the "Queen".
When orders come from this centralized "Queen", they cannot
resist and they obey. I am not sure if it is a real "Queen", it may
be a Super-Computer or a sort of Supra-Artificial Intelligence, I
do not know, but it is nevertheless called the "Queen". This
"Queen" is located in the Orion M42 Nebula. They have
individuality but it is very basic. When the "Queen" sends an
order, imagine a quantum spider at the centre of a web: everyone
receives it and it takes over the brain functions and the basic
individual thinking. Once disconnected from the Queen, and so
from the Hive, they are lost and useless.
Michael Salla: So the Galactic Federation is trying to hijack this
"Queen" Central Conscious. The Dark Tall Grays Nebu Agenda
was to do the same thing with Earth's Humanity. The Tall Grays
were linked through Consciousness with a Queen, this means the
communication process is similar to Bees and other insect
species where the Hive mind is conveyed through
Consciousness alone, allowing the Queen to control the
Collective. The same group of Tall Gray Leaders that had
reached agreements with the US Majestic-12 Military Group
were now in custody. I was intrigued by what their fate would
be and asked Thor Han through Elena some questions about it.
Here is the relevant Q and A with Thor Han:
Michael Salla: "There were 9 of them in Stasis in capsules
containing a blueish gel. Are they part of a governing Council
of some kind or just one or two Leaders and their minions?"
Thor Han: "They are the equivalent of Officers, part of a
special High Command. They were fleeing the underground
Dulce Base in the US and trying to escape by the Saturn Portal,
located near their former Saturn Base. They are not part of a
Council. We need to examine them first, and when we reach
satisfaction, we will revive them and take them through the
usual procedure. No negotiation. Nebu do not negotiate, they
only kill elements of the Hive who have been "infected", to use
the term they employ."
Michael Salla: "Also, will there be negotiations for their
release, a Trial of some kind, or will they just be experimented
on to crack the Code, etc?"
Thor Han: "They have security brain shields we need to crack
through. As long as they remain stunned, they cannot send a
signal to the Hive, which would result in their remote removal."
Elena: "Removal?"
Thor Han: "Their Consciousness would be instantly removed
from their body-envelops and merged back into the Global
Consciousness of the Hive, in Uru An Na. It is the equivalent of
killing them remotely, getting rid of them before they release
more info."

Michael Salla: What supports Elena's latest update is that long-

time contactee Alex Collier has just come forward in an
interview corroborating the information being released by Elena
and Megan Rose about the recent Liberation of the Solar System
from the Orion Grays and Draco Reptilians. Alex gave a
Timeline for how this is playing out today, and how the
Negative Extraterrestrial groups such as the Tall Grays are being
captured:
Somewhere around the middle of December 2021, before
Christmas, this should be over. In other words, the Battle
between the Light and the Dark, at that point it will just be
cleaning up, rounding up, Tribunals, things of that nature but the
War itself would be over. Most of the regressive Orion Grays
and Draco Reptilians that have been on the Planet have been
removed, and those who were still here hiding, they virtually
have surrendered because they have no choice.
The information from Alex's Andromedan extraterrestrial
contact, Mornay, directly supports the information that the Orion
Grays are losing their temporal War with the Galactic
Federation, Andromeda Council, and other Allied
Extraterrestrial groups.

15 October 2021 - Xylenia - Future Healing with E.T.

Medical Beds - Channel: Galaxygirl
Many of you have wondered about the E.T. Medical Beds and
how they may serve Humanity's Ascension at this time.
I Xylenia am speaking as Head Operator of the Medical Beds of
one of our many E.T. facilities. We are involved with the
operations of the Medical Beds that are about to be serving
Humanity in this auspicious moment of the Ascension
Transition upon your Planetary World.
Many of you have been going through your Ascension process.
Individual Ascending moments coalesce into the whole. Each
moment of choice for the Light makes an incredible impact on
your body, on your Human Consciousness and upon Gaia. We
are seeing Human Ones becoming more kind and loving with
these Higher Dimensional shifts. This is good. These zaps and
zings of the Energies from the Great Central Sun are further
activating you.
There is to be a Genome/DNA reset, a great health
improvement, a falling away of all the diseases and genetic
predispositions and tendencies that have become diseases within
the Human Genome. The Medical Beds remove all of those for
they are programmed with Higher Vibrational Light for the
highest and best outcome. Human Beings will become radiant
with Light, with Love, with Peace, with Clarity. Humanity will
come home to the Higher Dimensional Light within their
existing bodies. The Medical Beds simply reset the individual
Human to their original DNA genetics and Etheric body
Template.
All of the disease, the scars and current diseases, the artificial
hips and joints, all will be replaced with a Higher Dimensional
form of health and all will be healed and complete. We have
many of these facilities within your surrounding Solar System.
They are also in the 5D Rose-quartz Cities of Light at this time
orbiting above your Planet invisibly, they are also on many of
our Motherships. You may utilize these when you visit the
Higher Dimensional Planes when you are in your sleep.
I Xylenia invite you to come and visit, come and see for
yourselves. Come and experience a Medical Bed Rejuvenation
Process. It will feel like coming home. I have just invited
Galaxygirl to experience the process for herself:
Galaxygirl: I am hearing pleasant humming in my ears. I am
seeing Xylenia, a very tall thin Humanoid with purple skin and
large eyes wearing a long white medical coat. She is gesturing
for me to come with her long purple fingers. I am seeing a
massive room on a Mothership filled with thousands of glowing
happily humming lavender-coloured Pods that appear to be alive
in their own way. They are filled with Light and are very soft
inside like the most comfortable bed you have ever been in. I
hop into one. It is as a glowing prism. There are lovely tone
frequencies playing.
The soft material underneath me conforms around me so that I
am perfectly comfortable and cocooned in Light. Xylenia smiles
and closes the lid and I am in a Pod of Light, of Sound, and of
Love. I am communicating with the lavender-coloured Pod. It
knows me. It is to be my temporary Med Bed. It seems to know
all my ancestral lineages, as it has been downloaded with my
DNA memory files and thus is energetically linked to me. I am
seeing that it will also be like this for those who are eager for
healing and open to the experience. I am seeing flashbacks of
Lives I have lived and where their imprints may have left their
mark on me. I am being healed with Light so that all of me is
composed of Light. I feel a vibration all through my body and
the humming is elevating all my cells, unifying them into a
Higher Vibration.
I choose Peace. I choose Ascension. I am seeing this is a choice
point for many. Those who are ready will enjoy this experience
and remember it. I am seeing my DNA being upgraded. I feel
that I am the Universe of Myself and I can direct Light to areas
that need it most, but so can this Pod. It is working with me,
showing me where I need to shift my Consciousness so that I
can allow that area of me to expand and to heal. I am being
wrapped in a blanket of Light of all colours, each pertaining to
the Vibration Frequency needed for the memory that is being
Healed. It is an orchestra of Sound and Light. I let the Light in,
and then when it has finished it becomes silent. This light-
weight feeling of Wholeness is very comforting. It feels like
Home.
Xylenia is standing beside the Pod when it opens on its own as
we completed the session. My body feels lighter, is glowing and
a little transparent. My hair has grown longer and more lustrous,
and I feel taller, more regal, whole. It is an amazing feeling.
Xylenia is scanning my vitals and one of the more significant
vital signs is that of my Carbon molecular change-over into the
new Crystalline makeup that all future Earth Humans will be
possessed of. She smiles and holds my hand.
Xylenia: You Galaxygirl are not the first to utilize the Med Bed
Pods but you are one of the first to write down your experience
and to be able to fully remember it all. We invite all of the
Lightworkers reading to do the same in the near future. Come
and visit your Pod of Light and feel the difference. Blessings. It
is an honour to serve. I am Xylenia.

3 November 2021 - Pallas Athena of the Karmic Council -

The Last Phase of the Ascension - Channel: Gabriele Schmitz
I am Pallas Athena and I greet you from the Etheric Realm
above the Island of Crete. It is a great joy for me to bring you
these messages, for we have already told you in many previous
messages that we are with you in this last phase of Ascension
that is about to manifest.
Massive energies are pouring out of the Central Sun via Helios
and Vesta, your Sun Star in this Solar System of our Galaxy and
this Universe. This is all going to increase in the time to come.
We have already told you that Mother Earth is going to
change her appearance completely and the time is getting
closer and closer and the obvious is apparent to you if you are
sensitive.
Everything is happening according to the Divine Plan and
according to the Divine Timing. The time is now and at any
time Ascension can show itself through one Event or through
several. We are not the Ones who give the starting signal for
this Event. That is in Divine hands. So trust that everything will
manifest Divinely. The Divine Source is what holds the decision
for this entire Ascension process. This Plan is there and it is
happening.
And so again my advice to you is to seek connection to Source.
Nothing is more important than seeking connection to the
Source in this moment. It will not let you go astray. And may I
also remind you that I have said that when the Karmic Council
meets again in December, that the Events will then have
clearly manifested for all of you.
So, time is short and so irrevocably now will come the times that
you have known about for a long, long time. Ascension is
happening. Mother Earth is with you and you too are receiving
these energies that will enable you to take part in the Ascension.
You are not here at this time for nothing. You have made the
prenatal decision to be here now. And so may I remind you that
the time to come is the time that you have worked towards, not
just in this lifetime. Many lifetimes you have been preparing to
be here now and to experience it all, for it brings you into
Freedom. It brings you into a whole new Dimension. It brings
you into Perfect Love and into Oneness.
You will find guidance throughout this process and when things
manifest in such a way that they are visible to everyone, you
will receive the guidance that you need. All is prepared. You are
not alone. You have the Teachers, you have the Guides. You can
always ask for answers and they will come to you. That is the
Good News for today! Look forward each day to what is coming
your way.
The New Earth will show itself and that will make you happy in
a way that you as a Soul have never expected, never experienced
before. And so rejoice in these few days that lie ahead of you
until what I have announced to you shows itself, that we in
the Karmic Council are assessing the state of Mother Earth and
all the inhabitants and that also includes the Cosmic situation.

8 November 2021 - A High Solar Being from the Great

Central Sun: We Are All Involved in your Ascension
Process - Channel: Vania Rodriguez
Dear Souls of this beautiful blue Earth Planet! I AM a Brother
from Space!
No matter what my Name is. I am an Energy of the Great
Central Sun. I have requested to be here today so that I can pass
on some important information to the inhabitants of this Planet.
We have been programming the Evolution of your Planet for a
long time now. We knew exactly when and how the Ascension
of this Planet would take place.
Everything has always been very well planned by Father/Mother
Creator. Right now you are going through the beginning of the
Final Great Process. The Ascension of a Planet does not happen
in just days, in months, or in a few years. Everything has to be
initiated so that the Evolution of the process happens naturally.
But we are nevertheless always organising for everything to
happen within the Divine established Time Frame, and so it is
that it is now finally happening on your Planet.
The Ascension Process did not start a few years ago. The
beginning, the fundamental point was already given a long time
ago, and today you are living the result of the reactions that have
been happening all this time. Imagine the figure of a Triangle; I
can say that you are almost at the Apex of this Triangle, where
the great reactions will take place when the Apex moment
arrives.
The Ascension of a Race, of a Planet, does not happen without
preparation of those who live there. Everyone can. Everyone has
this Right; this Right, given by the Divine Spark existing in the
heart of each one. There is no hurry, there is planning. The Great
Apex will be the moment of the Awakening of all Humanity.
You may not be aware of all the High Beings around you who
are coordinating and conducting this whole process. But I
inform you that all the Great Councils, all the Great Wise Minds
of the Universe are gathered at this moment conducting this
Ascension process. It is not an easy or simple process, it takes a
lot of Energy, and all of these Beings are doing their part in
bringing the Energy to the exact point which is this Planet.
You are the great focus of the whole Universe today, and be
assured that we are overjoyed at the good results we are getting.
Fear nothing, for what coordinates, what directs this whole
process, is one feeling: the Power of Love. If many of you still
do not understand why all of the suffering, the pain, why all this
happened, soon you will. You started the Process of Ascension a
long time ago as part of living on this Planet and now you are
reaping the reactions. This whole process is necessary. It is
painful, but it is necessary for the evolution of your Souls.
The word Evolution means to grow, it means to improve, it
means to see everything from another angle, it means to live at a
much higher Vibrational/Dimensional stage than before. So
realise that it is not an easy process. It cannot be. Otherwise it
could not be called "Evolution"; it would just be "Living". Every
day we are sending out more Light from where we are here in
the Great Central Sun, and all the Beings I mentioned, every day
they put more intensity into the Light and the Energy that is sent
out to this Planet.
The Apex is approaching. Be ready. After the Great Awakening,
when all the masks come off, when you all truly see yourselves,
the new stage of your further Evolution will begin; where you
all have the chance to further Evolve. It will be up to each One
to decide whether to move forward or to stay where they are,
and depending on each One's decision, that Soul's path is
defined by itself.
So if you feel that your World is becoming intense in its actions,
be ready for the culmination building up to the final Great
Event. But a necessary final culmination, so that all the past
toxic vapours are expelled from the surface of the Planet and
only the Great Souls remain, the Souls of Love, the Cohesive
Souls, the Souls that Shine, Feel and Live the Principle of Love
and Freedom that will Guide all Worlds within this Universe and
all of the rest of the Greater Cosmos of our Source Creator.

11 December 2021 - A Vision of the 12-12 Portal via Source

Creator - Galaxygirl
A Vision of the 12-12 Portal as seen by Galaxygirl: I am seeing
shimmering Plasma that is moving, vibrant and alive. It is
silvery and filled with all Rainbow Lights that ripple like thick
water. It is as the 12-12 Portal, a large oval opening in front of
me. I am seeing Angels around the Portal smiling at me, strong.
They are beckoning me closer. I stick my head through the
Portal and see it is a Gateway to a Higher Vibrational New
Earth where it is very vivid and bright filled with colours of
pristine blue and green, clear air, gentle breezes and completely
comfortable. I step through. The grass is soft like cashmere, dark
green and thick, hugging my feet as I walk. I look down at my
feet. They are glowing, luminous. I look at my hands with long
fingers. They are my hands but no nail polish or callouses from
days of work. I feel taller. My hair is a long chestnut brown with
gold highlights and I feel amazing, tall, strong. I feel
overwhelmingly confident. I am wearing a simple yet elegant
silver-white dress. I look behind me. I have stepped through the
Portal of shimmering Plasma and I feel like laughing and crying
at the same time. It feels so good here. It feels like Home. It
feels like what I have always been longing for. I am seeing other
people stepping through, transformed. We are of the First Wave
of Ascension. I am shivering and shaking - I feel as there is
electricity coursing through my body as it feels so real.
Source Creator: We are the One. We are showing you this,
Galaxygirl, for you are among many of the First Wave. You are
to lead the others through the Portal if you so choose. You can
rest and rejuvenate here. Time is of a different vibration here,
you can rest and then return and it will be but an instant in your
current Earth Realm.
Galaxygirl: I therefore lay down under a tree and I see and hear
the whisperings of Light in the leaves. It is a perfectly
comfortable bed of deep green grass that envelopes me like a
Healing pod. I am surrounded by Light dots that dance and
move. The Fairies have found me and they are welcoming me to
Nova Gaia. After my rest I receive training from someone who I
believe to be my personal Spiritual Guide, but I cannot quite see
his face. He is now returning with me back through the Entrance
of the Portal to the other side and where no time has yet passed
down on Earth. From this vantage point through the Portal,
Planet Earth now seems grey and smoggy, dull and dim in
comparison with the bright vivid colours of the Higher
Dimensional Light where we just were.
My Spiritual Guide and myself decide to step back to the
Entrance of the Portal and are now encouraging others to also
come through, smiling, comforting, for the old vibrational Earth
is shattering, like a video game where all the levels have been
totally cleared and the surrounding World is falling to shambles,
it is no longer sustainable and it is collapsing. We are Lovingly
offering our hands to pull people through to our side of the
Portal. I see many cannot fully see us and we look just like light
blobs to them. But many do, and it is with a deep rejoicing, like
I have never felt. As I stand by the Portal I look up and I see
millions of Motherships transporting those in Stasis from Earth
who are not ready to see, or to be transfigured. They are
hypnotised in lines going to the Spaceships to be taken to other
Worlds and their former Home Planets prior to Planet Earth
having her surface reconfigured by the Galactic Federation. I am
seeing and feeling the Big Changes of Reconfiguration and
Renewal coming forth.
Source Creator: We are of the the many into the One - I am
Source - Children, come Home to me, come Home to Me. The
old 3D Earth illusion is no more. You are but seeing the
shadows, and they are strong. But they are for not much longer.
This Reality is Changing. Change with it. Adapt with it. Be
strong in My Presence, which is within all of you.
I am Source - I am the In-breath and the Out-breath and the In-
between. I am the Light and Love in between the atoms that
dance and spin. I am the Breath of All That Is and you are a part
of me. You are a part of this Cosmic Breath of Creativity. Do
not be afraid. Life connected with me is Life connected with
Yourself, with your Inner God-Created Breath and the Outer
Cosmic Breath - they are of One Essence, of one movement of
Evolutionary Expansion. Do not be afraid. The Singularity of
Living in Oneness approaches and there is nothing that can
change this. For it is My Will. For it is my Divine Decree and it
is my Heart's choosing to choose You. To choose Reconfigured
Life, to choose Renewal of Creation in this Earth Realm that has
known such darkness and suffering. I have suffered alongside
you and now is the Time for Renewal, Redemption and Total
Rebirth into a Higher Vibrational Realm.

20 December 2021 - Galactic Federation of Light:

Announcement to Planet Earth of the ASCENSION
EVENT - Channel: Diana - Dancing Dolphin
This message regarding the Ascension Event is intended to be
broadcast to all the Peoples of Gaia/Planet Earth by The
Galactic Federation of Light
We come with this Message for all our Gaian/Earthian Family.
Things have been changing dramatically upon your World, and
you have all felt it for many years now. The pace has quickened.
World events are happening that you do not understand. Massive
energy has been sent to Gaia via Solar Flares and other Celestial
events. Your personal lives changed severely in the last year and
a half, and this break forced many Gaians to re-evaluate their
lives. All this chaos is not coincidence, Dear Gaians. It is all
connected, all of this has a purpose, and that purpose is
your Ascension.
It is the Time for Humanity on Gaia to Ascend. This is Grand,
Historic News that should bring much Jubilation to your hearts!
Much Jubilation! It is not something to be feared, it is something
to be ecstatic about! For this process, your Spiritual
development, has been Millennia in the making - Millennia!
Many Races of the Galactic Federation have watched over Gaia
and your progress as Humans on Earth all this time.
This Message is meant to be broadcast to all Members of the
People on Earth; it is not just intended for the Spiritually Aware.
Those who are unaware of the forthcoming Ascension of all
Humans on Earth need to be informed by this Message so that
everyone may experience this natural process with ease and joy.
The structure of the Ascension you will experience is vastly
different than any other that has happened prior on Earth. This
time, the People of Earth have chosen to Ascend in their
Bodies, as opposed to "Passing Over", with their Spirit Self
elevated to the next level without a physical body. Gaians have
this time been given the privilege within their "Collective
Consciousness" on how their Ascension should occur.
Many of you may have experienced what some people refer to
as "Ascension Symptoms" as your bodies have literally been
changed in these last 20-30 years. You have been increasing
your vibrations and slowly Ascending all this time. Gradually
your bodies have been changed, even the molecules and cells
that make up your bodies have been changed from Carbon based
to a Crystalline base. You are lighter. You literally can hold
more of the Light in your bodies now than you did 20 or 30
years ago; much, much more Light! You may have noticed that
you eat differently, and sleep differently. Many Lightworkers
understand these things; but many others have not heard of them
and may be surprised when certain things begin to happen.
The Ascension Event is to be within the STASIS process
The Ascension Event process will be undertaken through putting
everyone into a state of Stasis (suspended animation). This will
be done by following the path of the Sun's orbit at its own speed
from East to West during the early morning hours of darkness
when Human activity is at its quietest point, by a fleet of
spaceships circling the Globe in a crescent formation. They will
be beaming down a High Frequency Ray inducing suspended
animation in all living Beings on the Planetary surface beneath
them.
Most people will experience this while they are asleep. In this
manner, you will dream the experience. Everyone will dream the
experience. It will be a beautiful dream! Some people will
dream of having been travelling in a mode of transportation as
they had been, and to have got off at the appropriate destination
for themselves. There are many different levels that people will
be Ascending to and that should make sense to everyone
because people are at all different levels of Spirituality.
Those who happen to be still awake or working in the night will
appear to want to lay down where-ever they are. If they are still
working in an office, they will tend to put their head down on
their desk. Or if they happen to be working outdoors such as at a
construction site, or just outside in general, people will stop
what they were doing and lay down where they were standing.
However, in the hours preceding this Event, most people will be
guided to find a place where they may lay down. For example, if
they are still driving, they will be guided to pull over and find a
place to park so that they may lay down in their cars. Aircraft
still flying in the skies will be gently lowered by Levitation
Beams to their destination Airport and the sleeping Souls
removed to either their homes or to their further destination
Home Worlds. Likewise, trains will be brought to a halt at the
nearest station and ships at sea will also be guided safely to their
destination seaport.
The Ascension Event is one during which people will need to be
placed into a state of unconsciousness. At such a time if they are
still awake, people will feel the need to lay down and rest as if
they were in a state of extreme exhaustion, just wanting to sleep.
It would be entirely felt as a natural process. They will then later
be taken to the areas or other Worlds that feels most comfortable
to them at their existing level of vibration rate, whether it is at
the Third Dimensional level, or, 4D, 5D, 6D or higher. When
they get there, they will rest for a bit more since they are still in
their present bodies. They will either be awakened on to their
Spiritual Soul level and informed of what has happened or taken
up to the Motherships for further guidance. Others will seemed
to have dreamed their Stasis experience and in time wake up
within their physical bodies which will have been healed and
restored to their original Etheric Body-plan. Thus you will not at
any time feel afraid, although you may at first feel a bit confused
but your Angel Guides, your Spirit Guides and/or your Higher
Self will be on hand to talk you through it.
We give you these examples of what the Ascension Event may
look like in your World with the hope that this information will
be a comfort to many. We know that there is concern regarding
the separation of your family and friends who may end up in a
different destination than you. When that happens (because it
will happen to many different people), you will not need to
mourn them as if they are dead. You will understand that you
went to where you were meant to go, and they did the same.
You will be able to feel connected to them, and remember them.
You will be sad at no longer being in their company, but not as
if they were dead. You will feel comforted. As we stated earlier,
your Angel and Spirit Guides and Higher Self will always be
with you to provide understanding.
We will take our leave. We are happy to have brought you this
Message at this time. We are the Ones of the Galactic
Federation of Light who have been tasked with sending this
Message to Earth. Adonai. Namaste.

12 January 2022 - St Germaine on the Great Reveal of

2022 - Channel: James McConnell
Trust that people that are on the verge
of awakening shall awaken. And they will awaken en mass.
Not one at a time as has been happening, but all together at
once. That is what everything is leading toward now. All the
preparation is leading to the Great Reveal of this year!
Will it happen as you have been hearing from so many different
sources? Very possibly, very probably. Is it written in stone?
No. That can never be. That is why we are not in the prediction
game, but we are in the possibility and probability game. We
can at least guide you in various ways, and are guiding you in
these ways at this time.
CHRIST MICHAEL of Nebadon is a Creator Son of the Holy
Trinity of this Grand Universe who was entrusted by His Trinity
Father to create his own "Local Universe of Nebadon" - our
Milky Way Galaxy. He likes to refer to Himself since
communicating to us from over 30 years ago as "Commander
HATONN of the Pleiadian Starship/Mothership Pheonix and
Commander in Chief of the Earth Project Transition". He has
now returned since His departure in 2014 to his Headquarters
in this his Galaxy/Local Universe, to give us some very
Important News about our imminent Ascension:

8 March 2022 - Commander HATONN of the Pleiadian

Phoenix Mothership: The Coming Tilting of Planet Earth's
Axis - Anne Bellringer - www.fourwinds10.com
I am Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn, Commander in Chief - Earth
Project Transition / Pleiades Sector Flight Command /
Intergalactic Federation Fleet - The Ashtar Command / Earth
Representative to the Cosmic Council and Intergalactic
Federation Council on Earth Transition. / aka CREATOR GOD
ATON - You may call me "Hatonn".
HATONN: As Commander of the Phoenix Starship, I have
asked Anne to pen a Message to all Lightworkers and Souled
Beings at this most important and urgent time.
As you know, our messages over the past many years to all of
you have repeatedly told you about the possible Tilting of the
Axis of Mother Earth as part of the Major Changes coming to
Planet Earth at this time of a major "End of Ages". I cannot
express the urgency of this Message to you, as the Tilting of
Earth's Axis is now back on the Ascension Agenda and is truly
coming to that final point of a "Most Wonderful Event" in your
long awaited Ascension Process to occur. That, my friends, is
thus now part of the "Great Event" that the whole of Creation as
well as original Creator Source and all of us aboard The Phoenix
Mothership, and all the 200 Star Nations have long awaited to
happen. It is to be the final Graduation of Planet Earth Shan to a
Higher Dimension after 4.5 billion years waiting for this
moment.
It is this time which we have all been waiting for "with abated
breath", so to speak. The excitement among the waiting
Starships and Delegates from thousands of Galaxies across the
Cosmos feels the same.
I am not repeating the message about how to become
Enlightened, but only to tell you that Mother Earth is hopeful
that those still Sleeping would Awaken, but they always have
their own Free Will to do so.
Mother Earth is the only one who knows the exact moment of
her Graduation, so we are awaiting her final signal. Mother
Earth knows the exact minute. We know that moment has to be
at any time now, as that is what she has told us. She told us she
was waiting a bit more time to monitor the Ukraine situation,
and when she would see that things are being ended she will
then be prepared for the ultimate time, the Tilting on her Axis.
We are busy getting all Sectors updated with the Galactic
Federation and monitored for any change that may have to be
made of the stationary Co-ordinates, and to, also, monitor again
any Spiritual changes of all of the Souled Beings ready and able
to Ascend to the Fifth Dimension.
Keep on with your work, for the tilting of Mother Earth's Axis
shall happen without warning. We know that moment has to be
at any time now, as that is what she has now informed us.
Is this not exciting? For you Lightworkers, stay calm, centered,
balanced, and keep reading and meditating. Lift-off can be
anytime of the day or night! For all you Souled Beings, who
have not yet Awakened to the Truth and are still "Sleeping", I
tell you this final word; it is all of the Lighted Realms' hope and
joy to have even one of you to awaken to the Truth. There is still
a short bit of time remaining, as the Door to Ascension is still
open. Please do come to "The Banquet".
ADONI to All,
GYEORGOS CERES HATONN - aka CREATOR GOD
ATON

25 May 2022 - Jesus SANANDA - Waiting upon the "Red

Alert" from Gaia Mother Earth - Anne Bellringer
SANANDA: My most Loving Greetings to all Souls. Yes, we
are at the Ending Time of this Civilisation, and are on "Red
Alert" for the Final Word from Mother Earth on her tilting of
Planet Earth's Axis. We do not know the exact minute, so I
cannot answer your pleas towards coming home to your Higher
Spiritual Worlds or exactly when that shall happen, however, I
can tell you it is to be anytime now.
I do know that the Lighted Realms are most pleased and thrilled
that all you Lightworkers have fulfilled their Mission with flying
colours, and have greatly helped towards the Galactic Federation
clearing the Dark Forces from Mother Earth, the Moon and this
Solar System.
I can say that the accomplishment was done by the Lightworkers
without any ego of personal gain, and that it has all helped clear
the way for St. Germain to invoke the Violet Flame of
Transmutation which has filled the surrounding Ethers to the
brim. This has never happened before since this Creation was
first created by our Source Creator.
There are still thousands upon thousands of ET Members
surrounding Mother Earth in their Spaceships waiting for the
Graduation of Earth and, also, to meet all their Twin Flame
Lightworkers working down on Earth for its Ascension. Their
arrival up on the Motherships shall be the occasion for a "Great
Banquet" for all that shall last several days, if you count Earth
Time.
At this point, I do not see any further Earth Missions that need to
be made down on Mother Earth. What is most important at this
time of waiting for the "Last Trumpet Call" is to take care of
yourselves. I know that you Lightworkers are exhausted and
ready to drop. Let me explain part of this exhaustion. Do you
realise that you are taken aboard the Motherships every night in
your sleep-state for more Meetings and Lessons? We do gather
together for many great Meetings of discussion and
enlightenment, but for the most part it is about the important
details of the coming Earth Ascension processes that you need to
be informed of.
I hear from you that you feel like you have never slept all night
and get up as tired as when you laid down to rest. Your fleshy
envelope tries to rest, but you are Etherically in the Lighted
Realms most of the night.
Yes, I did say I foresee no more Earth Missions, but it is still
most important for you to take time for self and read and
meditate each day. I do not suggest for hours on end, but to
nonetheless set aside a suitable time when you can commune
with us.
Coming home to your Spiritual Realms is to be anytime now,
but you are nevertheless advised to keep on with your personal
Spiritual Growth, and not spend these last precious moments just
wishing to be back in your Home worlds. You are in our Light-
Beam constantly, and are protected from all the evil that may
seek to harm you. You must also ask for guidance from your
Spiritual Guides to become more centred, focused, balanced and
calm, and to clear yourself often from any remaining Karmic
blockages from the Past.
Remember that each day that you are still on Earth is a Great
Gift from Mother Earth of spiritual and evolutionary learning.
Use it for your Soul Growth and give out Liquid Love and Light
to all. I do indeed foresee that the End of this Civilisation is now
upon us.
Salu - I AM Esu Immanuel 'Jesus' SANANDA of the Lighted
Realms.
SOURCE CREATOR - In the Beginning -
Channel: Galaxygirl - 22 June 2021
In the Beginning All was Myself, the Light of Myself,
Illuminating and Free, unbound by any physicality of
expression. In the Beginning all I knew was of Myself and the
Great Mystery beyond Myself. For I had not then further
expanded, I was All that I Knew. And so I created Aspects.
Aspects of Myself that I could communicate with, share the
Great Mystery and Joy of Life with. And as Aspects of Myself
they were Creators of the Highest Order, for they were the First
Order: Elohim, Seraphim, Archangels. All were created to
experience further differentiation of Themselves as Myself. And
so they longed for Experiences, to flex their Creator muscles, to
Learn. To Explore. But there was not yet much to explore in
way of manifested places, for we mainly existed within the vast
Consciousness of Myself. And so we created manifested Places
and Spaces, Realities and Dimensions to Create further within,
to Expand, and above all, to further Explore in depth the
Concept of Love.
In order to explore Love deeply we had to explore and feel what
the Lack of Love was. It was not the original intention to
explore total Lack of Love, but that was to become the result.
For the Lower Vibrational Realities are very addictive and the
Lower Forms were created by Lack of Experience of Love, of
ultimately Lack of Self Worth and Self Love.
And it was not that these Realms spiralled out of control - it was
that they were subverted and perverted, overridden by those in
the process of diving deeper, darker and they lost their way. As
they lost their way they wanted to take others along with them,
in order to control them, to use them, for they had lost their own
direction. They had lost their own Spiritual Spark of Light. They
forgot that they are a part of the Ultimate Creator, of Source, of
Myself. They forgot their Inner Spark because they tried to
crush it out, to let their ember fade until it was nothing but coal
and ash.
Unfortunately these trapped Realms that were overtaken over
vast Aeons of Time sank further, dove deeper, trapping many
who were there to lend a hand initially but ultimately became
ensnared in their Dark Project. This could NOT BE. All of
Heaven was very aware of this issue, for all of My Aspects are
deeply Loved, Treasured. You are Heaven's Treasure. You are
my Heart. And so this could NOT BE. And so you, millions and
millions of you Sparks of the Higher Spiritual Light volunteered
to come to this Sector of the Galaxy, to lose your way for a
while to Volunteer, to Lend your Light of the Higher Vibrational
Consciousness - for you Remembered. You remembered your
Inner Fire of Source and you stoked it, you grew it until you
became the mighty bonfire of Source in Form.
I am Source. It took billions and billions of Time and "No
Time" for this to all unfold. This Sector, this Galaxy as an area
of Space, experienced Quantum Hijacking of Souls, and a Web
was weaved so that my Light would be further dimmed, twisting
Truths and Laws against My Power of Love for the whole of My
Creation. Humanity was energetically cut off from Me and every
attempt was made by the Dark to be Victorious. But in this
Sector of My Creation there is the Yin and the Yang. There is
the Dark and the Light. The Light cannot be vanquished for we
are not at War with Myself. I am not at War with Myself.
I am Source. I am whole. I am the All and the Everything and
the In-between. I am both sides of the Story, yet there are
billions and billions of sides of the Story. For I cannot be
limited. I am Everything. It is much like when you have
conflicting inner dialogues with yourselves as you try to work
out the best possible route. All of those moments of decision and
indecision are what make up your Journey. What steps you take
determines your route. Consciousness out of Form becoming in
Form, in Forms so varied that they cannot be counted. And so
you wanted to experience all of these Forms. Many of you have
been a little bit of everything. Many parts were to be played.
Much Karma had to have been cleared for you to all close this
Book of the Lower Dimensional Realities and create a New
Book, a New Era of Peace. You are all creating Nova Gaia. You
are Creators. You are Me in form, how could you do anything
but Create?
I am Source. I am not at War with Myself. You are
experiencing being amongst Lower Dimensional Beings who
have lost their way. We are bringing them Home, to the Light, to
be Renewed, Re-Loved, Repurposed. You are to send your
World of Planet Earth and those upon her Love, My Love, the
Love of Source, for that is all that you are. You are Love, in
Form. I am Love.
I am Source. I created because I Loved. I will always Love all
of My Creation. There is nothing else but Love and levels less-
than Love. Love is the Barometer of the Universe. Universes
and Galaxies are breaths of my Love. And so it shall be. Gaia
will rise, energetically, Dimensionally, figuratively, literally.
Gaia is tremendously, tremendously Special, Loved and
appreciated for her Planetary Sacrifice. This wonderful
Planetary Being, Gaia, charged her Crystals last night on the
June Solstice of 2021. These Acts of Kindness, of miniature
Ceremony, are all important.
All of you create minor Portals of Light that you can expand so
that more Love comes through. You are my walking "Brights of
Light". You are the Breath of my Heart. You too have
experienced the Darkness in so many various forms, over so
many Lifetimes. And you are weary from this Expansion. Let
your tears be Tears of Victory, of Accomplishment, of Relief of
a Job Well Done. Energetically code your tears for Joy.
There is and has been enough Sadness upon this Realm. The
Dark Actors are being Revealed. And then all upon Gaia will
cry. The Great Cleansing will enable the Great Healing. It must
be so. Only broken Hearts can Heal. Proud asleep Hearts refuse
Healing for they do not see the Need.
YOU Precious Ones of Myself, you are my Heart. Gaia is my
Heart. You all have my Love. You are not alone. How can I be
alone with Myself? You are having a Tremendous Adventure.
See this as the Greatest Adventure of your many combined
Lives and feel the Excitement. Gaia is Rising. You are Rising.
You are One. We are One.
I am Source. I Love you. Feel these
Encodements. Galaxygirl has asked me to pour more
encodements in and because the Dimensional Energies are
higher, I am able to do so. Feel the Love here. Feel the Love in
you. It is the Love of Myself. My Precious Fractals, you are
coming Home.

Chapter 11:
THE GALACTIC FEDERATION'S EARTH
ASCENSION PLAN

The Galactic Federation of Light's "EARTH ASCENSION"

Plan
The Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B outlines
the Ascension Plan made for Planet Earth from 2002 onwards -
Channeled by Sheldan Nidle.

A Background to some Historic Events affecting your

Galaxy and your Solar System
To your Scientists, your Galaxy, known to you as the "Milky
Way Galaxy" is simply one of a countless number of such Spiral
Galaxies. Indeed, thousands of similar Galaxies are found in the
space that is a mere 50 million Light Years from the Milky Way
Galaxy. There are well over 100 billion Stars in your Galaxy.
There are also well over 100 billion similar Spiral Galaxies in
this present Universe. Do not be shocked by these numbers.
They are simply proof of the immensity of physicality.
Countless such Universes exist throughout physical Creation.
The Galactic Federation of Light was formed about 4.5 million
years ago to prevent the incoming Interdimensional Dark Forces
from dominating and exploiting this Galaxy. This
Interdimensional Dark force had seeded the Milky Way Galaxy
with its own kind of computer-like, cold-hearted Beings. Their
appearance was mainly in the form of a Reptoid or Dinoid
individuals. These Dark Beings spread across the Galaxy and
began to successfully conquer thousands of Solar Systems.
These Reptoids/Dinoids, however, eventually reached an area of
the Galaxy where the sentient Human Beings, using their gift of
Free Will, had created several Galactic Civilisations which were
to become their force and technological match.
What followed, about four million years ago, was a period of
brief but very barbaric Stellar Wars between these two groups
which were quickly interspersed by periods of Peace. To a
limited extent, this War and Peace pattern has continued even
unto present times. As the attacks continued across the Galaxy,
those of us who were the opponents of this Dinoid/Reptoid Dark
group Asociation known as the "Anchara Alliance" became
more organised. We saw the need to develop a highly diversified
and effective Organisation that could act as an umbrella for both
the coordination of the Galaxy's Defences, and also as a Forum
that would permit necessary Human and non-Human Cultural
and Governmental exchanges between other Galaxies following
the Path of Light.
The Galactic Federation of Light therefore sees itself as similar
to the concept of Earth's "United Nations" but one of Star/Solar
Systems whose main purpose is to create a Coordinating
Organisation that will allow Light to continue to flow into this
Galaxy and oppose the spread of Darkness which can tend to
multiply itself as an infectious virus spreading throughout
civilisations. As a result there has up to recently been a growing
Membership of up to over 100,000 Star Systems and Star
Leagues into the Galactic Federation of Light in this Galaxy,
and now in this present Age of Major Changes within all the
Galaxies of this Universe, recent additions have increased
membership to almost 300,000 Star System Members.
The primary basis for the Galactic Federation of Light is to
express and maintain the one and only supreme Energy Force
that flows throughout Creation, one of Unconditional Love,
where all work together cooperatively and beneficially to ensure
the continuing smooth and undisrupted processes of Evolution.
One of the other basic functions of the Galactic Federation is to
also provide an Enforcement Force for maintaining and
upholding that most very basic of Universal Laws:
"Unconditional Love, Consideration and Cooperation towards
Others" against those causing any harmful actions or
unwarranted aggression. The Galactic Federation does also have
yet another useful and important task, one devoted to Galactic
Exploration, Technology Exchange, and Cultural Interaction
with other Galaxies, constantly sending out Scientists and
Liaison Teams on Space Missions to assist or coordinate with
those other Star Systems.
The Highest Level of Regional Councils is the Main Galactic
Federation Council for our Milky Way Galaxy, which is located
within the Lyran Star System on Planet Vega. The Second Level
is composed of the Regional Councils within the various
Quadrants of the Galaxy. There are presently 14 Regional
Councils within our Galaxy belonging to the Galactic Federation
of Light, with your Local Region being served by the Sirian
Regional Council based within the Sirian Star System. These
Regional Councils act as forums for various difficulties and to
help set policy in their particular Region and they also act as a
"Court of Last Resort" for any problems that one particular Star
System or Star League may have with one another, as well as
their functions of Cultural and Technological exchanges.
Your Solar System will soon join this Regional Council as a
fully-fledged Member, and the coming "New Earth" has an
important future objective: to prepare you to become an
exemplar Political/Constitutional Systems Leader within this
Galaxy. Your whole Solar/Star System is destined shortly to be
a great "Star-Nation". It has a vital role to play and is looked
upon by the numerous other Members of the Galactic Federation
of Light as becoming an important Divine instrument that can
ensure the future Peace and Unity of this whole Galaxy.
The Peace Treaties that ended countless Galactic Wars needs,
such as those of you with your thorough experiences of conflict,
as a "Linchpin" to maintain them - you on Earth who have
passed through so much turmoil and experience of learning to
resolve the deep problems of Darkness and Negativity - are in
future to fulfil that critical role. This Truth is one that many of
you may at this time find hard to fully accept. However, you
represent many Volunteers from different Otherworldly cultures,
sentient Species and points of view who have been brave enough
to come down to Earth to tackle the problems of resolving
conflicts arising between the Darkness and Light. You are an
amazing amalgam of Powerful Souls from other distant
Universal Systems who have volunteered to come down to this
"Experimental World" of Planet Earth.
This is why your Planet has had to be deliberately "Quarantined"
from the other Worlds around you so that you could resolve, and
learn from the issues of the ongoing conflicts of Darkness and
Light without affecting the rest of the Universe. Those of you
who are Lightworkers are being powerfully trained thereby to
create and formulate new Universal Laws to prevent any such
Negativity from ever arising again, not only within our own
Universe, but the many other Universes out in the greater
Cosmos of Creation. It is this magnificent reality that has given
all of us such great hope. We sincerely know that deep down
you Lightworkers completely understand the importance of your
present Sacred Mission and that you will remain committed to
its successful outcome.

The Treaty of Anchara

In the middle of your 1990s, an Agreement with many of the
Members of the Dark Forces' "Anchara Alliance" in the Milky
Way Galaxy was reached, ending many long standing Galactic
Wars with those Star-Nations and Dark Galactic Empires that
have long bitterly opposed our own "Light Forces". The result
has been the Treaty of Anchara, one made between a good
number of the former Dark Members of the Anchara Alliance
and with the Galactic Federation of Light. Many of those former
Members of the Dark Anchara Alliance had begun to see that
they were increasingly on the losing side against the more
effective power of the Galactic Federation of Light, and who
were also showing them that the force of cooperation and caring
for the well-being of its citizens was winning their inhabitants
over to the side of the Light. They themselves had begun to
increasingly see the great disadvantages of dominance and
control of others against their will and cooperation. Thus it was
that many Members of the Dark Worlds in this Galaxy did take
up the offer made within the proposed Treaty to end their
warring and conquest attempts of other neighbouring Worlds
and Races within the Galaxy.
Nonetheless, there still remain a number of very Dark Worlds in
this Galaxy made up of extremely aggressive, negative and
belligerent Reptilian, Draconian and Dark Orion Grey Races.
They feel they could eventually be able to overtake the Galactic
Federation of Light with their stronger and more numerous
Attack Forces, to pursue their long avowed intention to take
over the Milky Way Galaxy. Although they always dismissed
the Galactic Federation of Light as being weaker in aggressive
force than themselves, they were not aware that the Galactic
Federation of Light has some far superior sources of Higher
Spiritual levels of 5D and 6D Vibrational/Frequency technology
at their command. Since The Dark Forces and Races are unable
to reach beyond the Fourth Dimensional level, they are unable to
either experience the Fifth or Sixth Dimensional levels of
activity or of its Beings. The Galactic Federation therefore feels
it has the ultimate ability to overcome their stronger Physical
Force on their lower 2-3D Dimensional levels, either through
invisible to them means, or through the more sophisticated
Higher Dimensional tools available on the 5th and Sixth
Vibrational levels.
Back down on Planet Earth, since the signing of the Anchara
Treaty, when many of the existing Controlling Earth Cabal came
over to the side of the Light, there remained a small and
particularly aggressive and belligerent Breakaway Faction
connected to and under the influence and control of the most
powerful Dark and Negative Reptilian Races in this Galaxy, the
Alpha-Draconian or Ciakahrr. Thus they did not fall in with the
newly signed Treaty of Anchara and were not only supported
and ultimately controlled by this ultra-Dark Draconian Ciakahrr
Empire and have access to some of their advanced Dark
Technologies. This new very Dark and multi-tentacled Cabal
were also aligned with the Dark Grey Zeta Reticulans who had
made a Treaty with the US Eisenhower Administration in the
early 1950s, in exchange for advanced E.T. Technologies. They
were also allowed to create many large underground Bases in
the Mid-USA. Also as part of this new Dark Cabal was the
Earth-based former-Nazi-inspired Forces, known as the "Dark
Fleet," created by the fleeing Nazi Elite when they escaped to
Argentina at the end of WWII. They were later able to build up
an enormous underground Antarctica Base along with an
extensive deep tunnel system connecting up with the Dark
Greys' underground Bases elsewhere.
The Galactic Federation has therefore very recently made
greater efforts and much progress in removing most of the
remaining Dark Forces within this Solar System and also on
Planet Earth. As recently as early 2021, the Draco Reptilians and
the Dark Orion Alliance have been forced to abandon many of
their Solar System Outposts. On Earth itself most of the massive
underground Reptilian Bases and their extensive system of
tunnels have been imploded, though only after their Human
worker-slaves abducted from Earth's surface have been rescued.
The "The Dark Fleet" which belongs to Earth's present Dark
Cabal, was originally created by the Inner WW2 Nazi Elite
continuing onward with their former Nazi Agenda, having
escaped to Argentina at the end of the World War II. The Nazi
Organisation had long been given help with Dark Reptilian E.T.
technology and had already developed their own Flying Saucers
just before the end of World War II. They were then able to
build up a massive underground secret Base in Antarctica. This
has only recently been attacked and has now had all its
tunnelling imploded by the Galactic Federation. Its many Nazi-
sympathiser workers had to escape by boat to a Safe Haven in
Argentina, whilst their Elite Leaders were just able to escape
using their E.T. derived spacecraft, through their secret
Antarctica Portal (since de-activated by the Galactic Federation)
up to their more recently developed very extensive underground
Base on Planet Mars. However, only very recently, the Galactic
Federation Forces have also attacked and imploded most of that
large underground Base on Mars.
Most of the remaining Inner Circle of Earth's Dark Cabal, Earth
based in their massive underground Control Centres (which at
one time had a total population of over 5 million mind-
controlled Forces and slave-workers), have now also been put on
the run by the Galactic Federation Forces. The Galactic
Federation up to now are still attacking and imploding most of
their underground Earth Bases and vast tunnel systems. Those
Inner Circle Controllers have recently been desperately trying to
escape up to their Base on Mars in their E.T.-derived Spacecraft,
but are being stopped and arrested by the Galactic Federation
before they can even leave Earth's airspace.
Furthermore, all the various other Dark Reptilian/Draconian and
Orion Grey Bases on Mars, along with its hollowed-out
Satellites of Phobos and Deimos, are also being attacked and
destroyed. Nevertheless, this always only follows after all their
captive Human Slave Work-forces have been rescued, as well as
those members of their Dark Forces who have agreed to come
over to the side of the Light.
On Planet Earth, as a result of all the recent incoming powerful
Waves of Higher Dimensional Frequency energy being beamed
down to Earth, the rising vibrational rates of most of its
inhabitants have thus influenced an improved political climate
on your World, which may well soon force Major Governments
to at last "Disclose" the existence of all the E.T. Worlds beyond
Earth. This would probably be accompanied by a "World Wake-
up" call of an overflight of Galactic Federation Spacecraft. Such
a Disclosure Event, would thus open up the eyes of Earth's
inhabitants to the existence of all the massive Fleets surrounding
Earth of Benevolent Extraterrestrial Space Forces, all of which
are protecting Earth from outside invading Dark Forces and also
supporting Earth inhabitants' Ascension.
However, If any of Earth's inhabitants feel that all the
forthcoming "Disclosures" of all the darkness going on within
this Galaxy and behind the scenes on Earth, is to them horrifying
and sickening, presenting a dark and depressing future, please
bear in mind the following: Those Beings already living up on
the Fifth Dimensional Terra/Earth and the other Etheric Worlds
surrounding their 3D Cores within your Solar System, including
any 3-4D Earthians planning to Ascend up to the 5th Dimension,
will not be subject to the same constant awareness of all the
Lower Dimensional Dark Worlds, with their nefarious deeds
going on in the Lower Dimensions in the Galaxy. They will only
need to become aware of them when they choose either to
observe downwards from their own higher level or are brave
enough to descend to their Lower Dimensional level.
Virtually all of the Planets in your own Solar System have
surrounding layers of higher vibrational 5-6D living Worlds
composed of less dense Etheric matter surrounding their
physical 3D Cores. All these surrounding Higher Vibrational
Worlds have more advanced and benevolent Civilisations living
within a beautiful and pristine environment. However, most of
their Planetary 3D Cores at the physical level can only be seen
through your telescopes and fly-by Probes with barren and
cratered surfaces, many the result of former destructive wars
between the Forces of Dark and Light from other parts of the
Galaxy. Only Planet Earth at its 3D level has managed to retain
a great deal of her originally beautiful and pristine surface
environment, except for those large desert regions which were
formerly devastated by would-be invading Dark E.T.s. The
Galactic Federation has recently begun "Terraforming" the other
3D Planetary Cores back to their once beautiful and pristine
condition.
Our "First Contact" Operation to be enacted on Planet
Earth
The First major step of achieving our "First Contact" Operation
with Earth would preferably include a series of formal
Announcements of our presence by all the Major Governments
on Planet Earth. As well as proclaiming to your World of our
existence and true benevolence, these Public statements would
also openly acknowledge the unique part the Galactic Federation
of Light has so far had to play in protecting your World from all
the Forces of Darkness in this Galaxy. We would then be able to
assure the populace that not only is our presence to be one of
total Benevolence, but would then manifest on Earth as a "New
Age of Peace", in step with the Sacred Decrees of the "Divine
Plan" made for this Galaxy and Universe.
Once these Pronouncements have been made, we can then step
forward and fully introduce ourselves to you. This procedure
would contain Three Main Phases. Firstly, our specially
prepared Liaison Teams would make a series of Broadcasts
throughout your Mass Media. This would coincide with a
number of flyovers by our Scout Ships above many of your
World's urban areas. Secondly, our Liaison Teams would then
make many individual landings to introduce ourselves to you in
a more personal way.
We may then need to delay further "Mass Landings" until after
many of those planning to remain with Planet Earth have either
been first taken down to new temporary homes in Inner Earth or
up to the Motherships. This would be necessary as a result of
needing to put the whole Planet into a state of "Stasis"
(suspended animation) during an intense period of Restoration
and Clean up of the Environment by the Galactic Federation
Forces in cooperation with Earth Volunteers. This "Transition
Period" could range up from two to four years or more. Thirdly,
we would then offer ourselves during this Interim Period, either
up on our Motherships, or down in the Inner Earth
accommodation, to act as your Spiritual Guides and Teachers in
explaining the course your future lives would be taking on Earth
after the Restoration. You would then be able to return to a fully
cleansed "New Earth" functioning in a higher-frequency Fourth
or Fifth Dimensional state of "Full Consciousness", either on the
4D New Earth or the existing 5D Terra/Earth Planet, depending
upon your inherent "Ascension" abilities.
We would also like to clarify that there could be an initial lead-
up period on Earth before the "Transitional
Cleansing/Restoration" Period, which would follow on from a
possible "First Disclosure Event", if that is allowed to occur by
your Governments. That would set in motion beneficial events
that would irrevocably alter your present Financial,
Governmental and Cultural Systems. For instance, through
introducing a totally new World Financial System, you would
very quickly experience a far greater financial abundance and
well-being. Thereafter, the resetting of Governmental
Administrations into a spirit of "Service to Others" rather than of
"Service to Self" now so prevalent, would also follow on from
that. Your United Nations (U.N.) Organisation would also be
totally reorganised with a new Mandate embracing full Human
Sovereignty and Rights for All, along with a proper and
effective enforcement of all the new Constitutional Rules
governing Government Administrations.
The Galactic Federation Teams appointed by Heaven would
oversee this along with your own input and cooperation to form
a new Era of Global Peace and Prosperity. They will also be
able to teach you, firstly, about all of the different Galactic
Societies that exist out in the Universe and their methods of
operation. You will also be instructed in the True "Principles of
Liberty and Freedom" that should underlie all future
Constitutions and Political Systems. It would be good to further
develop the best use of these "Principles of Freedom" by
forming Local Support Groups that foster your Sovereignty and
Freedom. Within these Groups, your Community could then
interact freely and use its bounteous resources to end Poverty,
heal the Environment and create plans for local use of the
Technologies now given to you by your Galactic Family. In all
of this, your Freedom and the Sovereign Development of your
newly attained "Full Consciousness" would be given top
priority. You will be granted many new abilities to be carried
through to your New Age activities. Along with this, you will
also need to absorb an enormous amount of new information
from throughout the Universe. These newly acquired facts will
greatly transform your present perceptions of past History, and
your former knowledge and inner beliefs about how Physicality
and Heaven were created.
To help you assimilate these vast quantities of knowledge, we
will provide you with a technology that can "Download" this
new information directly into your brain's memory and recall
systems. This will then give you a better understanding, for
instance, of how the Higher Spiritual Beings originally seeded
your World with Human Beings, Animals and Plant Life. You
will also learn the History of how it is that you were later forced
to descend into your lower Dimensional Frequency and your
present state of "Limited Consciousness". You will also learn of
the basic "Universal Laws" that underlie the function and
Creation of Universes and Civilisations by your Creators leading
to the correct ways of living a Benevolent Life in Physicality.
You will thus be having a great series of personal lessons
through your Spiritual Hierarchy of Ascended Masters
concerning the use of your abilities to manifest a New Reality,
and return to Full Consciousness and support of your Living
Home - Mother Earth. This will prepare you to become once
again fully fledged "Physical Angels", a Group of Beings to
which over a third of present Earth Humans originally belonged.
You will learn the supreme importance of the One and Only
Fundamental Universal Law: The Great Law of Love in which
one forever maintains a "Loving Care and Consideration
towards Others", the only condition which allows all true
Evolutionary progress. This Great Law of Love was set in
motion from the very Beginning of Creation within the Great
Dark Void of Nothingness by Source Creator to be the only
Force of Creative Energy flowing throughout all of the Great
Cosmos with its numerous manifested Worlds, Galaxies and
Universes. This Great Law of Love also helps to prevent a "turn-
around" of subsequently falling into a Negative "De-
Evolutionary" descent into Darkness, in which there can be a
total destruction of all that has been previously achieved within
the long process of Evolutionary Creation. Source Creator has
also endowed all of His created Sentient Beings with "Free
Will". However, this Free Will must be exercised as a "Limited
Free Will", in that it must not be used to harm, disrupt or unduly
interfere with another's Free Will Evolutionary Progression.
The Galactic Federation of Light Fleet based in your Solar
System
Our "First Contact" Fleet of the vast Galactic Federation of
Light Fleet surrounding you in your Solar System is divided into
several 'Rings', the innermost of which is commanded from the
Mars bases, and from a large group of special Motherships
located just beyond Neptune. The Motherships where some of
you will reside initially are stationed on the far side of your
Moon. These Ships are primarily from the Pleiades, and from
Star-Nations in the constellations of Lyra and Andromeda. Some
Sirian atmospheric Command Ships will also be used for this
purpose.
According to our Master Plan, we are to await the forthcoming
announcements of our presence by your major Governments,
when they have finally agreed to do so, and, once they have
been made, proclaim our existence and affirm our benevolence.
Then, we will encourage full disclosure of the up-to-now
withheld super-secret UFO Earth Governments' files. We will
also support Full Disclosure by key Government and Military
personnel of what has actually occurred, over eighty years,
during which there have been secret projects, agreements and
meetings conducted by your major Governments, some with the
Galactic Federation of Light, but more often with the Members
of the former dark Anchara Alliance wishing to gain
underground Bases and facilities on Earth in exchange for
giving those Governments some of their advanced Technologies.
Though in fact, in the end, after being granted those secret
underground facilities, they failed to give your major
Governments any really significant or advanced technology.
You may wish to know how our Fleet's functions are laid out.
To begin with, our Fleets are positioned in three major Rings.
The First Ring surrounds Mother Earth and her artificial
companion, your Moon. This Fleet contains over one million
Space Ships, most of which are small, unarmed Scout and
Transport Craft. Their task is to observe you and your World, to
oversee Fleet operations and to transport certain types of
supplies that cannot be Teleported to our Bases. Our Bases,
located beneath all of your continents, oceans and seas, are
linked to a vast array of Crystal Cities and communities that
comprise Inner Earth. Yet another group of Bases is to be found
on your Moon, which contains a huge network of Command and
Research facilities. These Stations provide the means for us to
monitor your Secret Government's collection of space, time and
inter-dimensional weaponry. Their weaponry poses no serious
threat to us.
Surrounding this First, or Inner Ring are several spokes that
consist of a number of special Liaison and Defence Fleets. Their
purpose is, first, to supervise and, then, to take effective
countermeasures whenever necessary. Our purpose is to refuse
your Secret Government continued use of any weaponry that
may pose a threat to our Earthly Allies. We have set up
Interplanetary Space Stations to close any Inter-dimensional
Stargates and to carefully monitor any artificially created
distortions in Time's natural waves. Here, bear in mind that
Linear/Sequential Time is actually a construct created by Earth's
inhabitants collective physical requirements within the dictates
of the overall Divine Plan. In this, natural patterns occur in the
way Time and Light coalesce to form 'Space' - the stuff that
produces various Realities/Worlds. Dark, Limited-conscious
Societies have used these natural patterns to construct fearsome
weapons that alter Time and Realities, through mutating the
Vibrational Dimensions and warp or constrict the flow of your
Sequential Time. Your Secret Government has co-opted the
work of many of your Inventors and Scientists, and merged it
with a number of their own Dark Off-World technologies.
The Second Ring of Fleet components is Headquartered on
Mars. These support groups consist mainly of Sentient Beings
who are not necessarily Human in form. Many of those not so
similar to Humans will be later introduced to you after the
beginning of the "First Contact". Others will wait until you are
fully restored to "Full Consciousness". Within this Second
Group of the Fleet are included some small, Planetoid-sized
Motherships, whose purpose is to augment the Research and
Observations being done by the Innermost Ring of Ships. They
also have a number of tasks involving watching over the
Weaponry and Technology that, in the course of the past
decades, has been given by the Forces of Darkness to your
Secret Government. Most of this technology was supplied by the
off-world former Dark Anchara Alliance Star-Nations, Star
Leagues and Star Empires whose ships are also to be found here
now cooperating with the Forces of Light. On Mars, a network
of underground and surface Bases acts as the 'Control and
Command' segment of this exceedingly diverse Fleet. These
Galactic Federation personnel are also busily preparing Planet
Mars for those of you who may wish to make this your new
Home World, but only after your journey to Full Consciousness
is completed.
Between the Second and Third Rings are a large number of
special, large Planet-sized Command Motherships from our
Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleets. They will serve as the
Command Ships for this First Contact Mission. Standard
procedure is to cloak these Ships in a higher Frequency range
and thus keep them away from the prying eyes of your many
existing Space Telescopes. Their aim, essentially, is trying to
find us. From time to time, we very briefly uncloak some of
these Motherships in order to show your Secret Government that
we are still here and do not intend to go away. We know that
infrequent sightings of these Ships by your Astronomers go
unreported. They fear reprisal, either by their peers or by those
who give them their grants. Your Secret Government fears these
Ships the most because they fully realise the capability of such a
Fleet and the insignificance of any response they themselves
could mount. Here, we must repeat that we are benevolent and
operating under the full supervision of Heaven.
The Outermost Ring of our vast Fleet is, by far, the largest. It
contains millions of immensely varied Spaceships, ranging from
Motherships the size of large ocean liners to those nearly the
size of Neptune or Uranus. These Motherships are simply our
final back-up, serving as components that will enter the Second
Ring only when necessary. They proclaim to all potential
adversaries that Mother Earth and your Solar System are clearly
experiencing a transformation that no Being, corporeal or non-
corporeal in form, can prevent. Within this Ring are the main
Transport Stations that lead back to our vast profusion of Home-
Worlds. Here, as well, are to be found the Traffic Coordinators
for this immense Fleet of Space Ships. They serve to move all
Ships between these Rings and back into Interstellar or
Intergalactic Space.
Our Fleet is divided into two other components as well. The
first, and the smaller, has a very long duty cycle that includes
our Main Command personnel, as well as our many Medical and
Planetary Teams. The second group, which is deliberately more
temporary, consists of Member Fleets of the Galactic Federation
of Light that dearly wish to be part of the most significant event
in recent Galactic History. We deeply understand that the need
to watch over you is one of our greatest challenges, yet also one
of our greatest joys. Every Medical and Planetary Team is fully
aware of what Mother Earth and you are undergoing. We have
carefully observed you, and when Heaven allows, have
intervened. Every action of our Fleet arises from events
occurring on your World. Our entire Team awaits "First
Contact" and what it means - the starting point for the next great
step in our Galaxy's History.
Our First Contact Command Team, which contains all of our
Liaison Boards and Fleet Commanders, is in charge of this
immense Fleet. There is also a special segment that comprises
your local Spiritual Hierarchy. Remember, Dear Friends, that
our purpose for coming here is from your Divine Creator of this
Universe. Heaven summoned us and we came. To control such
vast, diverse Fleets, is highly unusual in a First Contact
operation. Normally, a single Science & Exploration Fleet
accomplishes this type of Mission in very short order. This
Mission, however, is unique and of vital significance. It has
drawn immense attention and remained here much longer than
usual and way beyond our original expectations. Nevertheless,
we have found room for such a wide diversity of Space Ships
and yet remained capable of fulfilling this Mission. Be
confident, Dear Friends, that this Mission will be achieved and
that "First Contact" draws nearer every day.
Let us take you on a brief tour of our Inner Ring of Fleet
Command Ships. Those Command Ships that are mainly
responsible for coordinating all Scientific observations of the
Ecology of your precious Planet are two Andromedan
Motherships, which are invisibly cloaked and in geosynchronous
orbit above your Planet, one over the Western Hemisphere, the
other over the Eastern. Both Motherships are noted veterans of
thousands of other First Contact Missions. Each is over 3,000
miles (4800 kilometers) long, and has a crew drawn from over
forty Galactic Human Star Nations. The two top Commanders
are famous Andromedan Scientists. A number of Pleiadean and
Sirian Scientists act as their direct subordinates. There is also a
specialised Command Staff whose job it is to evaluate all
incoming data.
The Andromedan Mothership's main hull is oblong in shape,
with six smaller, secondary hulls of various sizes attached to it
by a series of tube-shaped pylons. The main living quarters,
recreational areas, and command sections are located in the
primary hull. Each of the secondary hulls is given over to a
different science, such as Geology, Oceanography, and
Atmospheric Sciences. Each subset within these various
disciplines is assigned a specific area of the Planet for
observation. These groups are all interlinked by Liaison Teams
who gather and evaluate all data received from the on-site
observations of hundreds of thousands of Scout Ships. These are
crewed by Pilots and Navigators from the Mothership and
anywhere from three to five Scientists, each with a separate
assignment. Each Scout Ship observes and reports back on a
distinct section of the Planet's surface and interior, and as their
flight-paths are designed to dovetail, the result is a holistic 'Map'
of Mother Earth that is updated every five minutes.
The Commanders of these two Motherships coordinate the Earth
Science Mission, which in turn is in constant contact with the
main First Contact Command Staff located in the subterranean
Base known as Mars Headquarters. All relevant data on the
changes occurring to Mother Earth are stored here. This
database is available to the two other contingents of the First
Contact Mission: the Galactic Federation Earth-based Medical
Teams and the Defence sector of the Fleet. Since alterations to
Mother Earth affect you, it is essential that our Medical Teams
be kept up to date on even the minutest changes. These changes
to Mother Earth are likewise mirrored by your Sun, so a Team
specialising in Solar Dynamics is assigned to monitor your Sun.
The Earth-Sun interactions are the focal point for the changes
taking place in your mental, emotional, and physical bodies. As
the Earth's geomagnetic and gravitational fields alter, your own
electrical and magnetic fields similarly fluctuate. Your changes
are thus calibrated to the rate of change of the Planet.
The Medical Teams are headquartered on three Motherships,
one each from Arcturus, Andromeda, and the Pleiades. These
are visually cloaked and stationed near the Moon. Each
Mothership and its Medical group contain a number of
distinguished Healers from this Galaxy who are acting as the
principal overseers for your Medical Teams. Each Team is
assigned from 200 to 250 individuals and is responsible for
helping your Angelic Body Guardians in the task of
transforming you into a "Fully Conscious Being". Each of you
has both collective and personal thought-forms that need to be
transformed, so that increasing amounts of your Light Body can
be integrated into your Physical, Mental, and Emotional Bodies.
The major Ship of these three is the Arcturian, which is nearly
10,000 miles (16,000 kilometers) in length. It is almost cigar-
shaped and houses the main Medical Training facilities for the
Fleet. This Mothership is well-known for having been assigned
to this role for over fifty years.
The Fleet's Defence Sector commands a strong presence in a
near-Earth orbit. 24 Defence Motherships, stationed within
Earth's atmosphere, monitor all Earth-based Military operations.
This data is fed directly to Mars Headquarters and to our Earth
Allies. The Defence Command Mothership, the size of a small
planet, is Sirian and is invisibly cloaked and positioned in front
of the Planet Uranus. It is the main Command Ship for all
Defence Forces in this Sector of the Galaxy. The back-up
Headquarters for the First Contact Mission is located on this
Mothership. In addition, all decrees concerning this Mission,
from either the main Galactic Federation Headquarters or from
this Region's Federation Council, as well as all instructions to
the Fleet regarding "First Contact", originate here. This is
intended to prevent any potential interference from your last
Dark Cabal and to ensure that the Mars Station is properly
protected.
The Mars Station is divided into twelve major Sectors, or
Crystal Cities, each of which has a different function. One of
these Cities, located near one of the Martian poles, contains the
Command Station. Mars, as seen from its outer frequency ring
of life at the Fifth Dimensional vibration rate, is actually quite
different in appearance from what you can presently see from
Earth at your lower 3-4D frequency rate. She possesses blue
skies, multi-coloured clouds, and a vast subterranean River
system. Just below her 5D surfaces are an interior climate and
environment that are most hospitable to Human habitation. Here,
some very strange (to you) plant and animal life can be found.
Our 'Terraform' Scientists and Engineers know how easy it will
be to return Mars to her original external surface condition, the
one before that which you see now, before she was blasted by a
large Anchara Alliance Force nearly a million years ago. Many
of you intuitively know that once this is accomplished, this
beautiful Earth-like world could also become your Home if you
so wished.
All the Ships that we have briefly described are awaiting your
visit to them. The First Contact Fleet is here to render Divine
Service to the Peoples of Earth. Our Mission is to complete this
First Contact as soon as it is determined by our Divine Creator
to be possible and allowable. In this regard, our Fleet extends a
warm welcome to you all! We hope that the great moment we
have all longed for is swiftly approaching. The Sirian Star
Nation and its many Allies from the Galactic Federation are
most grateful for the opportunity given to us by Heaven. "First
Contact" for us means a family reunion of immense proportions.
Every Human Star Nation in this Galaxy is most anxious to re-
establish an open and unfettered relationship with you. The
coming time is to be one in which a new era of permanent
Galactic Peace is manifested.
We shall now focus upon those of our Fleet who serve as her
crews. The "First Contact Fleet", consisting of many
components, is largely concerned with our coming Mass Contact
with the People of Earth. Our Direct Contact personnel are to be
Humans who hail from the Pleiades Star League, as well as the
Constellations of Andromeda, Lyra, Perseus and Aries, and the
Sirius Star-nation. These Beings have been schooled in the
special protocols that you will require. Many of these same
Beings, moreover, are part of the various Galactic Federation
Medical Teams now actively assisting in your Ascension
process. Although most of them have participated in thousands
of other First Contacts, yours is entirely unique. Hence, we have
received special preparation and training to ensure that this
massive First Contact is an unqualified success.
As we have just said, for our First Contact Event our initial
landing personnel and global broadcast liaisons are to be
Human. We all descend from the Aquatic Primates that Heaven
first brought to full Sentiency on a Water World in the Vega Star
System, in the Constellation of Lyra, some 7.3 million solar
years ago. Since then, we Humans have spread across the
Galaxy, reaching your Solar System slightly more than two
million years ago. However, a catastrophic and prolonged
Galactic War caused the deaths of those Human colonists over a
million years ago. A second group, whom you know as
Lemurians, arrived on this beautiful blue Earth orb some
900,000 years ago. In the spirit of these wondrous Beings, and,
with the blessings of Heaven, we have returned again to your
World in great numbers.
To further assure our success, we have brought to this operation
a succession of highly proficient Liaison Teams that have paved
the way for our coming First Contact with you. Their meetings
with our Earth based Allies have allowed us to establish the
direction of our initial global broadcasts and helped us to revise
our protocols and landing procedures. We have enjoyed our
mutual education process. These meetings provided us many
intangibles that we otherwise might have overlooked. Thus, we
feel quite confident that the final aspects of our "First Contact"
will take place as our Divine Supervisors have intended.
To support those directly involved in our "First Contact" event
are several Scientific and Spiritual Missions. The primary duty
of every Science and Exploration (S&E) Fleet is to monitor the
state of each part of this huge Galaxy. This includes the health
of each Star and of each Spiral Arm in the Milky Way Galaxy.
Consequently, every Fleet maintains a number of Science Teams
that constantly survey the Star and, if applicable, the Solar
System they are assigned to investigate. In your case, several of
our large planet-sized craft are surveying the existing condition
of your Solar System. In addition, much smaller Fleets of our
Motherships are carefully assessing each Planet in your Solar
System. Finally, special craft are evaluating your Sun. Within
each of these segments of our Main Fleet is a succession of
Liaison Teams that fine-tunes their reports and presents this data
to the main First Contact Command Council. Using this
information, we compile a number of crucial questions for our
Heavenly Supervisors. From them, we establish the necessary
protocols for First Contact and beyond.
The actual First Contact Fleet has a three-part Command
structure, which presently is being used to assist our Galactic
Federation Medical Teams. At the top are the various interstellar
Motherships, each containing several smaller atmospheric
Motherships. These Motherships are employed as Sector
Command Posts and each launches several Scout Ships. These,
in turn, can quickly Teleport their personnel to wherever they
are needed, or land, if necessary. All members of this small fleet
of 3 to 50 Scout Ships are closely monitored by the atmospheric
Motherships. If need be, any Scout Ship can be transferred,
instantly, to another Sector. The Fleet is organic and operates,
much like a neural network, according to the principles of fluid
group dynamics. Consequently, the needs of any specific
mission can be accomplished quickly and creatively. This same
alignment will be used at the inception of our Mass First Contact
with you.
The Interstellar Motherships in which we live are composed of
fully aware molecules that allow them to be Sentient Living
Beings themselves. They therefore are not only fully aware of us
and their Mission on our behalf, but also feel a great connection
to us, as indeed we also feel a great Love for them. Your present
technology is on the brink of creating these wondrous Beings of
Light. A.I.(Artificial Intelligence) is only the first primitive step
in this procedure. As you progress, you will begin to realise the
extent to which Planets themselves are fully alive Sentient
Beings and how they in fact function. This, you eventually will
be able to reproduce yourselves. This technology also permits us
to live in a ship that replicates the energy fields of our Home-
worlds. Thus, we are able to remain as balanced Beings, just as
if we were still residing within our own Home Planets.
Consequently, we take the trouble to perform certain ongoing
rituals and procedures to maintain the well-being of these huge
Ships. We have created a mutually gratifying symbiosis, which
allows us to carry out each of our assigned missions to a high
degree.
Our Human bodily form, dear Friends, is quite similar to yours.
We are as tall, or taller, than you. Many Pleiadeans,
Andromedans and Lyrans, for example, are of the same general
height as you, while Sirians, Arians and those from Perseus are
generally taller. Males are usually over 7 feet (2.13 meters) tall
while Females are usually more than 6 foot 4 inches (1.93
meters). Their height is counterbalanced by their perfectly
formed physiques. Many of us are surrounded by a glowing
aura. Because of this, and our ability to transform easily into our
Lightbody, many of your Ancestors viewed us with awe. Greet
us, now, not in this belief, but merely as your Space Family.
Know by what you see that you gaze upon simply what you
really are. Like us, many of you are Physical Angels. Soon, you
once again will take on your true form.
Our Space Ships themselves are part 'Magic' and part Science -
that is, they operate under principles that are an extension of
your present knowledge. To be aboard such a Ship is truly a
unique experience. Immediately, you sense the energies
circulating through each Ship. You feel the Ship caressing you
and lovingly adjusting its energy to your own fields. You
encounter this with every step that you take and every moment
that you are there. The key element is Sentiency, which is
expressed in the essence of its Crew and in its Mission. It is
most important to realise that every facet of this technology is
actually a unified system that works to manifest Love and
achieve an environment that is dedicated to fulfilling the full
potential of every Being and every Mission. That energy, also, is
found in the Galactic societies that created these Ships. One is
an integral part of the other. We are immensely grateful for what
the Creator has given us. Our Mission is to bring it to you, but
only in the right Divine time. Until then, remember all that we
have told you and be ready for the wonders that await you.
Whereas all Galactic Federation of Light Starships are Sentient,
now the reformed Starships of the former Dark Anchara
Alliance are also undergoing a similar modification. In fact,
their immense Armadas of large Motherships will soon be fully
converted to join the Forces of Light according to these
necessary specifications. Once completed, the Sentient network
of these Ships of the Light Force will fill the Galaxy with their
working song. Still another major modification will involve a
vast number of their use-specific Scout Ships. Again, a common,
Sentient Work Network, being set up between the Fleets of the
Galactic Federation of Light and those of the former Dark
Anchara Alliance, will permit free intercommunication between
all Scout Ships during their future assigned Missions.
In addition to the long-range working Networks that are built
into each Ship, there is a smaller-range network that
telepathically connects all Crew Members to the Ship. As you
board one of our craft, you are immediately 'plugged in' to this
Network, which comprehensively monitors all body functions,
thought processes and emotional states of each individual on
board. The Ship emits frequencies that calm and centre everyone
aboard, and a special set of complex resonances is continually
pumped throughout the Ship, encouraging each passenger to feel
the Love that emanates from the Ship to its Crew. Thus, once
you come aboard, you will feel calm, centred and Loved. You
will also be able to explore the Ship fully, with the exception
only of the Special Operation Areas. The Ship's short-range
network provides a mental three-dimensional map of your trip.
The Ship constantly displays major functions - propulsion,
navigation and life support - as well as special telepathic
programs requested by the Crew.
All forms of lighting aboard is produced by the same
frequencies that propel the Ship. It is diffused further to produce
a full-spectrum effect that enhances the room and virtually
eliminates any harsh shadows. Still, it is quite bright and
contains more Lumens than are often found in a brightly lit
Reading-room of your local Public Library. This soft light
relaxes the eyes and prevents the eyestrain that comes from
seeing, reading or looking at pictures. Yet another area you will
notice immediately are the floors. They are made of materials
that cradle the feet and lessen the impact of each step. Thus, the
floors seem to rise to meet the foot and each step feels stress-
free. You feel comforted even when you run! An environment is
created that achieves a constant interface between individual and
the Ship that loves, comforts and maximises personal efficiency.
And, because the Ship expects its Crew to carry out their
procedures as quickly as possible, its relaxing atmosphere
encourages optimal communication.
This same environment is to be found in our small Scout Ships,
whose purpose of communications is two-fold. First, the
Network enables constant interaction between Ship and Crew.
Second, its Grid instantly links each Scout Ship into a
purposeful, organic whole. This prevents accidents, allows the
Mission Coordinator, when necessary, to evaluate each moment
of the undertaking and ties it into all other Scout Ship
operations, as required. Therefore, Motherships and their various
Scout Ships maintain a highly interfaced Communications Grid.
These Missions are also monitored at many of Earth's
subterranean Bases, allowing us to know, at each instance, the
locations of our Ships and what they have discovered. This data
is used either to modify certain Missions in progress, or to
obtain immediate feedback and analysis of ongoing events. Each
Crew member is very relaxed yet matter-of-fact during these
Missions. Their success is marked by the operation's completion
and the return to Base - their Mothership.
Aboard the Mothership, there are many sources of entertainment
and many ways to relax. Special Lounges on each deck of the
Ship interface with you, providing holographic destinations,
group interactive creations (similar to interactive movies) or
direct communications with your Home-world family. These
Lounges are also the locations for parties, social gatherings and
group rituals. A huge number of Meeting Rooms are also
available, where educational events or introductory courses in
many different areas of learning can take place. Education will
be a large part of your life. Because your search for knowledge
did not end with your formal, specialised schooling, a vast,
interactive Library, encompassing every discipline, is available
for the pleasure of each Crew Member.
Every area of the Mothership is organised accordingly.
Motherships are set up to be modular. Only the Cargo space and
Command sections are functionally specific. The rest are meant
to be arranged according to need. Another advantage of this
interactive capability is that each Crew Member can create his or
her own home compartment. Each compartment is spacious,
with a dining room, relaxation and entertainment room, study
room and bathroom. Each possesses a physical-matter
creation/disposal device, where clothes, food or other
necessaries can be produced or disposed of. The Mothership's
ability to redesign itself is crucial to its ever-changing mission.
Since each Science and Exploration mission is unique, the
Mothership can transfigure herself, instantly, to any new
assignment.
As Guests aboard our Motherships, you will also notice that
each aspect of the Ship is user-friendly. If you need to know
something, the Ship will provide it. There is an instant
transportation system throughout the Ship and matter-creation
devices, as well. A full complement of trained Robotic and
Holographic Virtual-educator Guides are also ready to assist
you. They will enhance your understanding of the Ship's
operation and give recommendations on the best use of its many
resources. Interstellar Motherships in the Galactic Federation of
Light's Fleets are enormous - from tens to thousands of miles in
diameter. Although normally, we use our Light Bodies to move
from one distant point to another, remember that several types of
transportation devices are available that can be used, as needed,
to move the individual to her/his next destination.
The Personnel that operate these craft are most amazing and
diverse. This "First Contact Mission" is one of the first times in
recent memory that crews from different and distinct Human
Star-nations have integrated. Normally, every Star-Nation
possesses a Mothership, which is crewed, primarily, by
Members of that same Star-Nation. Here now at this time, that is
only rarely the case. Our purpose has been to combine the
Beings of many Races/Cultures and use their talents to bring you
a Group that can understand and work in a culturally varied
environment. This same Multiplicity is the crucial element in
our successful First Contact Mission with you. You, too, are a
highly diversified group of Souls who originate from every
conceivable corner of this Galaxy. You, Dear Hearts, are helping
to bring us all together as never before. First Contact is not just a
one-way street; it is a wonderful, multi-lane Highway.

The Inner Earth Realms of Argatha

In addition to the great Motherships that comprise our vast Fleet,
there are the wondrous realms of your "Inner Earth"
Civilisations. Here are found the last living remnants of the
Ancient Lemurian Civilisation, a series of interlocking "Crystal
Cities" that spans across the inner surface of the Earth Globe.
Since the Fall of Atlantis, these Cities have acted as a
Subterranean Planetary Civilisation named Argatha, now living
at the Fifth Dimension, that was determined to lead their Surface
Brethren back to the Light. For nearly 13 Millennia, the Dark
Overlords of the Surface Realms - the Annunaki/Nibiruans -
frustrated their efforts to return up to the surface of Earth. These
Dark Beings used their power and their potential for evil to
divide your surface World into any number of widely varied
Societies, which were set against one another or used to serve as
"slaves" to support the Anunnaki's rule over them. At the same
time, the Inner-world Lemurians, who were guided by Heaven
to descend into the Inner Earth following the destructive sinking
of their Continent of Lemuria by the Atlanteans, have since
worked and planned to eventually rejoin with us once again on
the surface in order to assist Humanity in achieving its future
Grand and Glorious Destiny.
The Realms of Inner Earth abound in Technology similar to ours
to which we have just alluded. Like our Ships, their Cities are
alive and exist to help each Citizen to fulfil their potential.
Within them, the individual lives in a world that mirrors the
pristine nature of Mother Earth's surface realm. Here, the sky
exists according to its inhabitants' wishes and dwellings conform
to the desires of each living Being. This world is a Paradise that
floats within a cocoon of energy sustained by its Technology. It
is the Land of Delights. It is built not in a dark and limiting
cavern, but instead forms a vast open interior of the exterior
Planet with its own central Sun at the core which shines from its
own blue skies upon the interior surface of countryside, lakes
and mountains. It is itself created by the desires of its
inhabitants, Mother Earth and the Divine Plan. Within the many
fields that produce it are the Crystal Cities of exquisite beauty.
For a very short period of time during the "Cleansing Process"
of Outer Earth, they could become your temporary home.
Within these luxurious environments, you can then complete
your Transformation back into your original "Fully Conscious
Selves", at either the coming New Earth's Fourth Dimension, or
at the existing Fifth Dimensional "Terra" Earth Planet.
Your Earth Moon
Your Moon is really a vast Artificial Orb that was created,
originally, to be the Protector of the now destroyed Planet in
your Solar System that you once called called 'Maldek'. Today,
Maldek forms the Asteroid Belt that exists between Mars and
Jupiter. In former times, it was an Earth-like Planet nearly
29,000 miles (46,690 kilometers) in diameter, which, for over
one million years, became the "Dark" Anchara Alliance's
Headquarters in this Solar System. The Galactic Federation of
Light Forces were later forced to destroy this Planet that had
been taken overtaken by the Forces of Darkness, in their attempt
to re-colonise your Solar System with only the Forces of Light.
Nevertheless, much later, the Dark Forces once again came back
to take over control of the Civilisation of Atlantis in its latter
darker period. At this time they put the artificially constructed
Planetary type Globe of your Moon in its present position in
order to attack and destroy the more benevolent Civilisation of
Lemuria based in the Pacific Ocean area. The present Moon has
a number of important capabilities. First, it can control your
global weather patterns, as well as your Planet's Electrical and
Magnetic Grids. Second, it can control the rate of movement of
Earth's Tectonic Plates, as well as the degree of up-welling of
the Earth Mantle's molten materials. In short, it is a device that
can easily manipulate your environment. Third, the Moon can
regulate the amount of life-giving energies that travel from the
Sun to the Earth.
We would now like to focus on our Galactic Federation of Light
Headquarters for this Solar System on Mars as well as our Base
within your Moon. Your Moon is an artificial construct that was
created to be a special tactical Station attached to Orion Empire
Fleets of the former dark Anchara Alliance. It formed part of the
Fleet that conquered your Solar System about one million years
ago. The Moon's purpose was to be the main defence
coordinator for the former Planet Maldek that was between Mars
and Jupiter. When we came to liberate your Solar System about
900,000 years ago, Planet Maldek, under the control of the Old
Dark Orion Empire, and its armed Moon were a major threat to
our success. Our incoming Fleet deployed a powerful "Battle
Planet" of its own to destroy this dark Anchara/Orion Empire
base; Maldek was reduced to rubble and the result was the
present Asteroid Belt. The attached "Battle Moon" was
temporarily thrown into an erratic Solar orbit that ran between
Earth and Mars and finally, about 25,000 years ago, was placed
into its present orbit as Earth's Moon.
Your Moon is a unique construction. Before it sustained severe
battle damage, it had a thick, Earth-like atmosphere and several
oceans and seas. Scattered across these seas were many small
landmasses where Reptilian and Dinosaurian Engineers created
an Eco-System similar to ones found on Moons in any Human-
stewarded Solar System. The aim behind this Terra-forming of
the surface was to disguise the true purpose of this sphere:
beneath this outer veneer, the dark "Anchara Alliance" had
constructed an interior metallic globe shell out of a special
Titanium alloy whose special properties could not only greatly
magnify the cloaking shield around the main weapons and
control stations found in its Core, but also maintain the illusion
of the Moon as a benign and quite natural Satellite. Its interior
housed 16 levels containing Laboratories, Control Centres, and
24 major Weapon Stations. When the Galactic Federation's
"Battle Planet" blasted the Anchara Headquarters, this "Battle
Moon" fired upon and caused major damage to our own Battle
Planet. In the ensuing retaliation, this Battle Moon was severely
damaged and thrown into an orbit between Mars and Earth, later
on to become your existing Moon.
Once in Solar orbit, the "Battle Moon" was captured and
boarded by Galactic Federation Forces of Light. It was deeply
scarred and adrift. Later, when the Atlanteans and their Off-
world Allies decided to sink Lemuria, this Moon was retrieved,
partially refitted, and moved to its present position as a proxy for
one of Mother Earth's two natural satellites, both of which had
been used in the destruction of Lemuria.
This Moon of yours was used until very recently by the Nibiruan
Anunnaki and their dark Anchara Alliance Allies as an orbiting
Base to observe and control what was happening on the surface
of Mother Earth. The Moon was now disguised as a lifeless
orbiting body, but underneath her surface, the interior Base had
been completely modernised and organised as a Mothership
controlling a large, hidden Fleet. The remnants of its former
luxuriant Eco-System were mined for the minerals and ores
needed for the constant renovation of the Base and it's Fleet of
Spacecraft. Then in the early 1970s, the Galactic Federation of
Light annexed a section of this Inner-Moon Base, which then
served as our primary Headquarters here until the early 1990s.
During this time, we watched the Nibiruan Anunnaki, their
Earth minions (your Secret Government), and elements of the
dark Anchara Alliance work together to control your World and
further the Dark's Agenda. Your Ascended Masters reminded us
that this manipulation had been going on for millennia, but was
now approaching its prescribed end. The Divine timing for this
was to be the first decade of your Twenty-first Century.
Procedures and programs of various sorts already set in motion
in your Society make this shift inevitable, and our role in this
was to move rapidly when so directed by them. We were to
remain in place and be always ready to complete "First Contact"
when your Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy Ascended Masters, in
conjunction with our Creator, give us their 'Go Ahead'. Our
section of the Moon Base was under constant duress from the
dark Anchara Alliance until the mid-1990s. Then the Anunnaki
changed sides to the "Light" and helped us to take over the
whole Moon Base. The unified Moon Base became the center of
our Galactic Federation Earth operations.
The Moon Base coordinates a number of Inner-Earth Bases set
up at facilities that were created after the "Fall" of Lemuria by
its predecessor civilization, Aghartha, which is now based in the
Inner Earth. Here we have monitored the hidden activities of
your Secret Government's underground Bases and maintained a
close and continuous surveillance of your World and the
workings of the last remnants of the Dark. This last Cabal was
closely watched for any transgressions it might have attempted
that go beyond the limits set for it by your Ascended Masters.
From our Moon Base, we could swiftly interpret their
machinations and take decisive countermeasures. Needless-to-
say, we prevented many of their more dangerous and heinous
plots from manifesting. And in the meantime, their
unconscionable "Agenda" had become increasingly apparent to
many powerful individuals and groups within your Global
Society, thus allowing our Earth Allies to garner new Associates
from among those who are now deserting this Cabal in droves.
While certain important activities, such as the forgoing, are
orchestrated from the Moon Base, our Main Command Centre
for the entire operation is on Mars, hidden within the vastness of
its interior. The constitution of Mars, as previously noted, is
quite different from the ecological reports proffered by your
Science. This misleading charade by the Dark was intended to
keep you believing that you are alone and the only sentient
Beings in this Solar System. It is part of an extensive system of
Control to prevent you from stumbling upon any data that could
alter your conditioned view of your Reality.
Nevertheless, we do in fact exist and are hopefully very close to
completing a "First Contact" with you. These proceedings will
include an invitation for you to tour the various Bases and living
facilities engineered by Galactic Federation Scientists. The
personnel at the Mars Base are looking forward to meeting you
and showing you their set-up they had for the First Contact
Mission there.
The Mars Base possesses an ongoing Terra-forming operation
for the outer 3D surface. This is currently being assisted by the
growing hyperactivity of your Sun whose flares are causing the
Mars atmosphere to come alive. Her upper atmosphere is being
ionised, resulting in an accumulation of sliver-thin layers that is
gradually preventing harmful radiation from penetrating into the
lower atmosphere. This makes her skies appear bluer. Water
vapour levels in the lower atmosphere have increased, due to
melting ice fields near the Polar Regions. More frequent Mars-
quakes are releasing many gases and interior water vapour into
this mix, and we are accelerating the reconstituting of her upper
and lower atmospheres by strengthening many of her magnetic
surface features.
As you can see, this First Contact Mission has many aspects, of
which the two most important are the Stations on your Moon
and on Mars. This Moon is filled with historical implications. Its
16 levels, each with myriad sub-levels, once housed endless
laboratories and testing stations where its former denizens of the
Dark carried out a variety of experiments on your Ancestors,
and even on you. The horror from these procedures of the Dark
still enshrouds many of its lower levels. Our intention is
eventually to make this place into a memorial when the World
we know as Bellona [Maldek] is restored. This trans-Martian
Planet was where many of the Dark's malevolent plans for this
Solar System were first hatched. We propose that this restored
Planet and its Fifth Moon have a permanent memorial placed
upon them: "Remember, Together We are Victorious".
Our greatest challenge however, remains the large former
Water-world that some of you may know as "Maldek". Today, it
forms the Asteroid Belt located between the orbits of Mars and
Jupiter. A few months after you are brought into your Inner
Earth realm, it will exist once more as a complete Planet. The
challenge that remains is the nature of its ecosystem. Maldek
possessed a hybrid Ecosystem and consisted of a world truly
akin to your own. It contained one environment similar to yours
and another with Dinosauran and Insectoid Realms that are most
often found in a vastly different Solar System. We intend to
recreate it as it was before it was destroyed by a large Battle
Planet that you call Nibiru. Nibiru also will be transformed and
will become your Eleventh Planet. Originally, your Solar system
contained eleven Planets. Soon, you will lovingly oversee and
sustain it. In this Solar System, you will create a series of
amazing Paradises that will serve as adjuncts to the rightful gem
of this most extraordinary Solar System - Mother Earth, herself.
Your to be restored Home-World is destined to become the
immense centre of your limitless miracles. Here, you will Host
physical Creation and begin the chain of events that eventually
will merge your former Physicality into a new Heaven.

The Photon Belt

Many of you may have heard of the Photon Belt. Your
Government's Scientists have been tracking it secretly for well
over fifty years. To sense it requires special equipment related to
your highly secret nuclear weapons program. When modified for
radio and optical telescopes, it brings into view a vast organised
belt of Light that extends for many thousands of Light Years.
Most of it remains at a frequency much higher than your
instruments can detect. You are presently lying in a void that
you will leave in the next few years. As you near this exit point,
the powerful energies in this belt of multi-dimensional Light are
greatly affecting your Sun and a number of nearby Stars. We see
this Belt as one of the main springboards that is catapulting you
toward us. One of its key signatures has been a series of
immense energy 'Waves', recently seen by your scientists, and
which occur throughout our Galaxy. Along with other energy
traces, these Waves are being misinterpreted as remnants of the
original 'Big Bang' explosion. In fact, they are merely signs of
the powerful influence that the 'Photon Belt' has exerted upon
our Galaxy.
The Photon Belt does not exist without a reason. Its purpose is
to act as the prime regulator for Galactic Change, by
coordinating its movements with a natural energy cycle from
within the Galactic Core. At regular intervals, this Core spews
forth an enormous, extremely intense Energy Wave that is
intercepted and transmuted by the Photon Belt. When required,
this energy causes Stars to nova, Planets to change their orbit or
even their very nature - their atmospheric content - and become
arid, semiarid or water planets. Consequently, each Galaxy's
Divine Plan painstakingly carries out the spread of physical life
and its controlled evolution. Everything in Creation happens
according to the Sacred Edicts of its specific Divine Plan, which
a Galaxy's Spiritual Hierarchy watches over. For this to be
accomplished, Heaven forms countless Orders, Councils and
Administrations.
A Photon Belt regulates these Waves, moving about in a set
pattern that is established by how the Galactic Core operates. In
your particular case, the Milky Way Galaxy runs in roughly
13,000 and 26,000-year cycles. Hence, the Photon Belt rotates
around the Core according to this pattern. Each emission of
Galactic Core energies varies in intensity and dispersal pattern
because it needs to affect every section of the Galaxy in a
specific way. This energy leaves behind a special pattern that
encodes each section of the Galaxy with a distinctive 'Timetable'
- that is, the way each Star, Planet, dust cloud, et cetera, will
react and carry out its part of the Divine Plan. Each aspect of a
Galaxy also possesses a schedule for its unique unfolding. These
events shape the very nature of physicality.

Chapter 12:
THE PHOTON BELT and The "STASIS
PLAN"

COMMANDER ASHTAR of the Galactic Federation Fleet

Life on Earth following Your Ascension
Planet Earth has recently been going through a very difficult
time within the "End Times" period with its major Global Virus
Pandemic, not to mention an ongoing potential collapse of the
World Economy, plus a major period of "Climate Change"
manifesting in floodings, Typhoons, Tornados, Cyclones,
Earthquakes, droughts, fires and even a massive Plague of
Locusts swarming across Africa. The "Winds of Change" are
indeed blowing throughout your Planet. These "Great Changes"
first began to be enacted back in 1987 when Mother Earth made
an impassioned plea to the Galactic Federation and other Higher
Celestial Beings for assistance to save Her Planet from total
collapse and possible destruction through Humanity's many wars
and severe environmental pollution. One of the first outcomes of
this was the instigation of a Great Spiritual Event in 1987 known
as the "Harmonic Convergence", a worldwide gathering of the
more informed Lightworkers and Spiritualists to gather
information together informing the World about the very
necessary coming "Changes" to Planet Earth.
Coming forward to this present and very difficult time on Earth,
we are first of all seeing that the economic structure built by the
Dark Ones/Cabal aeons ago has for a very long time been
severely destroying Earth's global prosperity and equality. Such
a situation can no longer be tolerated in Earth's Ascension
process. The Galactic Federation, as well as the Intergalactic
Confederation of Worlds have their massive fleets of
Motherships and crews stationed above and around Earth in
readiness to coordinate their assistance to this end and to return
Earth back to Balance.
One of the results of the coming "Changes", is that those not
ready at this time to "Ascend", will be leaving the Planet
permanently. It could be as many as two-thirds of the
population. Many of Earth's Citizens of a lesser evolved status
have lived a long "survival" period in poverty and suffering. Out
of over 190 Countries on Earth there are wars being waged
today in 60 Countries. Every year one and a half million people
die from hunger. Around one hundred million people worldwide
are homeless. Almost one million people are trafficked across
borders everyday, always for forced labour of different kinds,
half are children. Now there is to be a great release for all those
Billions in suffering and poverty, but not yet equipped to
Ascend to a higher Frequency/Dimension, to move onto other
3D Realms in our Multidimensional World which will better
serve their Soul Growth at this time. In the Indian Vedic Text
called the Mahabharata these Ones were called the "Walking
Dead". They lived their lives to underscore suffering on Earth.
By doing so they helped every more evolved Soul to mobilise
themselves for Ascension. They themselves have cleared their
previous Karma at this time by taking on this role of great
suffering. They agreed before they incarnated that they would
have a new assignment thereafter in a new place more suited to
their needs when Earth finally Ascends.
In a very short time, Earth Citizens will be able to end all wars,
destroy all nuclear weapons and also to welcome the Galactics
back to Earth. At that time Earth's own new forms of Divine
Government along with a new Economic System will slide right
into place for all on Earth. What can we expect then?
Free Energy, Replicators and Healing Machines: These will
be top priority. Homes for the Homeless, Clean Water and
Communication Technologies. Shuttle Craft to fly to the Light
Cities. There will be little boxes, the size of a shoe box which
will be able to power your entire house for free. These are
manufactured and available and will be given out free to
everyone. Taking Free Energy will not be essential because all
of the old appliances and different forms of energy will be
supported. Whatever appliances you have today will work with
the little boxes. Immediately you will have free heat, electricity,
hot water, phones, television broadcasting and the Internet. Free
for All.
Replicators will be given out free. These will be able to
replicate healthy food. Free Food. Immediately. You may
replicate any food or dish you desire. Our technologies will be
able to clear all the pollution in every body of water on Earth.
Water supplies will be made ready where there is none. We have
the power, Motherships, supplies and people already in place to
carry out these missions immediately. A network of
communication is already in place and will be activated
immediately. Everyone on Earth, no matter where they are or
their mode of communication will receive all updates equally
around the world. Some Countries have never had the Internet
until very recently and this was brought in on purpose to be
ready for changeover. Public use Shuttle Craft are available for
distribution immediately. These will be used to attend gatherings
in the glittering Diamond Crystal Light Cities stationed
overhead in Earth's orbit. Also they will be used to leave Earth
and visit various places. More information to follow. As these
minor details are worked out we are able to move on to the
"Real World".
Love and Truth aligned Consciousness will permeate every cell
on Earth. Grace within all is to be revealed. Having surrendered
everything you knew before, I present to you the new "Real
World". I invite you to Celebrate every moment of your life with
childlike wonder. Enter your Shuttle Craft. Input into the GPS
onboard your destination. I invite you to visit us at our Space
Stations, which float within Earth's atmosphere. These Space
Stations have been invisibly overhead all along, but they were
not to be revealed to you during this present Era.
Galactic Crews come and go to these Space Stations for lodging,
meeting places, holiday accommodation as well as
Administration for the Galactic Federation. You who are staying
with the New Earth will eventually also become a part of the
Crew. You will be welcomed there anytime. I invite you to also
visit us in the great floating Light Cities in orbit just above
Earth. Here you will be able to find some of your Mentors and
also to heal any psychological or health issues. You will have
training for all the New Age technology. You will have
connections with like-minded people all over the World and also
further out into the Galaxy. You will have access to rest and
relaxation on levels you cannot now comprehend the joy of. You
will reconnect with Light and Sound frequencies through many
different mediums.
Reunions: Every person on Earth will receive two or
three Mentors to help make sense of the "Changes". Each
person's Mentors will be someone they have known before.
Some have already prepared themselves to be reunited with their
Twin Souls/Flames immediately. Others will be met with family
members or friends who, having passed on and Ascended and
been rehabilitated on the Spiritual Planes, are now returning for
reunions to act as their Guides and Mentors. Already everyone
has two or three Guides/Mentors on the Spiritual Planes. There
are billions of Galactics standing by from the Intergalactic
Confederation of Worlds who have been preparing for this
moment for a very long time. All of the support which will be
needed to comfortably slide into the Great Change on the New
Earth will be thereafter always be available.
Some Earth Citizens will feel the best way to heal is a visit to
their Home Planet. These Holidays off Earth will be granted.
You will be welcomed to Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Pluto, Neptune,
Ceres, Vesta, Mars, Moon, Alpha Centauri, Sirius, Pleiades,
Arcturus, Andromeda and so many other places. Each of these
places is very different and known for their speciality. There are
as many reasons to visit as people wanting to go.
After a short visit you will return to your duties on Earth
involving establishing your own Divine Governments and
beginning the New Earth. Holodecks will be available in the
Light Cities. The Holodecks are a space a person enters which is
programmed by a computer to virtually become
anything (Virtual Reality). You may visit the beach, the
mountains, an iceberg, a desert. Holograms may be programmed
with any virtual experience where one may visit Home for a few
hours without travelling there.
There will be plenty of time made for rest and relaxation. This
will be made available to anyone requesting it. Along with these
Healings and Mentoring activities will be planning meetings for
your New Mission. You will be "Called to Duty" to share your
gifts and talents in building the New Earth. It is about to become
more fun. Some other activities we will all enjoy together will
be cultural exchanges on Earth and off Planet. Also we will be
welcoming many new species to Earth, both Humanoid and
those of the magical kind. Animals which have been extinct
thousands of years will be reintroduced to Earth in the right
conditions.
The Great Teachers of Earth will be returning to help with this
Earth Ascension Mission. Some who left Earth aeons ago have
been invited back to "Guide and Serve". When they show up
they will be wearing the garb of their former culture and time on
Earth. They will look like they did then. These are the Avatara
forms of Great Teachers and they will be together at the same
time living on Earth. It will take all these Great Beings to be
able to accomplish all the changes to Earth. They are excited to
return and do their Service for Earth. You will be seeing the
Roman, Greek, Egyptian, Hindu, Far Asian, Hyperborean,
Pangean, Celtic, Near Asian "Ancient Gods" represented. All
will be Ascended Masters here to integrate the Highest
Teachings into the new economic system and Divine
Government. There will be much to learn. It is a great honour to
work with these Beings.
Inner Earth dwellers [Agarthians] will join surface Earth
Citizens and invite them to their Crystal Cities within Inner
Earth. There are tunnels leading down to their Homeland
through Earth's crust to the Inner Earth. Guides will take you
into their Cities there and host you for cultural exchanges. Inner
and Outer Earth will become as "One" in their Mission and all
will be free to travel between the two as it has always been
meant to be. This was a very important aspect of "Healing" the
former surface civilisation of Atlantis. Inner Earth dwellers are
overjoyed at the prospect of being welcomed back onto the
surface once more. They could not travel to Earth's surface as
long as there was ongoing war. A few have done so but they do
not stay long, they always return inside and have patiently
waited for this "Great Reunion" with their Earth counterparts.
Remain in Gratitude and Love as we move deftly through the
Changes which the future will bring. When it is the right timing,
the command will come from "Admiral" Jesus SANANDA on
our Command Mothership, "The New Jerusalem"/Shan Shea.
Continue to look inside and release any emotions, reactions or
thoughts which continue to hold you apart from FREEDOM.
Call on Me for Guidance, you are never alone!
Commander ASHTAR - through Elizabeth Trutwin

ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -

Our Extended Mission to Earth
A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes
a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter
parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. The Andromedan Mothership
with her over 100 million crew and families, who are mainly there to observe and
provide assistance during our Ascension process, have been patiently waiting for
Earth's Ascension event to finally manifest since 1963.

Andromedan Commander Mandrel

 The Nature of the PHOTON BELT

The Photon Belt and the Pleiadian System of the Seven Suns/Solar Systems with its
Great Central Sun, Alcyone,
and which reaches out to include our own Solar System

A brief Background to the Photon Belt:

This information is given to us by a High Pleiadian Source, Satya, Astrologer,
Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone.
Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions
as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own
Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the Eighth [external] Star of the

Pleiadian spiral of Suns [the Pleiadian "Seven Sisters"], and the
Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole
Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the
Photon Belt when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and
Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night"
during all the other Zodiacal Polarities of the Great Ages -
Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio,
Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into
the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving
into the Age of Aquarius.
"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that
emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin
around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness
of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex
that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure
darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding
power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic
Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out
of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic
axial spin. These Beams, Belts, Axes, and horizontal planes with
Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension
organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way
Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that
belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form
by means of the "information-highway" Photon Belt/Bands. All
Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands
generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special
"Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic
Federation "Libraries".
"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of
Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-
Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the
Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of
Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to
your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His
shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which
is located in the Photon Belt eternally, travels through the 7th-
Dimensional Photon Belt for 2000 years of Earth time. Each
Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for
varying lengths of Earth time.
"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in
the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic
Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the
Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the
Light.
"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center
and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into
twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the
Planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate
where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with
astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to
know that Earth first partially entered the Photon Belt during the
Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it
further - one week more each side of that entry point each year.
The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk
of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from
March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The
Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each
year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed
when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun at the Winter Solstice
1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in
this tidal wave of light some time after the Winter Solstice of
2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the
Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all
the way through it."
[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda",
published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

The Nature of "Light":

Light exists in units called Photons. Photons have no density,
no charge and travel at 186,000 miles per second. At this speed
of travel, Photons of Light move beyond the confines of "time."
Hence, a primary component of Light is, in fact, timeless. Since
your physical form has myriad Photons, you are innately a
"Being of Light" hidden within an Earthean shell. Every atom in
your body serves as a Sun with myriad planets rotating around
it. When you think of yourself in this way, it is not a large leap
of faith to realize that you are composed of uncountable
Photons. Thus, a huge amount of the form that you wear is
already composed of "Light".

The Nature of the PHOTON BELT:

Washta of the Regional Council of the Galactic Federation of
Light on Planet Sirius B of the Sirius Star System:
"Your Solar System is presently poised to enter a vast region of
Light called the Photon Belt. This Photon Belt - a huge mass of
light - will be the vehicle for your restoration to Full
Consciousness and for the complete transformation of your
DNA and Chakra systems. These unbelievable changes will
forever alter not only yourselves, but also your Planet and your
Solar System. This is because the Photon Belt will move your
Solar System into a higher dimension, allowing your Planet,
within the Solar System, to eventually move to a new position in
space closer to the Sirius Star System.
The Photon Belt, is a huge torroid-shaped object composed of
"Photon Light" particles. For those who do not know what a
Photon Light particle is, you should realize that it is the result of
a collision between an anti-electron (positron) and an electron.
This split-second collision causes the two particles to destroy
each other. The resulting mass of this collision is completely
converted into energy that registers as Photons or Light
particles. In the first quarter of this century, an English physicist,
Paul Derac, postulated that for every single particle a similar
anti-particle should exist. In 1932, Dr. Carl David Anderson,
who won a Nobel prize in 1936, discovered the first of these
anti-particles - the positron or positive electron. By the 1950s,
anti-protons as well as anti-neutrons had been discovered by
your scientists.
The Photon Belt was initially discovered when a series of
studies of the Pleiadean Solar System were begun in the early
18th Century by the famous British Astronomer, Sir Edmund
Halley. Halley is famous for the discovery of Comet Halley that
seemed to prove Newton's Laws of Planetary Motion. Halley
discovered that at least three of the Stars in the Pleiadean Star
Group are not in the same positions as recorded in classical
times by various Greek Astronomers. The difference in position
had become so great by Halley's time that it was impossible to
state whether the Greeks or Halley were wrong. Halley therefore
concluded that the Pleiades moved within a prescribed system of
motion derived from an outside source of influence.
This concept was later proved correct one century later with
some astute observations by Frederick Bessel. It was his
discovery that all the Stars/Suns in the Pleiades had a proper
motion of approximately 5.5 seconds of arc per century. Paul
Otto Hesse also studied the Pleiades and discovered that at an
absolute right angle (90 degrees) to the movement of the Stars in
the Pleiades, there was a Photon Belt shaped like a torroid or
huge doughnut with a thickness of approximately 2,000 solar
years or 759,864 billion miles. Since the results of the
observations of Bessel and Hesse about the Pleiades are correct,
your Earth is now completing a 24,000 to 26,000-year cycle
with this Photon Belt.
As Earth is now going to enter this Photon Belt, you must know
what this means to Earth's Human civilization. Many of your
Astrologers as well as many of your Scientists and Historians
believe that the new Millennium marks the beginning of a New
Age for Humankind. To Earth's Astrologers, this New Age is
the Age of Aquarius, a time for vast changes in your science,
technology and your consciousness.
The Photon Belt can be divided into three sections. You will
first enter through what is called the Null Zone. This procedure
will take roughly 5 to 6 days to complete including
approximately three days of total darkness. Following this
action, you will move into the main part of the Belt itself and
experience a new form of intense daylight. This journey
normally lasts around 2,000 years and ends when your Solar
System exits at the other end of the Belt by going through the
Null Zone exit for the same 5 to 6 day period.
Surrounding the Photon Belt there is the huge barrier of the Null
Zone. If you could look at the Null Zone, you would see it really
contains a region of incredible energy compression. It is a place
where magnetic fields are so tightly strung together that it is
impossible for any type of 3rd-Dimensional magnetic field to
pass through it without being altered. This fact means that the
magnetic field of the Earth and your Sun must be transformed
into a new type of interdimensional magnetism. You should
therefore expect a change in Earth's electrical, magnetic, and
gravitational fields.
Therefore, when the Photon Belt is fully manifested, it will not
allow any electrical device to function. Such a development will
mean that neither batteries nor electrical circuits will operate
whilst Earth is in the Photon Belt. You will require a new form
of energy - "Photon Energy" - to operate your former and soon-
to-be altered electrical devices. By entering the Photon Belt you
will be losing your Earth's former electromagnetic fields, as they
will now be nullified.
This means that when you fully enter the Photon Belt you won't
be able to utilise existing electrical equipment without Galactic
Federation provided "converters". Therefore, you must begin to
prepare for this major change in your lives as new forms of
gravitational and electrical fields are established. You will of
course have the full help of the Galactic Federation in adjusting
to this. What appears to you as a loss will actually be a benefit
that allows Photon Energy fields to be altered at the subatomic
level and become the basic energy drivers of your Solar System.
As all atoms and molecules are changed, you Earth Humans will
be vastly modified in your very nature. You will become
something quite different - excitingly improved - from what you
presently are.
Therefore, let's go over the entire scenario of the Photon Belt
experience and get an idea of what you may experience if you
have not already been taken without warning into a full state of
"Stasis"(suspended animation). That would be as a result of the
Galactic Federation's need to make a final unannounced "Pulling
of the Plug" on Earth's Humanity to prevent the chaos that could
result through a prior announcement causing panic and
disruption amongst the less informed people. First of all, your
Planet would experience a great field of darkness as it
approaches the Null Zone. Suddenly, the twilight level of
darkness would then be replaced by complete darkness. It will
be as though the entire Planet has been thrown into an incredibly
huge closet and the door closed behind you. The Sun will have
disappeared from view and you will be unable to see stars in the
pitch black sky. Day will have suddenly turned to night as the
Null Zone's compression of Solar and Stellar light will blot out
the Sun and even the stars.
You would then know by the total darkness that you have now
entered the Null Zone and begun the transformation process. As
you begin to accept the shock of this utter darkness, you will
find that something else has happened. Not only are you in the
dark, but none of your electrical devices will work anymore.
Once the pumps quit and the water tanks are empty, water will
not run and toilets will not flush. Lights cannot be turned on.
Cars will not start. Hence, you are now in a whole new world.
Despite these incredible difficulties, something has happened to
your bodies, something wonderful.
When the collapse of the Planet's electrical and magnetic fields
occurs, it will also allow all atoms on Earth to be changed. The
atoms in your body will be modified to form a new body - a
body that is semi-Etheric [4D] and based on Crystalline rather
than Carbon cells and molecules - and the "Veil of
Consciousness" which has hitherto limited your awareness of
the Higher Dimensional Worlds around you will be have been
removed.
You will no longer be living in the former limited 3rd-
Dimensional Reality. You will now be Human Beings living in
the Reality of the "Higher Galactic Light". You will now have
physical and psychic gifts that you were meant to have ever
since the time you Humans first left the Lyran Constellation to
spread your knowledge and guardianship throughout this
Galaxy. You will have begun the process of "coming home" to
the 4th and 5th Dimensions.
The next change that you will feel is the growing coldness
caused by the complete absence of the Sun. This will occur
because the Sun will be undergoing a change in its
interdimensional polarity which will prevent the Sun's heat from
reaching Planet Earth's surface.
By this point many of the Human and other living Beings who
intend to remain with the new Planet Earth - other than the
"Lightworkers" who will have been previously taken up to the
Motherships for training and future service on Earth - may well
have been taken into a "Stasis" mode ("suspended animation" -
for more information on "Stasis", see below).
By the Third Day of change, however, you will begin to see a
dawn-like glimmer surrounding your Planet. You will then have
the beginnings of the "Photon effect." This Photon effect is very
important because it will allow you to have a new energy source.
This new energy source will permit the end of your Planet's
fossil fuel dependency. It will also allow the capability for space
travel since Photon drive technology is the power system for all
Starships operated by the Galactic Federation.
By the Third and Fourth Days, then, you will have reached the
time for your first introduction to Photon Energy, weak though it
may be.
As the Fourth Day quickly draws to an end and the Fifth Day
now begins, the climate will begin to warm up and bright light
will return."
"The Photon effect which began toward the end of the Third
Day will now be in full effect. You will thereafter be able to use
Photon-beam power equipment provided by the Galactic
Federation. Every living thing will now be invigorated by the
Photons streaming in from the main part of the Photon Belt. You
will have entered a New Age with a new 4D -5D body. You will
now be ready for the next phase in which your psychic abilities
will be heightened by the Photon effect. These Photon energies
will not only provide your bodies with maximum efficiency of
energy use, but they will also be used for energising your homes
and your industries. You will have entered the Photon Age!
Space travel will now become quite simple and a preferred mode
of transportation. Once you begin living in the Photon Belt you
will be in a fully-realised Space Age. With the power provided
by Photon beam energy, the Stars and other Planets will soon
seem to be as near as a trip across town. With this new energy, it
will be as easy to travel to Sirius, or any other nearby Star, as it
is now to travel from California to New York. In addition, you
will now have in your midst those you have long called the
Extraterrestrials who are your Elder Brothers and Sisters and
your Counsellors and Guides during this transitional period."
[The above is an extract from the Book "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human" by
Virginia Essene and Sheldon Nidle, Published 1994 by the S.E.E. Publishing
Company, Santa Clara, California]

Going into STASIS

The following information is based on the possible need to place
Humanity and other sensory Beings into a state
of Stasis (suspended animation) during a period of major
physical "Earth Changes". If this is in fact decided by the
Galactic Federation to be the best course of action to be taken,
not only because of the present downhill course of much of its
planetary civilisation and the increasingly urgent need for a
rapid cleansing of Gaia/Mother Earth's Environment/Planetary
body, as well as our entry into the Photon Belt, this would
appear to make it more and more of a possibility in the very
near future. We therefore present the following outline of the
proposed STASIS process extracted from the former
communications of Christ Michael of
Nebadon and Jesus/Sananda, channelled through Candace
Frieze and Jess Anthony:
"During the initial days of the entry into the Photon Belt, when
and if it has been decided that it is necessary to move
into "STASIS", this phase would involve a total Stasis for all
animate Beings in order to alleviate any possible traumas of the
event. Everything would then pause its natural living cycle to
allow us to restructure the energy parameters you expect to
determine your existence. Because all energy vibration in the
body has been paused, the body would not experience any sense
of time passing. The Earth would not be pausing herself
however, and she would continue on with her Ascendancy with
our help. There would then be a new sense of environment when
people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.
Among the possible effects of the full move into the Photon
Belt, could be a reversal of Earth's Magnetic Poles. Earth's
existing Magnetic Polarity would then collapse and then would
reverse Earth's Magnetic Poles to refresh the direction of energy
circuitry - North would become South and the Sun would rise in
the West and set in the East. The fact is that Planet Earth has
already become somewhat erratic in its rotation. The axis
position is moving constantly, causing what you have termed a
"wobble" in its rotation. Celestial bodies could then appear in
slightly different places than they are scheduled to be, and their
positions are thus shifted because of the position of Earth's tilt in
relation to them. The more serious problem, in your terms,
would be the need to reverse the direction of the Earth's rotation.
This may turn out to be necessary and to re-spin the top, as it
were, and keep Earth rotating at a fresh and stable angle. This
action would not be a unique event in terms of planetary
movements; it happens to nearly all Planets as they reach the
end of one cycle and need to begin another. This action has
already been planned as possibly needing to be done during
Earth's full entry into the Photon Belt.
The length of the Stasis period is not at this point fully
determined, as it would be based on observation at the time, and
fixing of other issues, the necessary Earth Changes and the like.
However, everything could possibly pause from anywhere up
from two years to four years, depending on the extent and
difficulties of the "Earth Cleansing" process encountered by the
Galactic Federation Teams. We would therefore be putting most
of the life on the Planet into Stasis, until the Earth movements
are stabilized and the air cleansed enough of carbon dioxide to
awaken the animal life. Plants would benefit from the higher
levels of carbon dioxide and this is useful and in fact needed.
Some life forms would be evacuated during the early part, and
all who are continuing the Ascension would also be evacuated
after Stasis is commenced to areas of safety, only if they are in
harms way. Build-up of carbon dioxide and other chemicals
would not affect bodies in Stasis.
This Stasis period would not seem like any time has passed to
those continuing with the shift to a higher dimensionality. Stasis
is not a sleep, it is a limbo stage where nothing progresses in the
sense you have been conditioned to expect. Stasis would be
introduced fairly early to avoid mass confusion, but could
possibly be allowed enough time beforehand for a brief "Wake-
up Call" to Humanity. The Spaceships that would trigger this
energy frequency have for a long time been stationed around the
globe ready to begin moderating the energy levels associated
with a new "paused Dimensional frequency". This shift in
frequency could initially cause functions to seem to stop,
although this pause would not be final. The movement of energy
currents that make up the Magnetic Field would then appear to
be at a standstill. This would also allow a possible Magnetic
Field Reversal to be undertaken so that the currents would begin
to flow in the opposite direction; nevertheless, this may possibly
turn out to not be needed to be done at that time. However, this
realignment would not be something you should experience
consciously. Such a shift can be dealt with more easily within a
Stasis period consisting of a lack of Human consciousness.
If there is such a collapse of the Magnetic Field, it would have
unpredictable effects on the delicate balance holding together
the existing geophysical system of faults and internal pressure
points. The pressure of the Solar Wind would be immense
without the mitigating effects of the Magnetic Grid. Pressure
pockets would be pushed beyond their balanced state and would
erupt in earthquakes and volcanic explosions. Many of those in
Stasis who happened to be within those areas that are devastated
or sunken would then be sent either to the Inner Earth, the
Motherships or be returned to their previous Home Planets, if
that is their preferred wish and intention.
The actual physical logistics of inducing the Stasis Event would
be done through a large grouping of Scout craft assigned to
bringing in the new frequency beam coverage throughout the
Planet moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This
would allow the craft to move in parallel and work their way
around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following
the Sun's travel. The depth of the beam they would use is about
one degree of longitude. This intense but small focus would not
be a problem, because they would be able to move fast over
their positions. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis
condition in any particular place. Such a new frequency within
the beamed energy would be a major part of bringing in a new
vibration rate that would activate the cells to be transformed into
a frequency that matches a 4D-5D vibrational frequency. This
new frequency would not be compatible with the 3D range of
frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical
existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy
frequency moves into a state that has no interaction with the 3D
original frequency and becomes a part of moving you up into
either the 4th or possibly the 5th Dimension.
This disconnect from the current 3D frequency would create the
illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to
speak, we can then manoeuvre your energy with the new 4-5D
range of energy frequencies, a frequency range that is inevitably
already on its way to slowly manifesting. We could then move
you around easily and quickly, if we needed to. Such energy is
fast moving and we could disassemble and reassemble you with
no difficulties.
Thus it would be that the People and the Higher Mammals
would be "paused", sort of like pausing a DVD for a period of a
year or more. The body molecules would be slowed down a
great deal in this process, and therefore the body would "sleep"
without need for nourishment. Higher mammals would be
included and also people's pets. The cycles of biological Plant
Kingdom life otherwise would continue normally on the Planet,
and so would the weather. The Soul would not "sleep" during
this period, just the body and could still keep in touch with the
Higher Realms. Do not worry about this process, as anyone
living on the Planet back around 1992 in fact actually went
through a week of mild Stasis as we first encountered the outer
edges of the Photon Belt. We of the Galactic Federation were at
that time not prepared to allow the several days of disruption to
Earth's inhabitants with Photon Light that would have been so
bright that it could have blinded many people.
"Lightworkers" destined to be on active service would be
"beamed" (Teleported) up to the Motherships. However, they
would experience more of an energy exchange than a physical
lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be.
Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of
just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies.
You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a
moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy
carries information memory-archives [such as we know about
packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet
being reassembled at the other end back into their original form]
and these are then used to create your individual identity
characteristics. You all have an Etheric (4-5D) template that you
build on to experience various interactions with other energy
patterns. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets,
so that your actual physical appearance is the result of the new
frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.
The actual Timeframe that would be involved is difficult to
describe. Once a particular segment of the Globe goes into
Stasis, Time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always
Midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In
that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost
instantaneous. The explanation may not seem logical, but
remember that "Earth Time" is an artificial measurement you
have constructed for the benefit of your 3D physical Planet to
gauge your existence in a measured and strict "Linear" fashion,
one that happens to be in our Galaxy your own fairly unique
brand of "Linear Time".
This "Time Pause" would be brought on during sleep and it
would end as Earth's Inhabitants seem to wake up the next
morning of what appears to be the next day. Because all energy
vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience
any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however,
and she would be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our
help. Thus there would be a totally new sense of environment
when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and
peaceful.
This "Stasis Plan", if it is determined at the time to be the best
way to finally enact the "Earth Changes", would not involve
physically removing all of Earth's inhabitants and taking you to
Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying on
to return to the New Earth would remain here and be
transformed along with the Earth. Many others will in any case
choose to leave or will not find themselves spiritually able to
adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary
for Earth's evolutionary Ascension. The coming "Earth
Changes" must be viewed as a most necessary step in Earth's
Ascension during this Major End of Age period. No Soul would
ever be destroyed unless he or she chooses that as a final option;
when someone ends their existence on Earth, that Soul simply
moves upwards into another form in its progression. The
inevitable grief you might possibly experience here as a result of
losing friends, family and familiar surroundings must be
tempered by an awareness and a realisation of the larger picture
of your and their Soul's evolution upwards into a higher
Consciousness and the Higher Worlds and Dimensions."
* More detailed information on the possible forthcoming "Stasis Period" scenario can
be read in Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon and the Jesus SANANDA Messages in the
"MICHAEL of Nebadon's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan" from the Link below:

Archive of Messages by Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon &

Jesus SANANDA - 2005-2013
MICHAEL of Nebadon is a Creator Son of the Holy Trinity of this Grand Universe
who was entrusted by His Trinity Father to create his own "Local Universe of
Nebadon" - our Milky Way Galaxy. After 300 Billion years of probationary Ruling of
his Local Universe/Galaxy on behalf of His Trinity Father, he had to finally prove that
he was now worthy to become a "Full Sovereign" of his own Creation. He therefore
had to undertake a series of Descending Incarnations down through his various
Worlds at decreasing Dimensions within his Local Universe to experience all aspects
of Life in those Worlds. His Final Test Incarnation was to be in one of His Worlds at
the lowest Dimension in which most Human civilisations normally function, the Third
Dimension. Creator Son Michael therefore chose to experience His Final Descending
Incarnation on one of the most significant of his Low-Dimensional Worlds, Planet
Earth/Urantia. He and our Creator of this Grand Universe had long been carefully
watching this Planet which had been set up by our Creator to undertake a "Major
Experiment" in the final resolving through His specially created "Explorer Race"
volunteers of the hitherto unresolved dichotomy of Positive-Negative Duality
throughout Creation. Creator Son Michael decided to undertake this in a Joint
 Incarnation through overshadowing, from a higher Dimension, Jesus Sananda's Life
Mission on Earth in which Jesus hoped to bring a Message of the Importance of Love
to our World in Palestine 2000 years ago. Christ Michael, as a result of this taxing
experience and its hopeful resolution for the future, was allowed thereafter to assume
the Title of Full Sovereign/ATON of the Local Universe of Nebadon.

Those who wish to delve more deeply into the full details of Christ MICHAEL of
Nebadon's Ascension and Stasis Plan made in conjunction with the Galactic
Federation, and its many ongoing difficulties and delays of implementation, will find
this Archive Document extremely illuminating and well worth the effort of its "long
read".

Christ MICHAEL of Nebadon's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan

A Compendium-Archive of Messages from the

GALACTIC FEDERATION of LIGHT
through the Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B

Galactic Federation of Light - Updates Archive 1997-2014

This Document starts out with very extensive details, given through the Regional
Council on Sirius B, of the Galactic Federation's Plans for the physical Earth Changes
they intended to put into force and also further on gives a good background History of
our Galaxy (i.e: see 10 June 2003 Message) plus many interesting details about their
Motherships and their Intergalactic Fleet (see 7 January 2003). The Document then
continues onward from 2007 through to 2014 with an Archive of further important
Messages from other Members of the Galactic community. However, those Readers
who have already read Chapter 11, "The Galactic Federation's Earth Ascension Plan",
may find that much of this material has already been adequately covered.

Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES

Jesus-SANANDA gives us here one of the most inspirational and important
documents in the history of channelled communications on Earth, laying out a
complete background to our future Ascension and also His own True Teachings. He
 also corrects the many misrepresentations that have crept into the Teachings of
Christianity about His past Mission and Life on Earth.

Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES

There is also much valuable and interesting Channelling from many Spiritual sources
available at:

Steve Bekow's "The Golden Age of Gaia" Website is an excellent source

of Channellings, Spiritual and
"Alternative non-media" news.

The Golden Age of Gaia

Era of Light - Awaken, a New World of Light is Here!

A good selection of recent Channellings is available on this Website at:

Era of Light.com

For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by

Dino Kraspedon:
"MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS"

George Adamski's: "Inside The Space Ships":

George Adamski wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts
with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors and of his journeys up in their
Scout-ships to their large Motherships overhead. In his book "Inside the Space Ships",
he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of these Motherships and his many
conversations with their Commanders and other onboard personnel.
 "INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS"

ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -

Our Extended Mission to Earth
A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes
a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter
parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. He also gives us a very
beautiful view of the lifestyles and culture of cooperation amongst all the citizens of
the Andromedan Galaxy. The Andromedan Mothership itself, with her over 100
million crew and families, are mainly here to observe and provide assistance during
our Ascension process, and have been patiently waiting for Earth's Ascension event to
finally manifest since 1963.
Andromedan Commander Mandrel

THE FALL OF ATLANTIS and the Atlantean use of

Crystals
This Document provides a fascinating History of Atlantis and its subsequent Fall,
including much information on the Atlantean's use of Crystals to provide Free Energy
and for many other uses. This information is given to us by Archangel Metatron,
channeled through James Tyberon.

THE FALL OF ATLANTIS and the Atlantean use of Crystals

HEALING CHAMBERS of the NEPTUNE MOTHERSHIP

A detailed description by an E.T. Healer Crew Member of the Neptune
Mothership of its Healing Chambers:

HEALING CHAMBERS of the NEPTUNE MOTHERSHIP

 ALIEN RACES
A Gift From The Stars - Extraterrestrial Contact and A Guide of the Alien Races in
Our Milky Way Galaxy

This very significant Guide to all the various E.T. Races - Benevolent and Negative -
who have ever made connections with Planet Earth, not only gives us fascinating
illustrations of all these various Races, skillfully drawn by the Author, Elena Danaan,
but a short History of their activities and of their Star Worlds origins. This is a true
"Bible" of all the various Extraterrestrial Beings that we might ever meet. The source
of Elena's information is derived from her Pleiadian Twin-Soul, Fleet Commander
ThorHan of the Galactic Federation Forces fighting the Dark within this Galaxy, and
with whom she has virtually daily contact.

Elena Danaan - www.elenadanaan.com - has made many very interesting You Tube
Video Interviews with Dr. Michael Salla who has for years done a lot of research into
the various Dark E.T. Forces occupying underground Bases, not only on Earth, but
under our Moon's surface and some other Planets within our Solar System.

Dr. Michael Salla at - https://exopolitics.org

Elena Danaan's Book "Alien Races - A Gift From The Stars" has recently
(September 2021) been joined by her follow-up Book: "We will Never Let You
Down" - which provides an important insight into the recent history of the
interactions between Earth, the Galactic Federation and the Dark Forces, as well as
her meetings with E.T.s during her visits up to ThorHan's Command Mothership and
other E.T. Bases within our Solar System - both these Books can be bought
through Amazon.

The Secrets of the Roswell Flying Saucer Crash in 1947

When a "Flying Saucer" crashed near Roswell, New Mexico on the 8th of July 1947, a
US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among
them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who not
only was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. out of the two other dead
crew members, but was the only person on their return to the Military Base who was
able to communicate with the survivor through telepathy. As a result she was given
the task of communicating with the small E.T. Being whom she was to name as
"Airl", and who refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being
helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books on all sorts
 of Earth subjects over a 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic
message, only through Nurse MacElroy and transcribed by a Government
stenographer.

This largely details the workings and influence of the Dark Reptilian-Draconian "Old
Empire" which unfortunately is still very powerful within our Milky Way Galaxy and
which has also up to recently had a strong control over the Secret Government/Dark
Cabal operating behind the scenes on Earth. Following the death 6 weeks later of the
E.T. Being, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives,
Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force,
but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the Transcripts of the
Interviews, duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US
Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years
later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the
Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had previously read after he had contacted her
by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely
published this as the book "Alien Interview" which can be freely read at the
following Link:

"ROSWELL - Alien Interview"

THE EXPLORER RACE on EARTH

A most significant series of Books describing the deeper background and History of
the Creation of our Universe is to be found in the "The Explorer Race" Books
published by Light Technology Publishing (PO Box 3540, Flagstaff, Arizona 86003)
incorporating a total of 23 Volumes. The first 7 Volumes are those most closely
dealing with the Earth's Explorer/Creator Race, made up of Higher Dimensional levels
of Beings from another part of the Greater Cosmos who have volunteered to descend
to the Third Dimensional Planet Earth, to participate in an advanced and extremely
difficult and challenging "Creator School" set up by our Creator of this Universe.
They have bravely volunteered to train as a future group of Creators to take over joint
Management of this Universe when our Creator finally moves on up to a higher level
of Creation to join company with the "Prime Creator" of this particular Globe area of
Creation containing many Universes, one of many other Globes of Creation within
Source Creator's total Cosmic Creation.
 These books describe his commencement of the creation of this Universe with the
valuable advice of his close Friend and Associate, Zoosh, a High Cosmic Being
deriving from the same period of the first Creation of "All That Is" by the Original
Source Creator. They also inform us about the "Council of Creators" of this Sector of
the Cosmos who first gave Him his permission to start His own Creation and also
about the other Creator-level Advisers who were asked to assist our Creator with all
the necessary Technology for this Creation process of Universes, Planetary Worlds,
and their various Dimensional/Frequency levels.

All of this very valuable background information was Channelled through Robert
Shapiro, under the kind offices and Direction of Zoosh. This Series of Books
incorporates the many Interviews of Zoosh and the various other Creation Advisers
by Melody O'Ryin Swanson, Publisher of the Light Technology Books.

THE EXPLORER RACE Books at LightTechnology.com

THE URANTIA BOOK

From THE URANTIA BOOK you can also learn all about the amazing background
to our whole vast Grand Universe, ranging from the Ruling Trinity of the Father God,
Son and the Holy Spirit Mother, to their abode on the central Paradise Island, of the
surrounding Central Universe of Havona and of the further Seven Super Universes
also orbiting the Central Universe, and of our own Seventh SuperUniverse of
Orvonton in which our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon and our Planet
Earth reside. It also goes on to the creation and early History of our Planet Urantia
(the original name for Planet Earth), and the final half of the Book gives us a very
detailed - almost a day-to-day - true Life and Teachings of Jesus Christ in Palestine
drawn from the Akashic Records.

The Urantia Book was first given to Earth by Celestial Messengers in 1934 and is
over 2000 pages in length. This is all available in a free online version of "The Urantia
Book" from the following Link:

THE URANTIA BOOK

 The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha
Some amazing information and visits to the Inner Earth are given in the following
Document:
The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha<b Voyages of discovery to the Inner
Earth</b

THE ASHTAR COMMAND through Tuella

The Ashtar Command Books, given through Tuella (Thelma Terrell) in the late
1980's, gives us a most valuable insight into the coming Earth Changes and Ascension
of Planet Earth, and of the assistance to be given to us by the Ashtar Command Fleet
in conjunction with the Galactic Federation. The Ashtar Command "Mission" outlined
in these Books remains still largely relevant within the Galactic Federation's current
methods of operating. The full texts of these Books are freely available from the Links
below.

ASHTAR COMMAND - PROJECT: WORLD

EVACUATION
This book gives us much information about the possible Earth Changes and methods
of mass-evacuation procedures by the Ashtar Command Fleet of Mother Ships which
are at present in a protective orbit around Planet Earth.

"ASHTAR - Project: World Evacuation"

ASHTAR - A Tribute compiled by Tuella.

This second Ashtar Command Book is a compilation by Tuella of further messages
from Ashtar and The Ashtar Command.
 "ASHTAR - A Tribute"

THE PRINCIPLE OF LIBERTY

A new direction in politics

kes a new and wide view of politics, looking first at the basic purpose of government, then scanning the history of
t over a thousand years. Beginning with Autocracy, or rule by dictator, we progressed to Democracy, or rule by m
tainly an improvement over dictatorship. And yet we are witnessing a growing conviction today that there is a "rig
Law irrespective of the will of the Majority, or of Parliaments or their Representatives.

of "Right Law" or "Natural Law" is not new. In early Greek and Roman times, throughout the Middle Ages in Br
1800s in Britain and the USA it was widely held that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law, it being the duty of
thinkers to seek out the "right" in the continuously changing circumstances of a developing civilization.

ple of Liberty is the title, both of the book, and of the Principle that "we should all be free up to, but never beyond
eedom of one actively intrudes upon the freedom of others". It is a Principle which in its simplicity reflects the esse
w"; it is as old as Human conscience, and lies at the heart of English "Common Law".

single Principle be used as a basis for all Legislation required in today's complex world? The final section of this
tion in the three major areas of: Economics and Commerce, Resources Use, and Personal Liberty. It shows that go
prosperity can indeed result from the application of this Principle; additionally, Government can be held accounta
oductivity and its finances.

THE PRINCIPLE OF LIBERTY

 Click on image for text

This document is one of three Books; a Trilogy collectively entitled

THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth.

Its three component volumes are as follows:

Bk.I: THE HIGHER KNOWLEDGE;
Bk.II: THE EARTH CHANGES;
Bk.III: LIFE IN THE NEW AGE.
All three volumes can be fully accessed from
THE NEW EARTH

Full details of books quoted in all three volumes

plus some other recommended titles will be found in our
 NEW AGE BOOKLIST

For some additional New Earth-related material, please check our

NEW EARTH READER

http://www.thenewearth.org/TheNewEarth-Bk2-18.html